FINANCING AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF CROATIA AND THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES CONCERNING THE MULTI-ANNUAL OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME «HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT» FOR COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE FROM THE INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE UNDER THE «HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT» COMPONENT IN CROATIA
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF CROATIA
And
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES
Hereafter jointly referred to as «the Parties» or individually as «the Beneficiary», in the case of the Government of the Republic of Croatia, or «the Commission», in the case of the Commission of the European communities
Whereas
1) On 17 July 2006, the Council of the European Union adopted Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006[1] establishing an instrument for pre-accession assistance (hereinafter referred to as «IPA Framework Regulation»). With effect from 1 January 2007, this instrument constitutes the single legal basis for the provision of financial assistance to candidate countries and potential candidate countries in their efforts to enhance political, economic and institutional reforms with a view to becoming members of the European Union;
2) On 12 June 2007, the Commission adopted Commission Regulation (EC) No 718/2007[2] implementing the IPA Framework Regulation, detailing applicable management and control provisions (hereinafter: referred to as «IPA Implementing Regulation»);
3) Croatia figures in Annex I of the IPA Framework Regulation, and should therefore have access to the 5 components established under Article 3(1) of the same Regulation, i.e. (a) Transition Assistance and Institution building; (b) Cross-Border Cooperation; (c) Regional Development; (d) Human Resources Development and (e) Rural Development;
4) In accordance with Article 155 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the assistance under the Regional Development and Human Resources Development components should be implemented through multi-annual operational programmes;
5) On 13 June 2007 the Beneficiary submitted to the Commission a strategic coherence framework which, pursuant to Article 154(1) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, constitutes a reference document for the programming of the Human Resources Development components;
6) On 28 September 2007 the Beneficiary submitted to the Commission a proposal for a multi-annual operational programme «Human Resources Development», hereinafter referred to as «the programme»;
7) On 7 December 2007 the Commission adopted its Decision No. C(2007)6036 approving the programme for IPA co-financing, hereinafter referred to as «the Financing Decision»;
8) According to Article 17 of the IPA Framework Regulation the Commission and the Beneficiary shall conclude framework agreements and subsidiary agreements concerning the implementation of the assistance;
9) On 27 August 2007 the Beneficiary and the Commission concluded a Framework Agreement setting out the rules for co-operation concerning EC financial assistance under IPA;
10) According to Article 8 of the IPA Implementing Regulation and Article 5 (3) of the Framework Agreement, where required by the financing decision, the Commission and the Beneficiary shall conclude a Financing Agreement which may take the form of a multi-annual agreement;
11) The Financing Agreement shall lay down: (a) provisions by which the Beneficiary accepts the assistance of the Community and agrees to the rules and procedures concerning disbursement related to such assistance; (b) the terms on which the assistance is managed, including the relevant methods and responsibilities for implementing the multi-annual programme and/or operations; (c) provisions relating to the establishment and regular updating, by the Beneficiary, of a roadmap with indicative benchmarks and time limits to achieve decentralisation without ex-ante controls by the Commission;
12) The programme, as adopted by the Commission Decision of 7 December 2007 should form an integral part of the Financing Agreement.
HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
Chapter I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1
SUBJECT MATTER
1. This Agreement is concluded between the Government of the Republic of Croatia and the Commission of the European Communities, pursuant to Article 8 of the IPA Implementing Regulation and Article 5(3) of the Framework Agreement.
2. This Agreement concerns the multi-annual operational programme «Human Resources Development» for Community assistance from the Instrument of Pre-Accession Assistance under the «Human Resources Development» component in Croatia, adopted by Commission Decision C(2007)6036 of 7 December 2007.
3. All documents and correspondence pertaining to the programme shall bear the reference CCI No: 2007HR05IPO001.
4. Without prejudice to the arrangements laid down in the IPA Implementing Regulation and in the Framework Agreement, this Agreement completes the technical, legal and administrative framework and includes detailed and specific provisions for the management, monitoring, evaluation and control under which the programme referred to in paragraph 2 and any amendments thereof shall be implemented.
Article 2
OBJECTIVES TO BE PURSUED
1. In addition to Article 3 of the Framework Agreement, the objectives to be pursued under the programme shall be consistent with the overall aim to prepare the Republic of Croatia for the implementation and management of the Community’s cohesion policy, with a view to EU membership.
2. Operations, projects, actions, and preparatory measures implemented under the programme shall follow a «learning by doing» approach with a view to preparing national authorities to achieve the aim expressed in paragraph 1, with due regard to the principle of proportionality, as expressed in the relevant legislation applicable to the Community’s cohesion policy and its instruments.
Article 3
REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
The regulatory framework applicable to pre-accession assistance, to be observed in the implementation of the programme, includes inter alia:
a.) Council Regulation (EC EURATOM) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002[3] , on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities, hereinafter referred to as «the Financial Regulation»;
b.) Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006 of 17 July 2006, establishing an Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA)[4];
c.) Commission Regulation (EC, EURATOM) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002[5], laying down detailed rules for the implementation of the financial regulation, hereinafter referred to as the «Implementing Rules of the Financial Regulation»;
d.) Commission Regulation (EC) No 718/2007 of 12 June 2007[6] implementing Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006;
e.) Commission Decision C(2007)6036 of 7 December 2007 adopting the multi-annual operational programme «Human Resources Development» in Croatia, and any amendments thereto, as may be decided by the Commission until the final closure of the programme;
f.) Commission Decision C(2008) 7405 of 1 December 2008 conferring management powers on the Republic of Croatia concerning the management of the programme, and any amendments thereto as may be decided by the Commission until the final closure of the programme.
Article 4
CONVENTIONAL FRAMEWORK
The provisions of the Framework Agreement concluded on 27 August 2007 between the Government of the Republic of Croatia and the Commission shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.
Article 5
COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGULATORY AND CONVENTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER COMMUNITY LEGISLATION AND POLICIES
1. The Beneficiary shall take all necessary steps to ensure the proper execution of all activities and to facilitate the implementation of the programme, in compliance with the regulatory and conventional framework referred to under Articles 3 and 4 of this Agreement.
2. The Commission and the Beneficiary shall endeavour to ensure that all activities and the objectives pursued with the implementation of the programme are consistent with the Community legislation and policies in force, as may be applicable to the relevant sector, and contribute to the progressive alignment with the standards and policies of the European Union, including where appropriate the acquis communautaire.
Article 6
INTERPRETATION
1. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted as supplementing and completing the provisions of the regulatory and conventional frameworks provided for under Articles 3 and 4 of this Agreement.
2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, where a contradiction exists between the regulatory and conventional framework referred to under Articles 3 and 4 of this Agreement and the other provisions of this Agreement, they shall be interpreted in accordance with the following order of precedence:
a.) regulations, directives and decisions referred to under Article 3 of this Agreement;
b.) Framework Agreement referred to under Article 4 of this Agreement;
c.) this Agreement.
3. Where contradictions exist between the provisions in the main part of the Financing Agreement and in its annexes, including in particular the provisions in Chapter V of Annex XIX (the «Implementing Provisions» of the Operational Programme), the provisions contained in the main part of the Financing Agreement shall prevail.
4. Subject to any explicit provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall bear the same meaning as attributed to them in the IPA Framework Regulation, in the IPA Implementing Regulation and in the IPA Framework Agreement.
5. Subject to any explicit provision to the contrary in this Agreement, references to this Agreement are references to such Agreement as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
6. Any references to Community instruments are references to such instruments as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
7. Headings in this Agreement have no legal significance and do not affect its interpretation.
Article 7
PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND UNINTENTIONAL GAPS
1. If a provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, or if this Agreement contains unintentional gaps, this will not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement. The Parties will replace any invalid provision by a valid provision which comes as close as possible to the purpose of, and intent of, the invalid provision.
2. The Parties will fill any unintentional gap by a provision which best suits the purpose and intent of this Agreement, in compliance with the IPA Framework Regulation, the IPA Implementing Regulation and the Framework Agreement.
Article 8
COORDINATION, CONSISTENCY AND COMPLEMENTARITY
The Commission and the Beneficiary shall ensure adequate coordination, consistency and complementarity of the assistance provided under the programme with other forms of Community assistance, including but not limited to the other IPA components covered by the IPA Framework Regulation, as well as assistance financed by the European Investment Bank, other international financing institutions and bilateral donors.
Article 9
PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY’S FINANCIAL INTERESTS
1. In the implementation of Articles 28 and 29 of the Framework Agreement by the Beneficiary, Council Regulation (EC) No 2988/95 on the protection of the European Communities financial interest shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. The Beneficiary shall adopt all legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions and take any other measures necessary to ensure effective protection of the financial interests of the Community, and particularly in order to:
a.) check the authenticity and compliance of operations financed by the Community;
b.) prevent and pursue irregularities;
c.) recover sums lost as a result of irregularities or negligence;
d.) report irregularities to the Commission by establishing a mechanism equivalent to that foreseen in section 4 «irregularities» (Articles 27-36) of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006[7], setting out rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006 laying down general provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund and the Cohesion Fund and Regulation (EC) No 1080/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European Regional Development Fund.
3. The Beneficiary shall inform the Commission of the provisions adopted and measures taken under paragraph 2 and the measures taken for management and control, in compliance with Community legislation concerning support for the programme, in order to protect the financial interests of the Community.
Chapter II
COMMUNITY FUNDING
Article 10
PROGRAMME FUNDING SOURCES
1. The total cost of the programme, expressed in terms of eligible public expenditure as defined in Article 17(2) of this Agreement, is estimated at 45.031.769 euro. The breakdown of this amount is set out in the Financial Plan in Annex I.
2. Subject to budgetary availability, the Community undertakes to co-finance the programme by way of a grant from the budget of the European Communities, up to the maximum amount indicated in the Financial Plan in Annex I.
3. The Beneficiary undertakes to co-finance the programme by way of cash contributions, corresponding as a minimum to the national co-financing requirements indicated in the Financial Plan in Annex I. In all instances, the Beneficiary shall ensure that the financing requirements for each operation shall be fully met.
4. The Community contribution referred to in paragraph 2 shall not exceed the ceiling of 85% of the eligible expenditure at the level of each priority axis.
5. The Community contribution to the co-financing of the programme and each operation is subject to the observance of the provisions of this Agreement, as well as the regulatory and conventional framework applicable to pre-accession assistance, namely as provided for under Articles 3 and 4 of this Agreement.
Article 11
FINANCIAL PLAN
1. The Financial Plan, expressed in euro, applicable to the Community and national public contributions to the programme in calendar years 2007, 2008 and 2009, at the level of each priority axis, is the Financial Plan indicated in Annex I.
2. Amendments or modifications to this Financial Plan require the formal agreement of the Commission and must be approved by way of an amending Commission Decision.
3. The Financial Plan may be extended, to include Community and national public contributions to the programme in calendar years 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, subject to the formal agreement of the Commission, approved by way of a Commission Decision.
4. In the event of the extension of the Financial Plan in accordance with paragraph 3, the programme indicators and other relevant strategic and operational elements shall be amended accordingly.
Article 12
COMMITMENT OF COMMUNITY FUNDING
1. The Community contribution to the programme, as expressed in Articles 10 and 17 of this Agreement, shall be split in yearly commitments in accordance with the Financial Plan in Annex I.
2. The amount(s) to be committed in year 2009 and in any subsequent years are subject to the approval of the necessary credits in the budget of the European Communities by the budgetary authority.
3. Nothing in this Agreement can be interpreted as implying a financial commitment of the Community in relation to credits which have not yet been approved by the budgetary authority.
Article 13
AUTOMATIC DECOMMITMENT (N+3)
1. Pursuant to Article 166 of the Financial Regulation, the Commission shall automatically decommit any portion of a budget commitment for the programme where, by 31 December of the third year following year n being the one in which the budget commitment was made:
– (i) it has not been used for the purpose of pre-financing; or
– (ii) it has not been used for making intermediate payments; or
– (iii) no declaration of expenditure has been presented in relation to it.
2. That part of budget commitments still open on 31 December 2017 for which a declaration of expenditure has not been made by 31 December 2018 shall be automatically decommitted.
Chapter III
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF IMPLEMENTATION
Article 14
IMPLEMENTATION PRINCIPLES
1. The implementation of the programme shall be carried out by the Beneficiary, on the basis of decentralised management, in accordance with Article 5 of the Framework Agreement.
2. The conditions for the conferral of management powers are set out in Section III, Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 of the Framework Agreement.
3. In addition to the conditions referred to in paragraph 1, the Beneficiary shall ensure strict observance of the principles and conditions laid down in Article 56 of the Financial Regulation.
4. If the conditions and principles referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 cease to be met, the Commission may suspend or terminate the implementation of this Agreement.
5. The Beneficiary undertakes to pursue the achievement of decentralisation without ex-ante controls, as provided for under Article 30 of this Agreement and Article 16 of the Framework Agreement.
Article 15
FINAL BENEFICIARY AND OPERATIONS
1. In accordance with the provisions of Article 2(8) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, for the purpose of this Agreement, the term «final beneficiary» shall designate any body or firm, whether public or private, responsible for initiating or initiating and implementing operations. In the context of aid schemes, final beneficiaries are public or private firms carrying out an individual project and receiving public aid.
2. To the extent that the Operating Structure retains direct responsibility for the implementation of the operations under the programme, namely for all contracting arrangements and financial transactions associated thereto, the term «final beneficiary» shall be deemed to refer to the Operating Structure, or any body which has been specifically designated in the decision of conferral of management.
3. For the purpose of this Agreement, operations shall comprise a project or a group of projects, initiated or initiated and implemented by one or more final beneficiaries, allowing for the achievement of the goals of the measure and/or the priority axis to which they relate.
Article 16
CO-FINANCING
In addition to the principles stated in Article 4 of the Framework Agreement, the following principles shall also apply to the implementation of the programme:
a.) all operations receiving assistance under the programme shall require national and Community contribution;
b.) the Community contributions to each operation shall be made available at the same time as the corresponding contribution from national sources;
c.) the Community contribution to each operation shall be subject to the fulfilment of the obligations and conditions set out in the Framework Agreement and in this Agreement.
Article 17
AID INTENSITY
1. In line with the provisions of Article 153 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the Community contribution to the programme shall be calculated on the basis of public expenditure.
2. For the purpose of this article «public expenditure» is any public contribution to the financing of operations whose origin is the European Community or the budget of public authorities of the beneficiary country and any contribution to the financing of operations whose origin is the budget of public law bodies or associations of one or more regional or local authorities or public law bodies.
3. The maximum amount of the Community contribution at the level of each priority axis under the programme is as set in the Financial Plan in Annex I.
4. No operation shall benefit from a higher co-financing rate than the one relating to the priority axis concerned.
Article 18
TREATMENT OF RECEIPTS
1. In line with the provisions of Article 35 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, revenue earned by an operation during the period of its co-financing shall be deducted from the amount of eligible expenditure under that operation. In this deduction, account shall be taken of the running costs of the operation and the need to ensure its sustainability. Proof of the deduction made shall be kept and declared to the Commission.
2. For the purpose of this article, the period of co-financing shall be counted from the date of the first payment made to the operation concerned, until three years after the final payment of Community funding to that operation, or the closure of the programme, whichever comes earlier.
3. The revenue earned includes sales, rentals, services, enrolment fees, intellectual property or other equivalent receipts.
4. Where applicable, contributions from the private sector to the co-financing of operations, as shown in the financial tables of the programme, or as taken into account for the calculation of the total cost of the operation shall not be considered as revenues earned by the operation and are excluded therefore from the application of this article.
Article 19
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 20
INVOLVEMENT OF IFIS
1. Pursuant to Article 19(8) of the IPA Framework Regulation, operations co-financed by the Community under the programme may also receive financing from other international organisations, a Member State, a third country or a regional organisation.
2. IFI contribution may also be implemented by parallel co-financing. This means that the funds provided by the various funding sources are dedicated to separate contracts from those covered under IPA.
Article 21
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 22
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 23
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
1. The Beneficiary and the implementing bodies responsible for the implementation of the programme and any associated projects shall ensure that they acquire all necessary intellectual property rights with regard to information technology, studies, drawings, plans, publicity and any other material made for planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation purposes.
2. The Beneficiary shall guarantee that the Commission, or any body or person authorised by the Commission, shall have access and the right to use such a material. The Commission will only use such material for its own purposes.
Article 24
PERMITS AND AUTHORISATIONS
Any type of permit and/or authorisation required for the implementation of the programme and its operations shall be provided in due time by the competent authorities of the beneficiary country, in accordance with national law and, where applicable, in compliance with the acquis communautaire, having regard, in this case, to the principle of proportionality referred to in Article 2(2) of this Agreement.
Chapter IV
MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE AND AUTHORITIES
Article 25
STRUCTURES AND AUTHORITIES COMMON TO OTHER PROGRAMMES
1. In compliance with Article 6 of the Framework Agreement, the following structures and authorities, common to all IPA components, have been designated by the Beneficiary:
a.) The National IPA Coordinator: State Secretary, Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds
b.) The Competent Accrediting Officer: Minister, Ministry of Finance
c.) The National Authorising Officer: State Secretary, Ministry of Finance
d.) The National Fund: State Treasury, Ministry of Finance
e.) The Audit Authority: Agency for the Audit of European Union Programmes Implementation System
2. The Strategic Co-ordinator is Deputy State Secretary at the Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds.
This structure is common to the Regional Development Component and the Human Resources Development Component.
3. The functions and responsibilities of the above-mentioned structures and authorities are set out in Article 8 and Annex A to the Framework Agreement.
Article 26
STRUCTURES AND AUTHORITIES SPECIFIC TO THE PROGRAMME
1. In accordance paragraph 6 a) of Annex A of the Framework Agreement, the bodies constituting the Operating Structure for the programme are:
– The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship
– The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports– The Ministry of Health and Social Welfare
– The Croatian Employment Service
– The Agency for Vocational Education
The Beneficiary has appointed State Secretary for Labour at the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship as Head of the Operating Structure, with responsibility for the tasks described in paragraph 6c) of Annex A to the Framework Agreement.
2. The functions and responsibilities of the Operating Structure are set out in Article 8 and paragraph 6 b) of Annex A of the Framework Agreement.
3. In addition to the above-mentioned functions and responsibilities, the Head of the Operating Structure shall also be responsible for:
a.) Managing the secretariat of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee;
b.) Co-chairing the Sectoral Monitoring Committee;
c.) Ensuring the interim evaluation of the operational programme.
Article 27
DELEGATION OF TASKS
1. Within the overall framework defined by the conferral of management powers, the Head of the Operating Structure may delegate some or groups of tasks to specific bodies, within or outside the Operating Structure. This grouping and assignation shall respect the principles of segregation of duties imposed by the Financial Regulation. The relevant arrangements shall be made in writing between the Head of the Operating Structure and the body(ies) concerned. The final responsibility for the tasks delegated shall remain with the Head of the Operating Structure.
2. Such agreements shall clearly identify the functions to be performed by the delegated body or authority and the type of supporting documents and reports to be sent to the Head of the Operating Structure.
3. Such agreements shall also provide for access, by duly authorised agents or representatives of the Community or the Operating Structure, to information held by the delegated bodies/authorities, and for investigations by such authorised agents or representatives, of any operations financed under the programme, including the carrying out of checks on individual projects and recipients of aid.
4. The Beneficiary shall enable the Head of the Operating Structure to exercise the duties associated with his responsibilities, even where no hierarchical link exists between the Head of the Operating Structure and the bodies and authorities involved in the implementation of the programme.
5. The Beneficiary shall ensure that a system of deputising is in place, to ensure the continuity of the functions assigned to the relevant authorities.
Article 28
COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION
1. Any communication in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and in the English language. Each communication must be signed and must be supplied as an original document.
2. Any communication in connection with this Agreement must be sent to the following addresses:
For the Commission
DG Employment, Social Affairs and Equal opportunities
Head of Unit A/02
Postal Address
Rue du Spa 3, B-1000 Brussels
Belgium
Fax
0032 229 88848
For the Beneficiary
State Secretary, Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds
Postal Address
Radnička 80/V
10 000 Zagreb
Croatia
Fax 00 385 1 4569 150
3. Any other communications to the structures and authorities involved in the management of the operational programme must be sent to the address specified in Annex V. The National IPA Coordinator shall communicate in writing to the Commission of the European Communities any modification of the appointed institutions or of their addresses.
Chapter V
DECENTRALISED MANAGEMENT
Article 29
CONFERRAL OF MANAGEMENT
1. In accordance with Article 5 of the Framework Agreement, decentralised management shall apply to assistance granted under the programme. The conferral of management powers by the Commission is therefore a precondition to the signing of this Agreement.
2. Based on the requirements and procedures set out in Articles 9 to 12 of the Framework Agreement, the Commission adopted on 1 December 2008 its Decision No C(2008) 7405 conferring management powers on the Republic of Croatia, for the implementation of the programme. The specific conditions attached to this Decision, including the list of ex-ante controls by the Commission, form an integrant part of this Agreement (Annex VI).
3. The provisions of Articles 13 to 15 of the Framework Agreement regarding withdrawal or suspension of the accreditation of the National Authorising Officer, the National Fund and the Operating Structure, as well as regarding the withdrawal or suspension of conferral of management powers, shall apply.
Article 30
WAIVING OF EX-ANTE CONTROLS
1. Decentralisation without ex-ante controls by the Commission is an objective for the implementation of the operational programme. Indicative benchmarks and time limits to achieve decentralised management without ex-ante controls by the Commission are set out in the Roadmap referred to in Article 31 of this Agreement.
2. Before dispensing with the ex-ante controls laid down in the Commission Decision on conferral of management powers, the Commission shall satisfy itself of the effective functioning of the management and control system concerned, in accordance with the relevant Community and national rules. In particular, the Commission shall monitor the implementation, by the Beneficiary, of the Roadmap referred to in Article 31 of this Agreement and as laid down in Article 8(4)(c) of the IPA Implementing Regulation. The Commission shall take due account of the results achieved by the Beneficiary in this context, in particular in the implementation of assistance and in the negotiation process.
Article 31
ROADMAP TO THE WAIVING OF EX-ANTE CONTROLS
1. In accordance with Article 8 (4) (c) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the Beneficiary is required to provide a detailed Roadmap with indicative benchmarks and time limits, to achieve decentralised management without ex-ante controls by the Commission, in accordance with the requirements of Annex VII.
2. The minimum criteria and conditions for the waiving of ex-ante controls are presented as follows, with the preparation of the Roadmap addressing each of the issues listed:
a.) there must be a well-defined system within the Operating Structure for managing the funds of the programme with full internal rules of procedure, as well as clear institutional and personal responsibilities;
b.) the Beneficiary shall set up a benchmarking system which includes both quantitative and qualitative aspects;
c.) the frequency of the reporting on benchmarking shall be on a quarterly basis.
Article 32
STATEMENT OF ASSURANCE BY THE NATIONAL AUTHORISING OFFICER
The provisions of Article 17 of the Framework Agreement and Annex B thereto, regarding the presentation of an annual statement of assurance by the National Authorising Officer, shall apply.
Article 33
REPORTS AND OPINIONS BY THE AUDIT AUTHORITY
Reports and opinions by the Audit Authority are to be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Article 18 of the Framework Agreement.
Chapter VI
ELIGIBILITY OF EXPENDITURE
Article 34
ELIGIBILITY PERIOD
1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 19 of the Framework Agreement, contracts and addenda signed, expenditure incurred and payments made by national authorities between 1 December 2008 and 31 December 2017 are eligible for Community co-financing under the programme.
2. Technical assistance to support the setting up of management and control systems may be eligible prior to the initial conferral of management, for expenditure incurred after 1 January 2007.
3. Expenditure related to calls for proposals or calls for tenders may also be eligible prior the initial conferral of management and after 1 January 2007, subject to this initial conferral of management being in place within the limits defined in a reserve clause to be inserted in the operations or calls concerned, and subject to prior approval of the documents concerned by the Commission. The calls for proposal or calls for tender concerned may be cancelled or modified, depending on the decision on conferral of management.
4. Contracts and agreements signed, expenditure incurred and payments made by national authorities, outside the time periods indicated in paragraphs 1 to 3, are not eligible for Community co-financing under the programme.
Article 35
ELIGIBLE EXPENDITURE
1. Expenditure incurred in the implementation of the programme shall be eligible for Community co-financing if:
a.) it has been actually incurred within the eligibility period indicated in Article 34 of this Agreement and is supported by receipted invoices or accounting documents of equivalent probative value;
b.) if the operations and activities giving rise to such expenditure are consistent with operations and activities eligible for financing under one or more measures foreseen to be implemented under the programme, as adopted by the Commission (Annex XIX);
c.) if the operations and activities giving rise to such expenditure have been selected in accordance with the selection criteria and procedures foreseen in the programme and in this Agreement;
d.) if the rules and procedures regarding ex ante controls by the Commission, as laid down in Annex VI to this Agreement, have been respected;
e.) if the expenditure has been incurred in accordance with the principles of sound financial management and, in particular, of economy and cost-effectiveness.
2. In line with the provisions of Article 34 (3) and Article 152 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the following expenditure shall not be eligible for funding under the programme:
a.) taxes, including value added taxes, unless they are not recoverable by any means and it is established that they are borne by the final beneficiary;
b.) customs and import duties, or any other charges;
c.) purchase, rent or leasing of land and existing buildings, unless the rent or leasing is exclusively related to the period of co-financing of the operation, and that it is preferable to other solutions in terms of the best value for money;
d.) fines, financial penalties and expenses of litigation;
e.) operating costs, unless the operating costs relate exclusively to the period of co-financing of the operation;
f.) second hand equipment;
g.) bank charges, costs of guarantees and similar charges;
h.) conversion costs, charges and exchange losses associated with any of the component specific euro accounts, as well as other purely financial expenses;
i.) contributions in kind;
j.) maintenance and rental costs, unless the rental costs relate exclusively to the period of co-financing of the operation;
k.) depreciation costs for the infrastructure, unless the conditions in paragraph 3 of this Article are met.
3. The following expenditure may be eligible for operations under the scope of the Human Resources Development programme and which are in conformity with the priorities as defined in the Operational Programme:
a.) the depreciation costs if the following cumulative conditions are met:
(i) no national or Community grants have contributed to the purchase of the related investment;
(ii) the depreciation costs are calculated with the relevant applicable national accountancy rules;
(iii) the costs relate exclusively to the period of co-financing of the operation concerned.
b.) the indirect costs of grants declared on a flat rate basis up to 20% of the direct costs of an operation, provided they are incurred in accordance with national rules, including accountancy rules;
c.) purchase of furniture, equipment, adaptation and modernisation of existing infrastructures, provided that:
(i) the amount concerned for the related operations is subject to a limit of 15% of the funding for each priority axis of the Operational Programme;
(ii) the investments are necessary for the satisfactory implementation of the Operational Programme and contribute to increasing the impact of the assistance;
(iii) the assessment, carried out under the responsibility of the Operating Structure, has demonstrated that purchase is preferable to other solutions in terms of best value for money.
Article 36
MANAGEMENT STAFF
1. Statutory or temporary civil servants or staff specifically recruited or assigned to the management, implementation and follow-up of the programme, including evaluation and control, financial and physical monitoring and prevention of irregularities, are eligible for Community co-financing under the technical assistance priority of the programme, provided that the following conditions are met:
a.) the staff is directly recruited in the Operating Structure, by duly-documented decisions of the competent authority/authorities;
b.) the tasks to be executed must be clearly described and contractually formalised;
c.) the expenditures must be charged in a transparent manner (e.g. by means of time sheets);
d.) the period of secondment, or employment does not exceed the final date of eligibility of expenditure under the programme;
e.) the selection of staff is made in line with the principles of transparency, non discrimination and proportionality;
f.) the salaries and allowances are in line with prevailing market conditions, including those related to public services.
2. In the case where employees from other services of the public administration are recruited or assigned to perform the activities mentioned in paragraph 1, the following conditions must be met:
a) the employee must have temporarily left his statutory employment in his/her parent service of public administration;
b) the staff is seconded to the Operating Structure by a duly-documented decision of the competent authority in his/her parent service;
c) the period of secondment does not exceed the final date of eligibility of the programme.
Article 37
EXPENDITURE INCURRED WITH THE ORGANISATION OF MONITORING COMMITTEES
1. Expenditure incurred with the organisation of the sectoral monitoring committees and any sub-committees designated by the sectoral monitoring committee is eligible under the technical assistance priority.
2. Eligible costs may, as a general rule, include one or more of the following categories: interpretation services, ad-hoc hiring of meeting rooms and audio-visual and other necessary equipment, provision of documentation and related facilities, fees for the participation of experts and travel expenditure in accordance with EC rules[8]. The Head of the Operating Structure shall define the modalities applicable in agreement with the Commission services.
3. Salaries and allowances of the sectoral monitoring committee and sub-committees members, incurred in the context of their participation in such committees, are not eligible.
Article 38
EXPENDITURE INCURRED WITH THE ORGANISATION OF AD-HOC MEETINGS
The rules specified in Article 37 may be applied by analogy for the organisation of ad-hoc meetings organised upon the request of or with the approval of the Commission services.
Article 39
EXPENDITURE REGARDING INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY
Expenditure for measures undertaken pursuant the provisions of this Agreement and in the relevant chapter of the programme regarding information and publicity, is eligible.
Article 40
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 41
DURABLE EQUIPMENT
Expenditure relating to the purchase of equipment forming a necessary part of the project, in order to allow the adequate operation of the investments (either permanently installed and fixed in the project, or mobile) is eligible, provided that it is listed in the inventory of durable equipment of the responsible body or authority and that it is treated as capital expenditure in accordance with standard accounting conventions. This provision refers inter alia to laboratory and surveying equipment, computer hardware and software related to the operation of the investment, surveying equipment and vehicles with dedicated purposes.
Article 42
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The purchase and use of intangible assets, as for example patents, are eligible if they are necessary for the implementation of the project.
Article 43
COMPLETION OF OPERATIONS
1. Without prejudice of Article 34, all operations approved for Community co-financing under the programme must have a completion date not later than 31 December of the third year following the latest commitment year indicated in the Financial Plan in force (Annex I). In the event the Financial Plan is extended until 2013, in accordance with the provisions of Article 11(3) of this Agreement, the completion date of operations shall be set not later than 31 December 2017. Expenditure incurred after the completion date of the operation is not eligible.
2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, training of operating personnel and testing of a project and of its equipment and auditing may be taken into consideration as eligible expenditure after completion, provided that it falls within the eligibility period indicated in Article 34 of this Agreement.
Chapter VII
PUBLIC PROCUREMENT, CONTRACTS AND GRANTS
Article 44
PROCUREMENT RULES AND PROCEDURES
The award of contracts for services, supplies and works co-financed with Community funding under the programme, is subject to the provisions of:
a.) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities (and in particular Articles 56, 88 to 103, 167 and 168 thereof);
b.) Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of the abovementioned Financial Regulation, (and in particular Articles 116 to 159 and 235 to 252 thereof);
c.) Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006 of 17 July 2006 establishing an Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance, and in particular Article 19 thereof;
d.) Commission Decision C(2007)2034 of 24 May 2007 laying down the rules and procedures for service, supply and works contracts financed from the general budget of the European Communities for the purposes of cooperation with third countries;
e.) The Framework Agreement signed between the Commission and the Republic of Croatia.
Article 45
GRANTS
The award of grants co-financed with Community funding under the programme, is subject to the provisions of:
a) Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 1605/2002 of 25 June 2002 on the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities (and in particular Articles 108 to 120, 169 and 169a thereof);
b) Commission Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2342/2002 of 23 December 2002 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of the abovementioned Financial Regulation, (and in particular Articles 160 to 184a and 253 thereof);
c) Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006 of 17 July 2006 establishing an Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance, and in particular Article 19 thereof;
d) Commission Decision C(2007)2034 of 24 May 2007 laying down the rules and procedures for service, supply and works contracts financed from the general budget of the European Communities for the purposes of cooperation with third countries;
e) The Framework Agreement signed between the Commission and the Republic of Croatia.
Article 46
CONTRACT PROCEDURES
Unless otherwise agreed by the Commission, the procedural guidelines and standard documents for the award and performance of supply, works and service contracts and grants are those as specified in article 6 of this Agreement and where applicable in the «Practical Guide to Contract Procedures for EC external actions» and its annexes.
Article 47
ELIGIBLE COSTS FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES, WORKS AND SUPPLY CONTRACTS
Services, works and supply contracts which implement operations, projects and activities foreseen under the programme may cover all the necessary material inputs forming part of the normal performance of a contract, in accordance with the relevant professional standards and practice, provided that they are directly related and strictly necessary for the implementation of the contract. These inputs may include, inter alia, the costs of site preparation, the provision of office space, plant and equipment which are the property of the contractor or are purchased for the performance of the contract.
Article 48
RULES OF ORIGIN
The rules of participation in the award of procurement and grant contracts and on the origin of supplies and materials purchased through a contract financed with IPA resources under the programme are as laid down in Article 19 of the IPA Framework Regulation. Derogations from these rules are subject to the prior authorisation by the Commission, in accordance with the provisions of Article 19(6) of the aforementioned Framework Regulation.
Chapter VIII
PROGRAMME IMPLEMENTATION
Article 49
SELECTION OF OPERATIONS IMPLEMENTED BY FINAL BENEFICIARIES OTHER THAN NATIONAL PUBLIC BODIES
1. Pursuant to Article 158 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, all operations which are not major projects and which are implemented by final beneficiaries other than national public bodies shall be selected through call for proposals. The selection criteria shall be drawn up by the Operating Structure and shall be published with the call for proposals.
2. The Operating Structure shall set up a selection committee for each call for proposals, which shall analyse and select proposals, and recommend results to the Operating Structure.
The Operating Structure shall decide whether to approve the results of the selection procedure and state the reasons for its decision.
The composition of the selection committee and its functioning modalities are set out in Annex XI to this Agreement.
Article 50
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR SELECTING OPERATIONS
1. The following groups or categories of operations may be selected without recourse to calls for proposals, subject to prior information of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee:
a) operations initiated or initiated and implemented by national public bodies, namely:
– state structures forming part of the central government structure;
– central government agencies which perform public governance functions;
– public authorities or entities set up under public law, by the state, or one of its authorities, acting on behalf of the state with regard to and within the limits of their specific areas of competence and covering the whole territory of the beneficiary country and
– national or international public-sector bodies, or bodies governed by private law with a public-service mission covering the whole territory of the beneficiary country, providing that they offer adequate guarantees regarding the nature of their mission.
b) operations, implemented by national public bodies, which co-finance existing national measures, provided that additionallity is fully demonstrated;
c) operations selected and prepared for implementation prior to the entry into force of this Financing Agreement, with a view to permit the early start of the implementation of the programme.
2. Operations not falling within the scope of paragraph 1 of this Article, and where relevant in the case of a wide range of potential recipients and having regard to the principle of proportionality referred to in Article 2(2) of this Financing Agreement, shall be selected through calls for proposals. Calls for proposals must be organised in such a way as to permit the preparation of a permanent pipeline of operations which can be implemented within the programme’s lifespan and which will absorb fully the funds available. Accordingly, the Operating Structure shall organise a timetable of calls for proposals in accordance with the operational and financial management needs of the programme.
3. The selection procedures shall satisfy the principles of transparency, equal treatment and non discrimination. They shall prevent any conflict of interest and ensure stakeholders involvement and public access to information.
4. Pursuant to Article 167 (4) (a) of the IPA Implementing Regulation the Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall consider and approve the general criteria for selecting the operations within six months of the entry into force of this Financing Agreement and approve any revision of those criteria in accordance with programming needs.
5. The Operating Structure shall ensure that operations are selected for funding and approved in accordance with the criteria and mechanisms applicable to the programme, and that they comply with the relevant Community and national rules.
6. Where relevant, the Operating Structure shall be assisted by a selection committee, whose role is to advise the Operating Structure in the selection of operations. However, the final decision on the approval of operations shall be taken by the Operating Structure, in consultation with the Commission services.
Article 51
ELIGIBLE ACTIONS AND BENEFICIARIES
1. The Beneficiary shall ensure that all actions selected for financing under the programme demonstrate a positive contribution to the achievement of the expected outputs and results under each measure.
2. Only those final beneficiaries or categories or groups specifically identified under each measure of the programme shall be considered. Financing of operations by final beneficiaries which have not been specifically foreseen under each measure of the programme should only be considered after prior consultation with and the approval of the Commission services.
3. Each operation financed under the programme shall be covered by an agreement, signed between the Operating Structure and the end recipient of assistance.
Article 52
OPERATION IDENTIFICATION SHEET
1. The Operating Structure shall establish an operation identification sheet for each operation selected for Community co-financing under the programme.
2. The operation identification sheet must contain inter alia the following elements:
– identification of the operation and the organisation responsible for its implementation;
– a summary description of the operation and the demonstration of its compatibility with the programme;
– implementation arrangements, risks and assumptions;
– expected outputs, results and impact, including contributions to horizontal themes;
– links with other IPA programmes;
– financing arrangements and estimated budget and
– procedures foreseen for tenders and contracts.
The template for the operation identification sheet is provided in Annex X.
3. The Operating Structure shall transmit a copy of the operation identification sheet to the Commission for information if required by the latter.
Chapter IX
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 53
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 54
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 55
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 56
NOT APPLICABLE
Chapter X
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 57
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 58
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 59
NOT APPLICABLE
Article 60
NOT APPLICABLE
Chapter XI
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Article 61
TRANSPARENCY IN ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING
The Beneficiary shall ensure that, for the operation to which the programme relates, all public or private bodies involved in the management and implementation of the operations maintain either a separate accounting system or an adequate accounting codification of all transactions concerned which will facilitate the verification of expenditure by the Community and by national control authorities. They must also ensure that all expenditure is correctly attributed to the operation or project concerned.
Article 62
BANK ACCOUNT
1. In accordance with Article 5 of Annex A of the Framework Agreement, all payments by the Commission shall be made to an interest bearing euro account, opened by the National Fund in a financial or treasury institution, on behalf of the Beneficiary and under the National Fund’s responsibility.
2. The account to be used to receive payments from the Commission under the programme shall be communicated by the head of the National Fund to the Commission no later than 15 days following the signature of the Financing Agreement.
3. This account shall be used exclusively for transactions related to the programme covered by this Agreement.
4. The sole authority authorised to request funds from the Commission and to authorise transfers of funds from this account to the Operating Structure, or any final beneficiary as may be designated by the Operating Structure, is the head of the National Fund.
5. In case of suspension or withdrawal of the accreditation of the National Authorising Officer, the National Fund, or the Operating Structure, and in case of withdrawal or suspension of conferral of management powers by the Commission, this account shall be blocked and the Commission will cease to make transfers of funds to the Beneficiary. In this event and until the reinstatement of the accreditation, no payment made from this account shall be considered eligible for Community funding.
Article 63
PAYMENTS FROM THE COMMISSION
1. Only assistance under the programme which has been granted in accordance with the provisions of the Financing Agreement shall be subject to co-financing by the Community.
2. In line with the provisions of Articles 40 and 160 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the following provisions shall apply to payments made by the Commission under the programme:
a.) payment by the Commission of the Community contribution shall be made within the limits of the funds available and according to the Financial Plan at the level of the priority axis;
b.) payments shall take the form of pre-financing, interim payments and payment of the final balance;
c.) by 28 February each year, the Beneficiary shall send to the Commission a forecast of its likely payment applications for the financial year concerned and for the subsequent financial year, in relation to the programme. The Commission services may ask for an update of the forecast as appropriate;
d.) exchange of information concerning financial transactions between the Commission and the national authorities and structures regarding the programme shall, where appropriate, be made by electronic means through the «SFC system» managed by the Commission. For the period until the «SFC system» is fully accessible by the Beneficiary, information regarding financial transactions may be transmitted by electronic means through normal word processing and data processing files, together with signed original documents in paper format in accordance with the model in Annexes II and XVI;
e.) the combined total of pre-financing and interim payments shall not exceed 90 % of the Community contribution as set out in the financial table in Annex I;
f.) when the ceiling referred to in sub-paragraph e) is reached, the National Authorising Officer shall continue transmitting to the Commission any certified statements of expenditure, as well as information about amounts recovered;
g.) the amounts set out in certified statements of expenditure, in payment applications and in expenditure mentioned in the implementation reports, shall be denominated in euro. The Beneficiary shall convert the amounts of expenditure incurred in national currency into euro, using the monthly accounting rate of the euro calculated in accordance with Article 70 of this Agreement ;
h.) payments by the Commission to the National Fund shall be made to the euro account identified in Article 62 of this Agreement;
i.) in the event that the final beneficiary is accredited to perform financial transactions for the relevant priority of measure, the Beneficiary shall ensure that the final beneficiaries receive the total amount of the public contribution in due time and in full. No specific charge or other charge with equivalent effect shall be levied which would reduce these amounts for the final beneficiaries. The National Authorising Officer, the National Fund and the Operating Structure shall ensure the timely treatment of payment requests by final beneficiaries (and from final beneficiaries to the recipient of the assistance);
j.) the expenditure may be covered by Community financing only if it has been incurred and paid by the final beneficiary;
k.) expenditure paid by final beneficiaries shall be substantiated by receipted invoices or accounting documents of equivalent probative value or other relevant documents;
l.) expenditure must be certified by the National Authorising Officer;
m.) expenditure declared in respect of a period may contain corrections to data declared in respect of the preceding payment application. These corrections are to be declared to the Commission.
Article 64
PRE-FINANCING
1. In order for the Commission to approve a payment application for a pre-financing payment to the National Fund, the following minimum requirements as set out in Article 42(1) of the IPA Implementing Regulation must be fulfilled:
a.) the National Authorising Officer has notified the Commission of the opening of the euro account concerned;
b.) the accreditations delivered by the competent accrediting officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid; and
c.) this Agreement has entered into force.
2. Pre-financing payments shall amount to 30% of the Community contribution for the first three years of the programme. If necessary and having regard to the budget availability, the pre-financing may be made in two instalments.
3. The total amount paid as pre-financing shall be reimbursed to the Commission with all interest accrued if no payment application for the programme concerned is sent within 15 months of the date on which the Commission pays the first pre-financing amount. The Community contribution to the programme shall not be affected by such reimbursement.
4. The total pre-financing amount shall be cleared at the latest when the programme is closed. Throughout the lifetime of the programme, the National Authorising Officer shall use the pre-financing payment only to pay the Community contribution to expenditure which is eligible for financing in compliance with this Agreement.
5. The pre-financing amount may be used to pre-finance operations and to reimburse the expenditure incurred and declared by the final beneficiaries and accepted by the National Fund.
Article 65
PROPERTY OF INTEREST
Any interest earned on the programme-specific euro account remains the property of the Beneficiary. It shall be posted exclusively to the operational programme concerned, being regarded as a resource of the Beneficiary in the form of a national public contribution to the programme. Interest shall be declared to the Commission with each payment declaration and at the time of the final closure of the operational programme.
Article 66
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
1. Applications for payment shall certify that all requirements laid down in this article and in Article 67 of this Agreement are fulfilled.
2. Applications for payment shall be drawn up in accordance with the models in Annex II (interim payments) and XVI (final payment).
3. The National Authorising Officer shall send to the Commission with each application for payment the following elements:
a.) a certificate of expenditure, signed by the National Authorising Officer, certifying that the expenditure declared complies with applicable Community and national rules and has been incurred in respect of operations selected for funding in accordance with the criteria applicable to the programme and complying with relevant Community and national rules, and that the statement of expenditure is accurate, results from reliable accounting systems and can be supported by receipted invoices or accounting documents of equivalent probative value;
b.) a certified statement of expenditure, drawn up by priority axis and measure;
c.) a computerised listing of operations by measure and the corresponding expenditure, including contribution under the IPA Regulation, national public and, when applicable, private contributions;
d.) details of amounts recoverable following cancellation of all or part of the Community contribution for an operation;
e.) the volume of Community funds in the component-specific euro account at the date of the last debit to which this statement refers and the interest earned;
f.) revenues generated, calculated in accordance with Article 18 of this Agreement;
g.) any corrections made in accordance with Articles 67(4), 68(2) and 76 of this Agreement.
4. A payment application cannot be accepted if payments have been suspended in accordance with Article 72 of this Agreement.
5. An application for payment which does not meet the requirements listed in paragraph 3 of this article and in Article 67 of this Agreement, shall be considered as unacceptable by the Commission and shall not be taken into account under any of the provisions of this Agreement.
Article 67
INTERIM PAYMENTS
1. In order for the Commission services to approve a payment application for an interim payment, the minimum requirements to be fulfilled are the following:
a.) the National Authorising Officer must have sent to the Commission an application for payment, together with the elements listed in Article 66(3) of this Agreement;
b.) the ceilings for Community assistance under each priority axis as indicated in Article 17(3) of this Agreement have been respected;
c.) the sectoral annual implementation reports as referred to in Article 85 of this Agreement, including the most recent one due, have been sent to the Commission;
d.) the Audit Authority has sent to the Commission, in accordance with the first and second indent of Article 29 (2)(b) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the most recent annual audit activity report and opinion on the conformity of the management and control systems in place with the requirements of the IPA Implementing Regulation and those set out in this Agreement;
e.) the accreditations delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid.
2. The National Fund shall ensure that applications for interim payments under the operational programme are sent to the Commission at least three times a year. For a payment to be made by the Commission in a given year, the application for payment shall be submitted not later than 31 October of that year.
3. With a view to meeting the level of expenditure necessary to avoid automatic de-commitment, applications for payment may be submitted until 31st December of each year, provided that they are accompanied by adequate evidence of transmission to the Commission (postal stamp or other equivalent evidence) by that date. Payment shall take place in accordance with the time limits indicated in Article 71 of this Agreement.
4. If one or more of the conditions mentioned in paragraph 1 are not met, the Beneficiary shall, when so requested and within the time limit fixed by the Commission services, take the necessary steps to remedy the situation before the payment is made.
5. If it appears that the applicable rules have not been complied with or that Community funds have been improperly used, the Commission may reduce interim payments to the Beneficiary, temporarily interrupt payments, or suspend payments, in accordance with Articles 71 and 72 of this Agreement. If any of these situations arises the Commission services shall inform the Beneficiary accordingly.
Article 68
CALCULATION OF PAYMENTS
1. Payments shall be calculated on the basis of the Community contribution to the financing of the operations concerned, up to the amount obtained by applying the co-financing rate laid down for each priority axis in the Financial Plan in Annex I to the eligible expenditure, subject to the maximum Community contribution attached to each priority axis.
2. Amounts resulting from the financial adjustments carried out in accordance with Article 76 of this Agreement, which may be re-used for the programme, shall be added to or deducted from the amount of the Community contribution at the time of the next declaration.
3. Without prejudice to the ceiling of 90% as provided for in Article 63(2)(e) of this Agreement, where the combined total of declarations of expenditure exceeds the total programmed for a given priority axis, the amount to be paid shall be capped at the amount programmed for that priority axis in the financing plan in force. Expenditure excluded as a result of this capping may be taken into account in a subsequent declaration of expenditure, provided that an adjusted financing plan has been submitted by the Beneficiary and approved by the Commission.
Article 69
PAYMENT OF THE FINAL BALANCE
1. In accordance with Article 166 (3) b) of the Financial Regulation the ultimate deadline for the submission of declarations of expenditure to the Commission under the programme is 31 December 2018.
2. The minimum requirements for the Commission to approve the application for the payment of the final balance are the following:
a.) the National Authorising Officer has sent to the Commission the final payment application together with the elements listed in Article 66 of this Agreement;
b.) the Operating Structure has sent to the Commission the sectoral final report for the Programme, as referred to in Article 102 of this Agreement;
c.) the Audit Authority has sent to the Commission its opinion on the final statement of expenditure, supported by a final activity report, in accordance with paragraph 7.c) of Annex A to the Framework Agreement;
d.) the accreditations delivered by the Competent Accreditation Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission, remains valid.
3. The Commission shall inform the Beneficiary of its conclusions on the content of the Audit Authority opinion referred to in paragraph c) above. This opinion shall be deemed accepted by the Commission in the absence of observations by the Commission within five months from the date of its receipt.
4. In addition to the requirements indicated in paragraph 2 the provisions of Article 67 of this Agreement are also applicable.
5. The Beneficiary shall ensure that the requirements regarding the retention of documents, as provided for under Article 104 of this Agreement, are fully observed. In this regard the Beneficiary shall set up a system which allows it to follow-up on the requirements regarding retention of documents, shall identify the responsible body and shall inform the Commission of the practical arrangements concerning the transfer of responsibilities to this body.
Article 70
EXCHANGE RATE
The conversion between euro and national currency or any other currency shall be made using a monthly accounting exchange rate of the euro. The monthly accounting exchange rate shall be the exchange rate published by the Commission in the internet site http://ec.europa.eu/budget/inforeuro/ regarding the month in which the expenditure was registered in the accounts of the Operating Structure or, in the case of recoveries, the month in which the recovery takes place. In the event that a rate for a specific month is not published, the rate for the most recent previous month of publication shall be used.
Article 71
PAYMENT DEADLINES AND INTERRUPTION OF PAYMENTS
1. Subject to available funding, the Commission shall make interim payments no later than two months after the date on which an application for payment meeting all the conditions referred in Articles 66 and 67 of this Agreement is registered with the Commission, except as provided otherwise under paragraph 3.
2. Having regard that the amounts claimed under interim payments have been pre-financed in accordance to Article 64 of this Agreement, payments effected within longer periods shall not give rise to payment of interest.
3. The payment deadline referred to under paragraph 1 may be interrupted by the authorising officer by delegation of the Commission, with the meaning of the Financial Regulation if:
a.) in a report of a national or Community audit body there is evidence to suggest a significant deficiency in the functioning of the management and control systems; or
b.) the authorising officer by delegation in the Commission has to carry out additional verifications following information coming to his attention alerting him that expenditure in a certified statement of expenditure is linked to a serious irregularity which has not been corrected; or
c.) clarifications are needed regarding the information contained in the statement of expenditure.
The National IPA Coordinator and the National Authorising Officer shall be informed immediately of the reasons for the interruption. The interruption shall be ended as soon as the necessary measures to remedy the deficiency, irregularity or lack of clarity have been taken by the Beneficiary.
Article 72
SUSPENSION OF PAYMENTS
1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 71, all or part of the payments may be suspended by the Commission where any of the following situations may occur:
a.) there is a serious deficiency in the management and control system of the Programme which affects the reliability of the procedure for certification of payments and for which corrective measures have not been taken; or
b.) expenditure in a certified statement of expenditure is linked to a serious irregularity which has not been corrected; or
c.) clarifications are needed regarding the information contained in the declaration of expenditure;
2. In addition to paragraph 1, the following situations may lead to the suspension of payments by the Commission:
a.) the accreditations delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and/or the National Authorising Officer are suspended or withdrawn;
b.) the conferral of management decision by the Commission is suspended or withdrawn;
c.) the most recent annual audit activity reports and audit opinions due have not been sent to the Commission, in accordance with Article 18 of the Framework Agreement;
d.) the National Authorising Officer has not sent to the Commission the annual statements of assurance as referred to in Article 17 of the Framework Agreement, including the most recent one due.
3. The Beneficiary shall be given the opportunity to present its observations within a period of 2 months, before the Commission decides on a suspension, in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article.
4. The Commission shall end the suspension when the Beneficiary has taken the necessary measures to remedy the deficiency, irregularity, or lack of clarity, referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article.
5. If those measures have not been taken by the Beneficiary, the Commission may decide to cancel all or part of the Community contribution to the Programme, in accordance with Article 73 of this Agreement.
Article 73
FINANCIAL CORRECTIONS, REPAYMENT AND RE-USE OF COMMUNITY CONTRIBUTION
The provisions of the IPA Implementing Regulation, namely its Articles 49 to 54 and of Articles 30 to 35 of the Framework Agreement, shall apply in the event of financial corrections, repayments to the general budget of the European Union and re-use of Community contributions. Financial corrections may also take place in the case of past non-compliance with the requirements for conferral of management powers, namely as provided for under Articles 15 to 17 of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Article 74
SUPERVISION, CONTROL AND AUDIT BY THE COMMISSION AND THE EUROPEAN COURT OF AUDITORS
The provisions of Article 27 of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the programme and to all operations and contracts which receive Community funding under the programme covered by this Agreement.
Article 75
PREVENTION OF IRREGULARITY AND FRAUD, MEASURES AGAINST CORRUPTION
The provisions of Articles 28 of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to all operations, contracts and grants which receive Community funding under the programme covered by this Agreement.
Article 76
FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS
The National Authorising Officer, who bears in the first instance the responsibility for investigating irregularities, shall make the financial adjustments where irregularities or negligence are detected in the management and implementation of the programme or any operations or contracts financed under the programme. He/she shall do so by cancelling all or part of the Community contribution to the operations concerned or the programme. The National Authorising Officer shall take into account the nature and gravity of the irregularities and the financial loss to the Community contribution.
Article 77
RECOVERY OF FUNDS IN CASE OF IRREGULARITY OR FRAUD
The provisions of Article 29 of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the programme and all operations, contracts and grants which receive Community funding under the programme covered by this Agreement
Chapter XII
MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
Article 78
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
1. The management and control systems of the operational programme set up by the Beneficiary shall provide for:
a.) a clear definition of the functions of the bodies concerned in management and control and the allocation of functions within each body;
b.) compliance with the principle of segregation of duties and tasks between and within such bodies;
c.) procedures for ensuring the correctness and regularity of expenditure declared under the operational programme;
d.) reliable accounting, monitoring and financial reporting systems shall as far as possible be held in computerised forms;
e.) arrangements for auditing the functioning of the systems;
f.) systems and procedures to ensure an adequate audit trail;
g.) reporting and monitoring procedures for irregularities and for the recovery of amounts unduly paid;
h.) the proper execution of the measures co financed by the Community contribution in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement and with the obligations assigned to the measure;
i.) in the case of delegation of tasks, reporting to the authority responsible on the performance of their tasks and means employed.
2. The Beneficiary shall ensure that adequate guidance on the provision of management and control systems necessary to ensure sound financial management of the IPA assistance with generally accepted principles and standards is given to:
– the body(ies) responsible for the selection of operations in accordance with the established selection criteria;
– the body(ies) responsible for dealing with public procurement, contracts and grants;
– the body(ies) responsible for the implementation of operations and projects to be carried out in accordance with the terms and objectives of the funding decisions;
– the authorities or bodies or individuals responsible for certifying statements of expenditure for which payments are claimed under IPA;
– the authorities responsible for the general management and coordination of the IPA operations which are identified in Article 25 of this Agreement.
3. The Commission services and the Beneficiary shall cooperate to coordinate audit strategies and plans, methods and implementation, so as to maximise the usefulness of the actions carried out. They shall exchange the results of the checks carried out.
At least once a year the following shall be examined and evaluated:
a.) the results of the checks carried out by the Beneficiary and the Commission or the European Court of Auditors;
b.) any comments made by other national or Community Control bodies or institutions;
c.) the financial impact of the irregularities noted, the steps taken or still required to correct them and, when necessary, adjustments to the management and control systems.
4. Following the above examination and evaluation and without prejudice to the measures taken immediately by the Beneficiary, the Commission services may make observations on the management and control systems and in particular the financial impact of any irregularities detected. These observations shall be communicated to the National IPA Coordinator and the National Authorising Officer. The observations shall be accompanied, where necessary, by a request for corrective measures to remedy the management and control shortcoming found and to correct those irregularities detected which have not been corrected. The Beneficiary shall have the opportunity to comment on these observations.
Article 79
MANAGEMENT VERIFICATIONS
1. The management and control systems put in place shall include procedures to verify whether assets of a relevant operation as well as activities there of are used in accordance with the objectives of the programme, that expenditure declared has actually been incurred in accordance with applicable rules, the products and services have been delivered in accordance with the approval decision and the payment requests by the final beneficiary are correct. These verifications shall cover administrative, financial, technical, physical and performance aspects of operations, as appropriate.
2. The procedures shall require the recording of verifications on the spot. The records shall state the work done, the results of the verification and the measures taken in respect of discrepancies. Where any physical or administrative verifications are not exhaustive, but performed on a sample of works or transactions, the records shall identify the works or transactions selected and describe the sampling method.
3. The checks shall establish whether any problems encountered are of (a) a one-off character, or (b) of a systemic character, entailing a risk for other or all measures carried out by the same implementing bodies in the beneficiary country. They shall also identify the causes of such situations, any further examination which may be required and the necessary corrective and preventive action.
4. The Commission services may require the Beneficiary to carry out on the spot checks, to verify the correctness of one or more operations and the legality and regularity of the related transactions.
Article 80
CHECKS CARRIED OUT BY THE COMMISSION
1. The Commission in its responsibility for the implementation of the Community budget shall verify that the Beneficiary has smoothly functioning management and control systems so that Community funds are efficiently and effectively used.
To that end, without prejudice to checks carried out by the Beneficiary, Commission officials or servants may carry out on-the-spot checks on the management and control systems and on the operations financed by IPA.
2. The Commission services shall try as much as possible to ensure that any checks that they carry out are performed in a coordinated manner so as to avoid repeating checks in respect of the same subject matter during the same period. The Beneficiary and the Commission services shall exchange any relevant information concerning the results of the checks carried out.
3. On-the-spot checks carried out in order to protect the financial interest of the Community against irregularities, may be prepared and conducted by the Commission services, or the European Court of Auditors, in close co-operation with the competent authorities of the beneficiary country concerned, which shall be notified in good time of the object and purpose of the checks, so that they can provide all the requisite help.
4. If the Beneficiary wishes, on-the-spot checks and inspections may be carried out jointly, subject to prior agreement of the relevant EC control body.
5. Commission officials shall have access, under the same conditions as national administrative inspectors and in compliance with national legislation, to all the information and documentation on the operations concerned, which are required for the proper conduct of the on-the-spot checks and inspections. They may avail themselves of the same inspection facilities as national administrative inspectors and in particular copy relevant documents.
6. In carrying out on the spot checks, the Commission services may call on outside experts and bodies, acting under their responsibility, to provide technical assistance. The Commission shall ensure that the aforementioned officials and bodies give every guarantee as regards technical competence, independence and observance of professional confidentiality.
7. The Beneficiary shall make available to the Commission any appropriate national control reports on the programme and projects concerned.
8. On-the-spot checks and inspections may be carried out by the Commission services also on economic operators. In order to make it easier for the Commission services to carry out such checks and inspections, economic operators shall be required to grant access to premises, land, means of transport or other areas, used for business purposes.
9. Where the economic operators resist an on-the-spot check or inspection, the Beneficiary acting in accordance with national rules, shall give Commission officials such assistance as they need to allow them to discharge their duty in carrying out an on-the-spot check or inspection. It shall be for the Beneficiary to take any necessary measures in conformity with national law.
10. The Commission services shall report as soon as possible to the Beneficiary any fact or suspicion relating to an irregularity which has come to their notice in the course of the on-the-spot check or inspection.
Article 81
CHECKS CARRIED OUT BY THE BENEFICIARY
Without prejudice to the Commission’s responsibility for implementing the Community Budget, the Beneficiary shall take responsibility for the financial control of projects. To that end, the measures it will take shall include:
a.) verifying that management and control systems have been set up and are being implemented in such a way as to ensure that Community funds are being used efficiently and correctly;
b.) providing the Commission with a description of these arrangements prior to the conferral of management and at any time that a significant change is introduced in the management and control systems;
c.) ensuring that operations and projects are managed in accordance with all applicable Community rules and that funds placed at their disposal are used in accordance with the principles of sound financial management;
d.) certifying that the declarations of expenditure presented to the Commission are accurate and guaranteeing that they result from accounting systems based on verifiable supporting documents;
e.) preventing and detecting irregularities, notifying these to the Commission, in accordance with the rules, and keeping the Commission informed of the progress of administrative and legal proceedings;
f.) recovering any amounts lost as result of an irregularity detected and where appropriate charging interest on late payments.
Article 82
AUDITS OF A SAMPLE OF OPERATIONS OR TRANSACTIONS
1. The Beneficiary shall organise audits on operations and transactions on an appropriate sampling basis, aimed to:
a.) verify the effectiveness of the management and control systems in place and
b.) verify selectively, on the basis of risk analysis or any other appropriate methodology, expenditure declarations made at the various levels concerned.
2. In the case of a selection made on the basis of risk analysis, the checks shall take into account:
a.) the need to check an appropriate mix of type and size of projects;
b.) any risk factors which have been identified by national or Community checks; and
c.) the need to ensure that the different types of bodies involved in the management and implementation of projects are satisfactorily checked.
In the event of any other appropriate methodology, this should be clearly described and the checks shall be determined on the basis of it.
3. Through the checks the Beneficiary shall verify the following:
a.) the practical application and effectiveness of the management and control systems;
b.) the execution of operations and projects in accordance with the terms of the funding decisions and the objectives assigned to the projects;
c.) for an adequate number of accounting records, the correspondence of those records with supporting documents held by the various bodies, including the National Fund;
d.) the presence of a sufficient audit trial;
e.) for an adequate number of expenditure items that the nature and timing of this expenditure complies with the eligibility criteria and correspond to the specifications of the project and works actually executed;
f.) that the appropriate national co financing has in fact been made available and
g.) that the co-financed operations and projects have been implemented in accordance with the Community policies.
Chapter XIII
MONITORING AND EVALUATION
Article 83
MONITORING PRINCIPLES
1. In accordance with Article 59 of IPA Implementing Regulation, a Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall be set up to assist the Beneficiary in the achievement of the objectives of the programme. At its first meeting after the entry into force of the Financing Agreement, the Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall review and approve the decisions taken by a «shadow» Sectoral Monitoring Committee.
2. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall satisfy itself as to the effectiveness and quality of the implementation of the programme in order to attain the programme’s objectives.
3. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall meet at least twice a year, at the initiative of the Beneficiary or the Commission.
4. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall be co-chaired by the head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the Commission. Its composition shall be decided by the Operating Structure, in agreement with the Commission services. It shall include representatives of the Commission, the National IPA Coordinator, the Strategic Coordinator for the regional development and the human resources development components and the Operating Structure of the programme. Where applicable it shall also include representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners. A representative of International Financial Institutions (IFIs) may participate in an advisory capacity in case of parallel co-financing.
5. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall draw up its rules of procedure, in compliance with the mandate set out by the Commission services, and within the institutional, legal and financial framework of the beneficiary country concerned. It shall adopt these rules of procedure in agreement with the Operating Structure and the IPA Monitoring Committee.
6. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall report to the IPA monitoring committee. It shall provide the IPA monitoring committee in particular with information relating to:
• the progress made in implementing the programme, by priority axis and, where relevant, by measures or operations; this shall include the results achieved, financial implementation indicators and other factors, and shall be established with a view to reviewing and improving the implementation of the programmes;
• any aspects of the functioning of the management and control systems raised by the Audit Authority, the National Authorising officer or the competent accrediting officer.
7. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall:
a.) consider and approve the general criteria for selecting the operations within six months of the entry into force of the Financing Agreement on the programme and approve any revision of those criteria in accordance with programming needs;
b.) review at each meeting progress made towards achieving the specific targets of the operational programme on the basis of documents submitted by the Operating Structure;
c.) examine at each meeting the results of implementation, particularly the achievement of the targets set for each priority axis and measures and interim evaluations; it shall carry out this monitoring by reference to specified indicators;
d.) examine the sectoral annual and final reports on implementation, prior to their transmission to the Commission and the National IPA Coordinator;
e.) be informed of the annual audit activity report referred to in Article 29(2)(b) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, or of the part of the report referring to the operational programme concerned, and of any relevant comments the Commission may make after examining that report or relating to that part of the report;
f.) examine any proposal to amend the Financing Agreement of the programme and/or the programme itself;
g.) be informed of audit activities being carried out and the opinion given by the audit authorities and the EC concerning the implementation of the programme;
h.) consider and examine the Communication Action Plan referred to in Article 99 of this Agreement as well as any subsequent updates of the plan; and
i.) propose periodical meetings at a technical level if needed.
8. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee may propose to the Operating Structure any revision or examination of the programme likely to make possible the attainment of the programme’s objectives or to improve its management, including its financial management.
9. The Sectoral Monitoring Committee may also make proposals to the Commission and the National IPA Coordinator, with a copy to the National Authorising Officer, for decisions on any remedial measures to ensure the achievement of the programme’s objectives and enhance the efficiency of the assistance provided.
Article 84
MONITORING SHEETS
The Operating Structure shall maintain monitoring sheets for each operation, prepared in accordance with the templates and guidance provided by the Commission services, as may be deemed necessary. The monitoring sheets will be presented to the Sectoral Monitoring Committee and will constitute the core part of the Annual Implementation Report, prepared in accordance with Article 85.
Article 85
SECTORAL ANNUAL REPORT ON IMPLEMENTATION
1. The Operating Structure shall submit a sectoral annual report in relation to the programme concerned to the Commission and the National IPA Coordinator, by 30 June each year and for the first time by 30 June 2008.
2. The reports shall be sent to the National IPA Coordinator, the National Authorising Officer and the Commission, after examination by the sectoral monitoring committee.
3. Sectoral reports shall include the following:
a.) the quantitative and qualitative progress made in implementing the operational programme, priority axes, measures and, where relevant, operations or groups of operations, in relation to their specific, verifiable targets, with quantification, when possible, using indicators at the appropriate level. Where relevant under the human resources development component, the statistics shall be broken down by sex;
b.) the financial implementation of the operational programme, detailing for each priority axis and measure:
– the total expenditure paid out by reference to each beneficiary and included in payment applications sent to the Commission by the National Fund;
– the total expenditure actually committed and paid out by the National Fund, with the corresponding public or public and private contribution; this shall be accompanied by computerised forms listing the operations, so that they can be followed through the from budgetary commitment by the Beneficiary to final payments;
– the total payments received from the Commission.
Where appropriate, financial implementation may be presented through the major areas of intervention and the regions where assistance is concentrated.
c) for information purposes, the indicative breakdown of the allocation under the IPA Regulation shall be given by categories, in accordance with the detailed list included in Annex XIII;
d) the steps taken by the Operating Structure or the Sectoral Monitoring Committee to ensure the quality and effectiveness of implementation, in particular:
– the monitoring and evaluation measures, including data collection arrangements;
– a summary of any significant problems encountered in implementing the operational programme and any subsequent measures taken;
– the use made of technical assistance;
e.) the activities to provide information on and publicise the programme;
f.) where appropriate, under the human resources development component, a synthesis of the implementation of :
– gender mainstreaming as well as of any gender-specific action;
– action to increase the participation of migrants in employment and thereby strengthening their social integration;
– action to strengthen integration in employment and thereby improve the social inclusion of minorities;
– action to strengthen integration in employment and social inclusion of other disadvantaged groups, including people with disabilities.
4. The sectoral report shall be considered admissible only if it contains all the appropriate information listed in paragraph 3. The National IPA Coordinator and the Operating Structure shall be informed by the Commission services of the admissibility of the sectoral annual report within 10 working days from the date of its receipt.
5. The National IPA Coordinator and the Operating Structure shall also be informed of the Commission’s opinion on the content of an admissible sectoral annual report within two months from the date of receipt.
6. The monitoring sheets prepared in accordance with templates and guidance provided by the Commission services will be attached to the report.
Article 86
INTERIM EVALUATION
1. During the period of implementation the Beneficiary shall carry out evaluations linked to the monitoring of the programme, in particular where this monitoring reveals a significant departure from the goals initially set or where proposals are made for the revision of the programme. At least one interim evaluation shall be carried out during the period of implementation of the programme. The results of the evaluation shall be sent to the Sectoral Monitoring Committee and to the Commission.
2. Evaluations shall be carried out by internal or external experts or bodies, functionally independent of the authorities referred to in Article 21 of the IPA Implementing Regulation. The results shall be published according to the applicable rules on access to documents.
Article 87
EX-POST EVALUATION
Ex-post evaluations are the responsibility of the Commission. The Commission services and the National IPA Coordinator shall decide whether ex-post evaluations should be carried out at the level of the programme or for a group of programmes or for IPA assistance as a whole.
Chapter XIV
AUDIT
Article 88
AUDIT PRINCIPLES
Audits are to be carried out in line with Sections III, IV and V of the Framework Agreement and Title VIII, Chapter I, of the Financial Regulation. They shall be carried out in accordance with internationally accepted audit standards.
Article 89
AUDIT AUTHORITY
1. The functions and responsibilities of the Audit Authority are those indicated in Annex A to the Framework Agreement.
2. Where the audits referred to in Article 88 of this Agreement are carried out by a body other than the Audit Authority, the Audit Authority shall ensure that such bodies have the necessary functional independence.
3. If weaknesses in management or control systems, or the level of irregular expenditure detected do not allow the provision of an unqualified opinion for the annual opinion referred to in Article 18 paragraph 1 point (b) of the Framework Agreement, or in the closure declaration referred to in paragraph 1 point (c), the Audit Authority shall give the reasons and estimate the scale of the problem and its financial impact.
Article 90
AUDIT TRAIL
1. In accordance with Article 21 of the Framework Agreement the management and control system for the programme shall provide a sufficiently detailed audit trail.
2. For the purposes of this agreement an audit trail shall be considered sufficient where it permits:
a.) the aggregate amounts certified to the Commission to be reconciled with the detailed accounting records and supporting documents held at the various administrative levels, by the Operating Structure and the final beneficiaries with regard to operations co-financed under the operational programme;
b.) verification of the allocation and transfer of the available Community and national funds;
c.) verification of the correctness of the information supplied on the execution of the programme in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement granting the assistance and the objectives assigned to the programme;
d.) verification of the selection criteria established for the operational programme, and
e.) in respect of each operation, as appropriate, the technical specifications and financing plan, documents concerning the grant approval, documents relating to public procurement procedures, progress reports and reports on verifications and audits carried out.
3. An indicative description of the information requirements for a sufficient audit trail is given in Annex XIV.
4. The Beneficiary shall satisfy itself that the following points have been addressed:
a) that there are procedures to ensure that documents that are relevant to specific items of expenditure incurred, payments made, works undertaken and verification of them carried out in connection with the programme, and which are required for a sufficient audit trail, are held in accordance with the requirements of Annex XIV;
b) that a record is maintained of the body holding them and its location; and
c) that the documents are made available for inspection by the persons and bodies who would normally have the right to inspect such documents.
5. The persons and bodies referred to in paragraph 4 (c) shall be:
a) the staff of the National Fund, Operating Structure and specific bodies who process payment applications;
b) the services undertaking audits of management and control systems;
c) the National Authorising Officer as person responsible for certifying interim and final payment applications and the person or department which issues declarations for the winding up of measures; and
d) mandated officials of national audit institutions and of the Community.
They may require that extracts or copies of the documents or accounting records referred to in paragraph 4 be supplied to them.
Article 91
AUDITS OF OPERATIONS
1. The audits referred to in Article 88 of this Agreement shall be carried out each twelve-month period from 1 October of the year following the adoption of the programme, on a sample of operations selected by a method established or approved by the Audit Authority. The audits shall be carried out on-the-spot on the basis of documentation and records held by the beneficiary.
2. The audits shall verify that the following conditions are fulfilled:
a.) the operation meets the selection criteria for the operational programme, has been implemented in accordance with the approval decision and fulfils any applicable conditions concerning its functionality and use or the objectives to be attained;
b.) the expenditure declared corresponds to the accounting records and supporting documents held by the beneficiary;
c.) the expenditure declared by the beneficiary is in compliance with Community and national rules;
d.) the public contribution has been paid to the beneficiary in accordance with Article 40 (9) of IPA Implementing Regulation.
3. Where problems detected appear to be systemic in nature and therefore entail a risk for other operations under the operational programme, the Audit Authority shall ensure that further examination is carried out, including additional audits where necessary, to establish the scale of such problems. The necessary preventive and corrective action shall be taken by the relevant authorities.
Article 92
DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY THE AUDIT AUTHORITY AND FOLLOW-UP
1. The annual audit activity report and the annual opinion referred to in Article 29.2(b) of the IPA Implementing Regulation shall be based on the systems audits and audits of operations carried out and shall be drawn up in accordance with the models set out in Annex C to the Framework Agreement.
2. The opinion on the final statement of expenditure referred to in Article 29.2(b) of the IPA Implementing Regulation shall be based on all the audit work carried out by, or under the responsibility of the Audit Authority, in accordance with its annual work plan. The opinion on the final statement of expenditure shall be drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Annex E to the Framework Agreement.
3. If there is a limitation in the scope of examination or if the level of irregular expenditure detected does not allow the provision of an unqualified opinion for the annual opinion referred to in paragraph 1 or in the opinion on the final statement of expenditure referred to in paragraph 2, the Audit Authority shall give the reasons and estimate the scale of the problem and its financial impact.
4. Following the receipt of the reports and opinions by the Audit Authority, the National Authorising Officer shall:
a) decide whether any improvements to the management and control systems are required, record the decisions in that respect and ensure the timely implementation of those improvements;
b) make any necessary adjustments to the payment applications to the Commission.
5. The Commission services may decide either to take follow-up action itself in response to the reports and opinions, for example by initiating a financial correction procedure, or to require the beneficiary country to take action, while informing the National Authorising Officer and the Competent Accrediting Officer of their decision.
Article 93
AVAILABILITY OF DOCUMENTS
1. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Beneficiary shall ensure that a record is available of the identity and location of bodies holding the supporting documents relating to expenditure and audits, which includes all documents required for an adequate audit trail.
2. The Beneficiary shall ensure that the documents referred to in paragraph 1 are made available for inspection and that extracts or copies thereof are supplied to persons and bodies entitled to have access to them, including at least authorised staff of the Beneficiary, National Fund, Audit Authority and authorised officials of the Community and their authorised representatives.
3. The following, at least, shall be considered commonly accepted data carriers:
a.) photocopies of original documents;
b.) microfiches of original documents;
c.) electronic versions of original documents;
d.) documents existing in electronic version only.
4. The procedure for certifying the conformity of documents held on commonly accepted data carriers with the original document shall be laid down by the national authorities and shall ensure that the versions held comply with national legal requirements and can be relied on for audit purposes.
5. Where documents exist in electronic version only, the computer systems used must meet accepted security standards that ensure that the documents held comply with national legal requirements and can be relied on for audit purposes.
6. The Commission services shall ensure that the information forwarded by the Beneficiary, or collected by them in the course of on-the-spot inspections, is kept confidential and secure.
Article 94
SUPERVISION, CONTROL AND AUDIT BY THE COMMISSION AND THE EUROPEAN COURT OF AUDITORS
Supervision, control and audit by the Commission and by the European Court of Auditors will be carried out in line with Section IV Articles 27 to 35 of the Framework Agreement and Title VIII, Chapter I of the Financial Regulation.
Chapter XV
INFORMATION AND VISIBILITY
Article 95
PERSONAL DATA
According to Article 24(2)(d) of the Framework Agreement, the provisions of Regulation (EC) No 45/2001 of the European Parliament and the European Council on the protection of individuals with regards to the processing of personal data by the Community institutions and bodies and on the free movement of such data, and with due observance of the requirements of security, shall apply.
Article 96
ELECTRONIC EXCHANGE OF DATA
1. The Beneficiary shall provide to the Commission an original paper version of the documents, dated and signed by a duly authorised official. The date taken into account shall be the date on which the paper document has been officially sent to the Commission.
2. Apart from the submission of paper documents by the Beneficiary to the Commission, the Beneficiary shall endeavour, whenever possible, to submit an electronic version of those documents.
3. In the event of divergence between the paper and electronic versions of the documents, the original paper document will be considered as the authentic document.
Article 97
INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY
1. The Beneficiary shall provide information on, and publicise the programme and operations, in accordance with Article 24 of the Framework Agreement. The information shall be addressed to the citizens and beneficiaries, with the aim of highlighting the role of the Community and ensuring transparency.
2. In accordance with Article 90 of the Financial Regulation the Commission shall publish the relevant information on contracts and grants. The Commission shall publish the results of tender and call for proposal procedures in the Official Journal of the European Union, on the EuropeAid website and in any other appropriate media, in accordance with the applicable contract procedures for Community external actions.
Article 98
PUBLICATION OF INFORMATION ON BENEFICIARIES OF COMMUNITY FUNDING
1. In accordance with Article 24.2 of the Framework Agreement, the Beneficiary shall publish the following information in relation to beneficiaries of Community financing:
a.) the names and addresses of the final beneficiaries;
b.) the names of the operations;
c.) the amount of Community funding allocated to the operations.
2. The information referred to in paragraph 1 shall be published according to a standard presentation, in a dedicated and easily accessible place of the Beneficiary’s internet site. If such internet publication is impossible, the information shall be published by any other appropriate means, including the national official journal.
3. The publication shall take place during the first half of the year following the closure of the budget year in respect of which the funds were attributed to the Beneficiary.
4. The Beneficiary shall communicate to the Commission the address of the place of publication and reference shall be made to this address in the dedicated place of the internet site of the Community institutions referred to in Article 97(2) of this Agreement. If the information is published otherwise, the Beneficiary shall give the Commission full details of the means used.
Article 99
VISIBILITY
1. Activities to make available and publicise in the beneficiary country information about assistance under the IPA, as referred to by Article 24(4) of the Framework Agreement, will be implemented based on a Communication Action Plan (CAP) prepared in accordance with the chapter on Implementing Provisions of the programme. The CAP shall be reviewed by the Sectoral Monitoring Committee and shall set out:
a.) the aims of the information and publicity;
b.) the target group;
c.) the content and the strategy of the resulting communication and information measures;
d.) the indicative budget;
e.) the administrative departments responsible for implementation;
f.) the criteria for evaluating the measures carried out.
2. Funding for information and publicity may be provided from the technical assistance priority of the programme.
3. At the meetings of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, the Operating Structure shall report on progress in implementing the CAP and provide the Committee members with examples of such measures.
4. When the implementation of the present article implies specific information and publicity activities at operation level, such activities shall be the responsibility of the final beneficiaries, and shall be funded from the amount allocated to the relevant subject.
5. The Operating Structure shall ensure that operations financed in the framework of the programme respect the EU visibility guidelines for external actions[9].
Chapter XVI
PROGRAMME CLOSURE
Article 100
CLOSURE PRINCIPLES
1. Programme closure implies the financial settlement of outstanding Community commitments, through the payment of the final balance, or the issue of a recovery note, or the de-commitment of appropriations by the Commission. To this end, a final payment application should be submitted to the Commission.
2. The Commission will inform the Beneficiary about the date of the closure of the programme.
3. The programme closure does not prejudice the Commission’s right to carry out audits or undertake financial corrections.
4. Notwithstanding the results of any audits carried out by the Commission services or the European Court of Auditors, the final balance paid or the amount to be recovered by the Commission may be amended within nine months of the date on which the final payment is made, or of the date on which the recovery note is issued.
5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 45 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, for the closure of the programme, the following documents should be submitted to the Commission by the Beneficiary by 31 December 2018 at the latest, in order to successfully close the Community assistance:
– an application for the final payment issued by the National Authorising Officer;
– a final report submitted by the Operating Structure;
– a winding up declaration on the final statement of expenditure supported by a final activity report issued by the Audit Authority;
– an audit opinion on the final statement of expenditure.
6. A precondition for the successful closure of the programme is that the accreditation provisions foreseen in chapter II of the IPA Implementing Regulation are in force and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid.
Article 101
WINDING UP DECLARATION
1. The winding up declaration sets out the opinion of the independent Audit Authority, designated under Article 29 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, on the final statement of expenditure submitted to the Commission by the National Authorising Officer.
2. The submission of the winding up declaration is a prerequisite for the programme closure. It will be submitted to the Commission and to the Competent Accrediting Officer at the same time as the final statement of expenditure.
3. The basis for forming the opinion expressed in the winding up declaration has to be clearly explained. The Audit Authority is required to declare that the final statement of expenditure and application for the payment of the balance issued by the National Authorising Officer are free of misstatements. The Audit Authority shall address in particular the following:
– correct presentation and compilation of the documents;
– correctness and accuracy of the calculations;
– reconciliation of the final statement presented to the Commission with the statements presented by the implementing bodies to the National Authorising Officer;
– consistency with the financial information, including information on irregularities, provided in the final report;
– the legality and regularity of the underlying financial transactions, in accordance with the eligibility criteria and the procurement directives;
– audits carried out by the Commission services, the European Court of Auditors or the Audit Authority on the National Fund and the National Authorising Officer, the Operating Structure as well as the contracting authorities, by summarising any weakness found in the management and control systems or in the financial transaction findings. The corrective measures put in place to remedy any weakness found in the management and control systems including any financial corrections imposed should be provided;
– sample of financial transactions audited, including information on the total public expenditure and the error percentage, if any.
4. An indicative model of the winding up declaration is contained in Annexe E of the Framework Agreement.
Article 102
FINAL REPORT
1. The Operating Structure shall draw up a sectoral final report on the implementation of the programme. It shall cover the whole period of implementation and may include the latest annual report.
2. After examination by the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, the Operating Structure shall submit the final sectoral report to the National IPA Coordinator, the National Authorising Officer and to the Commission, at the latest six months after the final date of eligibility of expenditure.
3. The requirements for the content of the final sectoral report are set out in Article 169 of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This report shall include:
a) the quantitative and qualitative progress made in implementing the programme, by priority and measure, in relation to their specific targets, with quantification of the physical indicators, including results and impact indicators;
b) the financial implementation of the programme, summarising for each priority axis and measure, the total expenditure actually paid out and included in the payment applications submitted to the Commission by the National Fund, as well as a record of the total payments received from the Commission and the total expenditure actually committed and paid out by the National Fund, with the corresponding public or public and private contribution, accompanied by a list of the operations carried out;
c) the indicative breakdown of the allocations under the IPA Regulation, by category, in accordance with the detailed list included in Annex XIII;
d) the steps taken by the Operating Structure and/or the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, to ensure the quality and effectiveness of implementation and in particular:
i) the monitoring and evaluation measures, including data collection arrangements;
ii) a summary of any significant problems encountered in implementing the programme, including any corrective measures put in place;
iii) the use made of technical assistance;
e) the measures taken to provide information and publicity of the programme;
f) a list of operations implemented and whether these have been completed and are operational.
4. A final report shall be considered admissible if it contains all the information required in paragraph 3 above. The Commission services shall inform the National IPA Coordinator and the Operating Structure of the admissibility of the final report within 10 working days from the date of its receipt.
5. The Commission’s opinion on the content of an admissible final sectoral report shall be provided to National IPA Coordinator and the Operating Structure within five months from the date of receipt of the admissible report.
Article 103
FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
1. A final application for payment, including a certificate of expenditure and a statement of expenditure, shall be drawn up in the form set out in Annex XVI to the Financing Agreement.
2. Expenditure declared should relate to expenditure actually incurred and paid out by the National Fund. This expenditure should correspond to payments effected supported by receipted invoices or accounting documents of equivalent probative value. Expenditure must have been certified by the National Authorising Officer.
3. The conditions to be checked by the National Authorising Officer in certifying the expenditure are set out in the form prescribed in Annex XVII.
4. The final statement of expenditure should be accompanied by the appendix on recoveries referred to in Annex XVI to this Agreement.
5. The pre-financing paid to the Beneficiary for the programme, pursuant to Article 64 of this Agreement, has to be justified by payments effected by the final beneficiaries at the latest when the final balance of the assistance is claimed.
6. The Beneficiary shall inform the Commission of recoveries made between the submission of the final declaration of expenditure and the final payment by the Commission, so that the Commission can deduct them. The Beneficiary should also inform the Commission of recoveries effected after the submission of the final declaration of expenditure and after closure of the programme and repay the IPA contribution to the Commission.
Article 104
RETENTION OF DOCUMENTS
1. The responsible body and authorities of the Beneficiary shall keep available for the Commission all documents related to the programme, including documents related to the authorisation of payment applications, of the accounting and payment of such applications and of the treatment of advances, guarantees and debts, for a period of at least three years following the closure of the programme.
2. Written records of the entire procurement, grant award and contracting procedure shall be retained by the Operating Structure for a period of at least seven years from the payment of the balance of the contract.
3. The periods referred in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 shall be interrupted in the case of legal proceedings, financial corrections or at the duly substantiated request of the Commission services.
Chapter XVII
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 105
CONSULTATION
1. Any question relating to the execution or interpretation of this Agreement shall be the subject of consultation between the Contracting Parties, leading where necessary to an amendment of this Agreement.
2. Where there is a failure to carry out an obligation set out in this Agreement which has not been the subject of remedial measures taken in due time, the Commission may suspend the financing of activities under IPA after consultation with the Beneficiary.
3. The Beneficiary may renounce in whole or in part to the implementation of activities under IPA. The Contracting Parties shall set out the details of the said renunciation in an exchange of letters.
Article 106
SETTLEMENT OF DIFFERENCES, ARBITRATION
The provisions of Article 42 of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.
Article 107
DISPUTES WITH THIRD PARTIES
The provisions of Article 43 of the Framework Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement.
Article 108
ANNEXES
The Annexes shall form an integral part of this Agreement.
Article 109
VALIDITY
1. This signed Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which the Beneficiary notifies the Commission that all internal procedures in the Republic of Croatia necessary for the entry into force of this Agreement have been fulfilled.
2. This Agreement shall continue to be in force until the final date for the retention of documents related to the programme as provided for under Article 104 of this Agreement.
3. In case of legal proceedings or of any duly motivated situation agreed between the parties, the Financing Agreement shall remain in force until the final settlement of the situation that gives rise to the extension of validity.
Article 110
REVIEW AND AMENDMENT
1. The implementation of this Agreement will be subject to periodic reviews at times arranged between the Parties.
2. Any amendment agreed to by the Parties will be in writing and will form part of this Agreement. Such an amendment shall enter into force on the date determined by the Parties.
3. If the request for an amendment comes from the Beneficiary, the latter shall submit that request to the Commission at least six months before the amendment is intended to enter into force, except in cases which are duly substantiated by the Beneficiary and accepted by the Commission.
Article 111
TERMINATION
1. This Agreement may be terminated by either Party by giving written notice to the other Party. Such termination shall take effect six calendar months from the date of the written notice.
2. The termination of this Agreement shall not preclude the possibility for the Commission to make financial corrections in accordance with Articles 49 to 54 of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Article 112
LANGUAGE
This Agreement is drawn up in duplicate in the English language.
Signed, for and on behalf of the Government of the Republic of Croatia,
at Zagreb on 5 December 2008
by Hrvoje Dolenec, State Secretary and National IPA Coordinator
Signed, for and on behalf of the Commission,
at Bruxelles on 4 December 2008
by Nikolaus van der Pas, Director General for Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities
ANNEX I
FINANCIAL PLAN
Financial plan of the «Human Resources Development» programme with CCI number 2007HR05IPO001 in the Republic of Croatia.
Years |
Total |
Public Expenditure (€) |
IPA co-financing rate (%) (4)=(2)/(1) |
|
Community Contribution (IPA) (€) |
National Public Contribution |
|||
Year 2007 |
||||
Priority Axis 1 |
4.411.765 |
3.750.000 |
661.765 |
85% |
Priority Axis 2 |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
Priority Axis 3 |
5.882.353 |
5.000.000 |
882.353 |
85% |
Priority Axis 4 |
1.325.883 |
1.127.000 |
198.883 |
85% |
Total Year 2007 |
13.384.707 |
11.377.000 |
2.007.707 |
85% |
Year 2008 |
||||
Priority Axis 1 |
3.411.765 |
2.900.000 |
511.765 |
85% |
Priority Axis 2 |
4.117.648 |
3.500.000 |
617.648 |
85% |
Priority Axis 3 |
5.882.353 |
5.000.000 |
882.353 |
85% |
Priority Axis 4 |
1.529.412 |
1.300.000 |
229.412 |
85% |
Total Year 2008 |
14.941.178 |
12.700.000 |
2.241.178 |
85% |
Year 2009 |
||||
Priority Axis 1 |
3.352.942 |
2.850.000 |
502.942 |
85% |
Priority Axis 2 |
4.705.883 |
4.000.000 |
705.883 |
85% |
Priority Axis 3 |
7.000.000 |
5.950.000 |
1.050.000 |
85% |
Priority Axis 4 |
1.647.059 |
1.400.000 |
247.059 |
85% |
Total Year 2009 |
16.705.884 |
14.200.000 |
2.505.884 |
85% |
Years 2007-2009 |
||||
Priority Axis 1 |
11.176.472 |
9.500.000 |
1.676.472 |
85% |
Priority Axis 2 |
10.588.237 |
9.000.000 |
1.588.237 |
85% |
Priority Axis 3 |
18.764.706 |
15.950.000 |
2.814.706 |
85% |
Priority Axis 4 |
4.502.354 |
3.827.000 |
675.354 |
85% |
Total Years 2007-2009 |
45.031.769 |
38.277.000 |
6.754.769 |
85% |
ANNEX II
CERTIFICATE AND STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURE AND APPLICATION FOR INTERIM PAYMENT
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE – IPA
Human Resources Development (component IV)
Certificate and statement of expenditure and payment application
__________________________________________________
Name of operational programme
Commission Decision of
Financing Agreement of
Commission reference (CCI) No:
National reference (if any)
__________________________________________________
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned,
National Authorising Officer,
hereby certify that all expenditure included in the attached statement complies with the criteria for eligibility of expenditure set out in the Financing Agreement signed between the Commission of the European Communities and the Government of the Republic of Croatia and entered into force on ………………… (date) and with the criteria for eligibility of expenditure set out in annex XIX of this agreement, has been incurred and paid by the final beneficiaries on the implementation of operations selected under the operational programme in accordance with the conditions for granting IPA assistance.
after(1) |
20… |
and amounts to: |
euro2 |
(exact figure to two decimal places)
The attached statement of expenditure, broken down by priority axis and measures, is based on accounts provisionally closed on[10]
20… |
and forms an integral part of this certificate.
I also certify that operations are progressing in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement, and in particular that:
1. all the requirements laid down in Article 67 of the Financing Agreement are fulfilled, in particular
• The ceilings for Community assistance under each priority axis as laid down in the financial table of the Financing Agreement (annex I) have been respected;
• The sectoral annual implementation reports, including the most recent one have been sent to the Commission by the Operating Structure;
• The most recent annual audit activity report and opinion on the conformity of the management and control systems in place with the requirements of the Regulation (EC) 718/2007 and those of any agreement between the Commission and the beneficiary country has been sent to the Commission by the Audit Authority;
• The accreditation delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid;
• the payments have not been suspended in accordance with Article 72 of the Financing Agreement
2. the statement of expenditure is accurate, results from reliable accounting systems and is based on verifiable supporting documents;
3. the expenditure declared complies with applicable Community and national rules and has been incurred in respect of operations selected for funding in accordance with the criteria applicable to the programme and complying with relevant applicable Community rules and regulations, in particular those referred to in the Financing Agreement
4. the statement of expenditure and the payment application take account, where applicable, of any amounts recovered and of any interest received, and of net revenue accruing from operations financed under the operational programme;
5. the breakdown of the underlying operations is recorded on computer files and is available to the relevant Commission departments on request
In accordance with Article 104 of the Financing Agreement, the supporting documents are and will continue to be available for at least three years following the closure of the operational programme by the Commission.
Date |
20… |
Name in capitals, stamp, position and signature
of National Authorising Officer
ANNEX 1 to statement of expenditure
ANNEX 2 to statement of expenditure:
DETAILS OF AMOUNTS RECOVERABLE FOLLOWING CANCELLATION OF ALL OR PART OF THE COMMUNITY CONTRIBUTION FOR AN OPERATION (ART. 66.3.D). OF THE FA)
Name of the priority/measure /operation |
|
Amount ordered to be recovered |
|
Debtor |
|
Date of issue of recovery order |
|
Authority which issued recovery order |
|
Date of recovery |
|
Amount recovered |
ANNEX 3 to statement of expenditure:
THE VOLUME OF COMMUNITY CONTRIBUTION IN THE COMPONENT-SPECIFIC EURO ACCOUNT AT THE DATE OF THE LAST DEBIT TO WHICH THIS STATEMENT REFERS (ART. 66.3.E OF THE FA)
______________________€
and the interest earned ___________________€
from …….(date) to …… (date) according art. 62.1 and 65 of the FA
ANNEX 4
TO STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURE (TO BE FILLED IN BY THE HEAD OF THE OS)
DATE
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: Interim payment
Name of operational programme:
Operational programme reference (CCI) No:
Pursuant to Annex A of the Framework Agreement (Article 25 of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007), I, the undersigned (name in capitals of National Authorising Officer), hereby request payment of the amount of EUR ….(EU contribution) as an interim payment.
This application is admissible because:
Delete as appropriate |
|
(a) no more than the maximum amount of assistance from IPA Funds as laid down in the annex I of the Financing Agreement has been paid by the Commission during the whole period for each priority axis. |
|
(b) the Operating Structure has sent to the Commission the sectoral annual implementation reports, including the most recent one in accordance with art. 65(1)c of the Financing Agreement |
– has been forwarded by Operating Structure within the time limit laid down in art. 83 of the Financing Agreement – is attached |
(c) the Audit Authority has sent to the Commission, in accordance with Article 92 of the Financing Agreement, the most recent annual audit activity report and opinion on the conformity of the management and control systems in place with the requirements of the Regulation (EC) 718/2007 and/or those of any agreement between the Commission and the beneficiary country |
– has been forwarded by Audit Authority within the time limit laid down in art. 90 of the financing Agreement – is attached |
(d) the accreditations delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid |
|
(e) the payments have not been suspended in accordance with Article 72 of the Financing Agreement |
The payment should be m,ade by the Commission to the body designated by the beneficiary country for the purposes of making payments
Designated body |
|
Bank |
|
Bank account No |
|
Holder of account (where not the same as the designated body) |
Date |
20… |
Name in capitals, stamp, position and signature of
National Authorising Officer
ANNEX III
STATEMENT ON WITHDRAWN AND RECOVERED AMOUNTS AND PENDING RECOVERIES
(Article 66(3)d) of the Financing Agreement)
1. WITHDRAWALS AND RECOVERIES FOR THE YEAR 20…. DEDUCTED FROM STATEMENTS OF EXPENDITURE[11]
Priority axis |
Withdrawals |
Recoveries |
||||||
Total expenditure of final beneficiaries |
Public contribution |
Co-financing rate1 |
EU contribution |
Total expenditure of final beneficiaries |
Public contribution |
Co-financing rate1 |
EU contribution |
|
1 |
||||||||
Operation 1.1.x |
||||||||
2 |
||||||||
Operation 2.1.x |
||||||||
3 |
||||||||
Operation 3.1.x |
||||||||
Total |
2. PENDING RECOVERIES AS AT 31.12. 20..
Priority axis |
Year of launch of recovery proceedings |
Public contribution to be recovered |
Co-financing rate1 |
EU contribution to be recovered |
1 |
2007 |
|||
Operation 1.1.x |
||||
2008 |
||||
… |
||||
2 |
2007 |
|||
Operation 2.1.x |
||||
2008 |
||||
… |
||||
3 |
2007 |
|||
Operation 3.1.x |
||||
2008 |
||||
… |
||||
Sub-totals |
2007 |
|||
2008 |
||||
… |
||||
Grand total |
ANNEX IV
FORECASTS OF LIKELY PAYMENT APPLICATIONS
(Article 63(2)c) of the Financing Agreement)
Forecasts of likely payment applications for the financial year concerned and for the subsequent financial year (in EUR):[12]
CCI : |
Community co-financing1 |
|
Name of the Programme: |
[current year] |
[following year] |
(1) Only forecast of likely payment applications in respect of the Community contribution, and not total expenditure forecast, should be stated in the table. In the forecast of likely payment applications, the community contribution should be stated for the year in question, and should not be cumulated from the beginning of the programming period.
ANNEX V
IDENTIFICATION OF AUTHORITIES, NAMES AND ADDRESSES FOR CORRESPONDENCE
(Article 28(3) of the Financing Agreement)
Field 1. 2007HR05IPO001
Field 2. Operational Programme for Human Resources Development
Field 3. IPA component IV
Field 4. Beneficiary – Republic of Croatia
Field 5. National IPA Coordinator
Name: State Secretary, Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds
Address Radnička 80/V, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4569 205
Field 6. Strategic Coordinator for the regional development and the human resources development components
Name: Deputy State Secretary, Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds
Address Radnička 80/V, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4569 194
Field 7. Competent Accrediting Officer
Name: Minister, Ministry of Finance
Address Katančićeva 5, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4591 300
Field 8. National Authorising Officer
Name: State Secretary, Ministry of Finance
Address Katančićeva 5, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4591 479
Field 9. National Fund
Name: Head of Department, Ministry of Finance
Address Katančićeva 5, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4591243
Field 10. Audit Authority
Name: Director, Agency for the Audit of European Union Programmes Implementation Systems
Address Koturaška 53/1, Zagreb
Phone 00385 1 4585 999
Field 11a. Contracting Authority
Name: Director, Agency for Vocational Education
Address Lastovska 23, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00358 1 6274 603
Field 11b. Contracting Authority
Name: Director, Croatian Employment Service
Address Radnička cesta 39/1, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 6126 024
Field 12. Operating Structure
Name: State Secretary, Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, Directorate for Labour and Labour Market, Department for European Integration and Project Management
Address Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00385 1 6106 310
Field 12.a Head of the Operating Structure
Name State Secretary, Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, Directorate for Labour and Labour Market, Department for European Integration and Project Management
Address Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00385 1 6106 310
Field 12.b Specific body – Body responsible for Priority axes 1 and 4
Name: State Secretary, Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, Directorate for Labour and Labour Market, Department for European Integration and Project Management
Address Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00385 1 6106 310
Field 12.c Specific body – Body responsible for Priority axis 2, Measure 1
Name State Secretary, Ministry of Health and Social Welfare, Directorate for Humanitarian Aid and Cooperation with Civil Society Organizations
Address Ksaver 200 A, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4698 450
Field 12.d Specific body – Body responsible for Priority axis 2, Measure 2 and Priority axis 3
Name State Secretary, Ministry of Science, Education and Sports, Directorate for Secondary Education,
Address Donje Svetice 38, 10 000 Zagreb
Phone 00 385 1 4569 010
Field 13. IPA Monitoring Committee
Chairperson State Secretary, Central Office for the Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds
Co-Chairperson Head of the Delegation of the European Commission to the Republic of Croatia
Field 14. Sectoral Monitoring Committee for the Operational Programme for Human Resources Development
Chairperson State Secretary, Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship
Co-Chairperson Head of Unit A/2 DG Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities
Field 15. Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities
Address Rue du Spa 3, B-1000 Brussels, Belgium
Field 16: Authorising Officer by Delegation
Name: Director General
Field 17: Authorising Officer by Sub-delegation
Name: Head of Unit A/02
Field 18: Audit Unit
Name: Unit I/03
Field 16. OLAF – European Anti-Fraud Office
Name: Directorate C– Operational and Policy Support
Address Rue Joseph II 30, B-1049 Brussels, Belgium
Phone (32-2) 299 11 11
ANNEX VI
Specific conditions regarding conferral of management powers
The management of the Human Resources Development Component within IPA assistance is conferred on the Republic of Croatia under the following conditions:
1) Croatia shall comply with the recommendations and associated deadlines in order to implement them, set out in Annex I to the Decision conferring management powers relating to the Human Resources Development Component on the Republic of Croatia, and presented in Annex VIa of this Agreement;
2) Croatia shall provide the Commission at regular intervals with reports on the implementation of the decentralised system and progress towards fulfilment of the recommendations and associated deadlines in order to implement them, set out in Annex I to the Decision conferring management powers relating to the Human Resources Development Component on the Republic of Croatia, and presented in Annex VIa of this Agreement;
3) Croatia shall inform in advance and obtain approval from the Commission on any substantial change in the IPA management structures and system as described in the application submitted by the National Authorising Officer in accordance with Article 13(3) of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007 which was received by Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities on 22 April 2008.
The Commission shall perform the ex-ante controls as listed in Annex II to the Decision conferring management powers relating to the Human Resources Development Component on the Republic of Croatia, and as presented in Annex VIb of this Agreement.
ANNEX VIa
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS AND FOLLOW UP ACTIONS
Reference document: Final Audit Report of 20. 10. 2008
1.1. Risk rating: HIGH
Body |
Area & Finding |
All bodies constituting the OS |
Set-up of Internal Audit units (Details: See finding 4.3.2. – page 32, Finding 2) The necessary internal audit capacities still have to be built up in all the bodies constituting the OS. Recommendation: Finalise the set-up of all the internal audit units and start building up internal audit capacities as a matter of priority. Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
Audit Authority |
finalisation of the set up, Filling of existing vacancies and Outsourcing of Activities: (Details: See finding 4.4.2. – pages 41 to 43, Findings 1 and 2) The AA does not currently have adequate resources and capacities for carrying out the functions assigned to it. The plan is therefore to outsource the audit activities for a period of two years. However, this decision, which is meant to assist the AA in building up its internal capacities, risks having a limited impact if no structural measures are adopted in parallel. There is an urgent need to: translate the «expressions of good intentions» into legislative actions (for example a ministerial decree or equivalent governmental measure to ensure conditions at least equivalent to the ones offered by other sectors of public administration. Clearly specify in the draft ToR as well as in the future contract signed with the external contractor that the AA maintains full ownership of the audit process, exercising effective supervision and providing guidance. Otherwise, there is the risk that the AA will not be able to develop sufficient internal resources during the period of outsourcing and will be completely dependent on the work of the external auditors. Recommendation: With the overall objective being to ensure sufficient resources by the beginning of 2009, when IPA activities will start increasing considerably, the AA should provide a detailed action plan outlining: that the Agency will be fully operational by the end of 2008 and that the recruitment process will have been completed to enable the AA to actively participate in the work of the external auditors. Recruitment should first focus on recruitment of the Heads of Divisions, to ensure the necessary internal training of less experienced auditors. For the outsourced tasks, the AA will be able to exercise adequate supervision and maintain ownership of the process Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
1.2 Risk rating: MEDIUM
Body |
Area & Finding |
NAO & HOS |
Legal and conventional Framework in Croatia (Details: See finding 4.1.2. – page 24, Finding 1) The functions of the bodies involved in IPA management, described in the Implementing and Operational Agreements as well as in the MoP, are sometimes different, conflicting, contradictory or insufficiently described Recommendation: The same list of functions for the different bodies involved in IPA implementation (BROP, BRPM, IB and IA) should appear in both agreements (IA and OA) or a cross reference should be made. Same applies for the relevant chapters of the MoPs. Ensure that functions are reviewed, fine-tuned and all conflicting, contradictory, overlapping or generic provisions eliminated or modified. Deadline: 31/1/2009 |
NAO & HOS |
Statement of Assurance: (Details: See finding 4.1.2. – page 25, Finding 2) The awareness related to the Statement of Assurance process is generally insufficient. In particular, the role of Internal Audit (review of the institutions» self assessments) is unclear to most of the bodies and institutions. Specific knowledge, documentation and training were also lacking. Recommendation: NAO should provide further guidance and organize specific training sessions in relation to the statement of assurance process. Detailed methodology for the annual statements of assurance should be followed in accordance with the MoPs and the guidance provided by NF. Deadline: 31/1/2009 |
AVET – Implementing Body within Operating Structure |
Staffing (Details: See finding 4.3.2 – page 33&34, Finding 2) AVET plans to recruit a secretary in charge of registering all incoming correspondence Recommendation: Fill vacancies in AVET as soon as possible. Deadline: 31/1/2009 |
HOS; All bodies constituting the OS |
Updating of Operational Manuals (Mops) (Details: See finding 4.3.2 – page 36, Finding 5) The functions for the bodies involved in IPA management, as described in the MoPs, are sometimes different, conflicting, contradictory or insufficiently described. It was recommended, and agreed upon by the national authorities, that the list of functions be reviewed and fine-tuned and that all conflicting, contradictory, overlapping or generic provisions be eliminated or modified. Recommendation: Ensure that the list of functions is reviewed and fine-tuned and that all conflicting, contradictory, overlapping or generic provisions are eliminated or modified. Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
All bodies within Operating Structure |
Verification of expenditure: (Details: See finding 4.3.2. – page 37, Finding 6) Checklists to verify the final beneficiaries» monthly/quarterly reports before their submission to the next level (BRPM/BROP) have not been prepared At the level of the line ministries, the checklists and procedures for verifying declared expenditure are too general and vague and don’t add any value to the supervision process over and above the work of the Implementing bodies. Recommendation: Under guidance from the HOS, the implementing bodies and the BRPMs should draw up checklists to verify the monthly/quarterly reports received from the final beneficiaries. The information is crucial for sectoral monitoring committees» purposes. Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
HOS; All bodies within Operating Structure |
Grant Guidelines and retention of Documents: (Details: See finding 4.3.2. – page 38, Finding 7) A methodology on how to transpose selection criteria into clear and proper grant guidelines still needs to be defined by the Implementing Bodies and supervised by HOS. Procedures on retention of documents by grant beneficiaries, ensuring an adequate audit trail, have also not yet been developed. Recommendation: In order for the OP targets to be met, the HOS has to take a leading role in ensuring a high quality project pipeline and has to lead and coordinate the process, ensuring that the OS bodies elaborate a clear methodology on how the selection criteria will be incorporated into the grant guidelines. Moreover, procedures on retention/ archiving of documents by grant beneficiaries need to be defined. Deadline: 31/1/2009 |
All bodies within Operating Structure |
On the Spot-checks: (Details: See finding 4.3.2 – page 39, finding 8) In the IA and MoPs, on-the-spot checks are planned for different bodies (BROP, BRPM, and IB). However, there appears to be a lack of co-ordination and unclear allocation of on-the-spot tasks between the different bodies involved. Thus, there is increased risk of uncoordinated on-the-spot checks with potentially contradictory results as well as delays in expenditure certification and implementation of measures. There is a need to establish clear links between the results of administrative checks and the on-the-spot checks. Recommendation: MELE, in its function as HOS and BROP, should ensure co-ordination between the different bodies of the OS performing on-the-spot checks. Necessity to establish a link between the results of the administrative and on-the-spot checks (e.g. higher intensity of on-the-spot checks when administrative checks show recurrent errors). Ensure the necessary co-ordination between the different bodies of the Operating Structure (body responsible for the OP, bodies responsible for priority axis/measures and the implementing bodies/agency) in order to guarantee the smooth implementation of the on-the-spot checks. Deadline: 31/1/2009 |
Audit Authority |
TRAINING STRATEGY (Details: See finding 4.4.2. – page 44, Finding 3 No overall training strategy developed. Lack of training priorities, timetables and training providers. Recommendation: An overall and detailed training strategy should be established. This should then be translated into specific individual training maps. Monitoring of the whole process, with any necessary adaptations, should be done at least annually Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
Audit Authority |
Drafting of IPA audit manual (Details: See finding 4.4.2. – page 45, Finding 4 The Audit Authority has not yet developed an audit manual for IPA. This manual should nevertheless be produced and implemented before the start of audit activity. Recommendation: The IPA audit manual should be finalised before the start of the audit activity. Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
Audit Authority |
reliance on Work of Internal Audit Units (Details: See finding 4.4.2. – page 46, Finding 5 For a number of reasons, the conditions allowing the AA to rely on the work of the different internal audit units within the Operating Structures have not yet been met. Recommendation: The AA should develop guidelines for the Internal Audit units in order to better prepare them for the upcoming tasks of assisting the AA in the system audits. Deadline: 31/12/2008 |
1.3 Risk rating: LOW
Body |
Area & Finding |
National Fund |
Accounting Software: (Details: See finding 4.2.2 – page 29, Finding 1) Accounting in the National Fund is still based on a manual paper based system and on the use of MS Excel datasheets. The Commission does not define in detail what type of accounting system the beneficiary countries are to use, but it is evident that the use of current simple unprotected Excel-sheets is extremely prone to errors. Recommendation: Inform whether it is envisaged to replace the manual paper based system with an IT system and, in the affirmative, provide an update on the state of play and timetable for the introduction of the IT system. Deadline: 31/3/2009 |
System as a whole (Mainly NIPAC, but also NF) |
Management and Information System (MIS): (Details: See finding 4.5 – pages 47-48, Finding 1) A MIS does not yet exist. Several chapters of the manuals of procedures (monitoring, reporting, IT) refer to it. However, there is a precise timetable for its design. As regards implementation, MIS should start functioning as of June 2009 according to information received There are no adequate technical resources to ensure the implementation of MIS and outsourcing is considered |
Recommendation: Inform on an ad hoc and quarterly basis about the state of play for implementation of the Management and Information System. The information must be complemented by an updated and realistic timetable If outsourcing is chosen, the ToR of the service contract should clearly determine the ownership of the implementation process, the provision of guidance and the overall supervision role. Sufficient training should also be provided. When MIS is completed and prior to migration, ensure that an IT audit is carried out (ISO standards). Deadline: 30/6/2009 |
(for information only) Recommendations that have been addressed between the draft and final report
This section lists the findings where the Croat authorities could demonstrate during the contradictory procedure that sufficient remedial action has been taken. Therefore, the findings hereunder are listed merely for reasons of completeness and of sufficient documentary audit trail between the draft and final report stage.
Body |
Area & Finding |
NAO & HOS |
Risk Management: (Details: See finding 4.1.2. – page 26, Finding 3) The risk management cycle has not yet been developed in an adequate manner for Component IV. There has not yet been any definitive action taken to ensure mitigation of identified risks. No relevant documentation is available concerning the identified risks. Recommendation: It is strongly recommended that the following key steps in risk management be taken: (1) Risk identification; (2) Risk assessment; (3) Selection of risk response mitigating activities; (4) Implementation of mitigating activities; (5) Monitoring and reporting. The specific risk assessment/risk management methodology indicated in the MoP should be regularly updated. |
HOS |
Final set up of the IPA structures for Component IV (Details: See finding 4.3.2 – page 31, Finding 1) During the audit mission the team was introduced to a slightly modified organisation structure for Component IV. However, the accreditation package has to be considered as complete and final at any given time. Recommendation: After consultation with the HOS (responsible for management of component IV), the NAO should inform the DG EMPL Commission services of the final set-up of the OS for Component IV, and provide a comprehensive list of any updates since April 2008. |
CES – Implementing Bodies within Operating Structure |
Staffing (Details: See finding 4.3.2 – page 33, Finding 3) In both Implementing bodies (AVET and CES), Heads of Section for the Procurement/Tendering and/or Financial section were still to be recruited. In AVET a secretary in charge for registering all incoming correspondence is also to be recruited. Recommendation: Fill vacancies in both CES and AVET as soon as possible. The recommendation has been partly addressed only; since vacancy in CES has been filled, but not yet for AVET. |
MHSW; All bodies within Operating Structure |
Conflict of Interest in MHSW/ Irregularity training (Details: See finding 4.3.2. – page 35, Finding 4 In MHSW, the irregularity officer was in a conflict of interest, working at the same time in the implementation section. Further training for all irregularity officers is necessary on the different practical aspects of irregularities. Recommendation: Appoint new irregularity officer in MHSW Plan specific training activity such as participation to seminars, conferences and workshops |
ANNEX VIb
THE LIST OF THE EX-ANTE CONTROLS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE COMMISSION
In relation to service, supply and works contracts
Procurement procedures
(1) Approval of the use of competitive dialogue
(2) Approval of the use of a negotiated procedure
(3) Approval of the use of a restricted procedure for works contracts of € 5.000.000 or more
(1) Publications
(4) Publication of the individual contract forecast in the Official Journal, on the EuropeAid website and in any other appropriate media
(5) Publication of procurement notices and tender dossier in the Official Journal, on the EuropeAid website and in any other appropriate media
(6) Publication of the corrigendum notice in the Official Journal, on the EuropeAid website and in any other appropriate media
(7) Publication of the references of the local open tender procedure on the EuropeAid website with the address from which firms can obtain further information
(8) Publication of the additional information during the calls for tender procedure.
(9) Publication of the contract award notice and the results of the tender procedure in the Official Journal, on the EuropeAid website and in any other appropriate media.
(10) Publication of the cancellation notice.
(2) The Evaluation Committee
(11) Approval of the composition of the Evaluation Committee.
(12) Nomination of an observer to follow all or part of the proceedings of the Evaluation Committee.
(13) Approval of other observers in the Evaluation Committee
(3) Establishment of shortlists in service contracts
(14) Endorsement of the short list with less than minimum of four candidates meeting the selection criteria.
(15) Endorsement of the shortlist report approved by the relevant services of the Contracting Authority
(4) Tender dossier and evaluation
(16) Endorsement of the tender dossier (Terms of Reference/Technical specifications) prior to issue.
(17) Prior approval of the derogations specifically provided for by PRAG. Authorisation for derogation from the basic rules (e.g. shorter deadline for submission of tenders such as 50 days for services, 60 days for supply, 90 days for works). Derogation from rule of origin, nationality in exceptional cases following approval of HQ.
(18) In case or particularly complex supplies prior approval of the use of a combination of quality and price as the basis for awarding the contract to the most economically advantageous tender. Provision of technical support on a case-by-case basis.
(19) Endorsement of the Evaluation Report together with its recommendations.
(20) Prior approval before cancelling a tender procedure.
(5) Provision and replacement of experts
(21) Prior approval before cancelling the contract.
(22) Prior approval before replacing experts.
(6) Award of the contract
(23) Formal endorsement of award prior to the submission of the notification letter to the successful tenderer.
(24) Endorsement of the contract dossier.
(25) Receipt of one signed original from the successful tendered/applicant.
Modifying contracts
(26) Endorsement of an addendum to the contract.
(27) Receipt of one signed original of the addendum from the contractor.
In relation to Grants
(28) Prior approval of the derogations specifically provided for by PRAG.
(29) Prior approval of the use of a framework partnership agreement.
(30) Prior approval of the use of the direct award procedure.
(7)
(8) Evaluation Committee
(31) Approval of the composition of the Evaluation Committee.
(32) Nomination of an observer to follow all or part of the proceedings of the Evaluation Committee.
(33) Approval of other observers in the Evaluation Committee.
(34) Approval of the list of assessors where the assessors are to be used for examination of proposals.
(35) Endorsement of the proposal opening session and administrative check report.
(36) Endorsement of the evaluation report of the concept note.
(37) Endorsement of the evaluation report of the application form.
(38) Endorsement of the Evaluation Report.
(9)
(10) Grant procedure and grant award
(39) Approval of the annual work programmes and the Guidelines for Applicants.
(40) Publication of the annual work programmes, Guidelines for Applicants and grant award notices.
(41) Prior approval for cancelling a call for proposals procedure
(42) Endorsement of details of the proposed grants and where appropriate, the draft contracts
(43) Endorsement of the grant award
(44) Notification by the contracting Authority on the signature of the contract
(45) Endorsement of an addendum to a contract.
ANNEX VII
REQUIREMENTS OF THE ROADMAP TO WAIVE EX-ANTE CONTROLS
(Article 31 of the Financing Agreement)
Decentralisation without ex-ante controls by the Commission is the objective for the implementation of the Human Resources Operational Programme in Croatia.
In accordance with Article 8(4) c of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007, this Financing Agreement lays down the provisions relating the establishment and regular updating by Croatia of a Roadmap to achieve decentralisation without ex-ante controls by the Commission.
1. Objective
The objective of the Roadmap is to set the requirements and benchmarks to be met by Croatia in order to achieve decentralised management without ex-ante controls by the Commission.
2. Deadline for submission of the Roadmap and frequency of reporting
The Roadmap will be submitted by the NAO to the Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities at the latest three months after the signature of the Financing Agreement.
Croatia shall report to the Commission on a quarterly basis on the current state of affairs with respect to its achievements in meeting the requirements and benchmarks set.
3. Scope and structure
The Roadmap will describe the existing system for managing funds under the HRD Operational Programme. It will identify the steps and improvements necessary to achieve a management and control system with internal rules of procedure as well as clear institutional and personal responsibilities which will be efficiently performed without ex-ante controls by the Commission.
The Roadmap will set quantitative and qualitative benchmarks on (non exhaustive list):
• the establishment and management of the institutional set up,
• the staffing,
• the functioning of the decentralised implementation system with ex-ante controls,
• the implementation of operations/projects under the HRD Operational Programme.
The Roadmap will additionally include a set of benchmarks relating to the tendering and contracting process. In particular these benchmarks will refer to the increased quality of tender and contract documents submitted to the EC Delegation for ex-ante approval and to the timely procurement (procurement plan with binding deadlines).
In the Roadmap Croatia will set the deadline for sending to the Commission the application for the waiving of ex-ante controls.
The Roadmap may refer to a phased waiver of different types of ex-ante controls.
4. Status of the document and procedure
The Roadmap will be established by Croatia in close consultation with the Commission.
The Roadmap will not be adopted/ approved by the Commission, i.e. it will remain a Croatian document. It will be however the basis for the monitoring and assessment of the functioning of the management and control system.
5. Next steps
Before dispensing with ex-ante controls laid down in the Commission Decision on conferral of management powers relating to the Human Resource Development Operational Programme, the Commission will satisfy itself as to the effective functioning of the management and control system concerned, in accordance with the relevant Community and national rules.
The dispensing of ex-ante controls by the Commission will be subject of another Decision once the Commission is satisfied that the requirements set out in Article 18 of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007 are met.
ANNEX VIII
NOT APPLICABLE
ANNEX IX
NOT APPLICABLE
ANNEX X
MODEL OF OPERATION IDENTIFICATION SHEET
(max 5 pages)
1. Title of the Operation:
2. Operating Structure: insert contacts
3. Organisation Responsible for the Implementation of the Operation: insert contacts, including contact person
4. Compatibility and coherence with the Operational Programme
4.1 Title of the programme
4.2 Title of the priority axis
4.3 Title of the measure
4.4 Final Beneficiary (Article 15 of the Financing Agreement)
4.5 End recipient of assistance
4.6 Category/Type of activities foreseen under the measure
5. Description of the Operation
5.1 Contribution to the achievement of the Operational Programme: Describe how the operation contributes to the achievement of the objectives of the Operational Programme (provided quantified indicators where possible) linked with the appropriate measure.
5.2 Overall Objective: Explain in one sentence
5.3 Operation Purpose: Explain in one sentence
5.4 Location(s): Please keep in mind the eligible regions
5.5 Duration: Duration of the operation cannot exceed the final date of eligibility of expenditure set in the Financing Agreement
5.6 Target group(s) :
5.7 Description of the Operation and background: Maximum 10 lines
5.8 Results with measurable indicators:
5.9 Activities:
6. Implementation arrangements
6.1. Institutional framework: institutional arrangements foreseen for the implementation of the operation, e.g. operation coordination unit, steering committee, regional and/or provincial authorities, technical assistance team
6.2. Proposed monitoring structure and methodology: who will be responsible for monitoring of the operation, how will the operation be monitored, what will be the workflow and reporting lines?
6.3. Required procedures and contracts for the implementation of the operation and their sequencing: list the type of procedures (call for proposals, direct implementation by national institutions without prior call for proposals, direct agreements with international organisations, etc) and the corresponding contracts (grant contracts, contribution agreements with international organisations, services, supplies, works, etc) for the proposed activities, together with their sequencing
(please provide detailed chronogram for preparatory stages, tendering, contracting and starting of operations)
7. Risks and assumptions:
8. Expected impact of the operation on the target group and multiplier/spill over effects:
9. Sustainability:
10. Equal opportunity, minorities and vulnerable groups (where relevant):
11. Links with other IPA component measures:
12. Requested financing from the European Commission:
The Community contribution shall not exceed the ceiling of xx% of the eligible expenditure at the level at the priority axis.
(no operation shall benefit from a higher co-financing rate than the one relating to the priority axis concerned – Art 149.3 and 153.3 of IPA IR)
13. Co-financing: (please identify expected total contribution by source)
14. Budget breakdown:
(indicative, per operation component if applicable, including estimated total cost, public expenditure, IPA contribution, national public contribution and private contribution)
15. Cash flow requirements by source of funding
ANNEX XI
COMPOSITION AND FUNCTIONING MODALITIES OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE SELECTION OF OPERATIONS
As laid down in the Commission Decision No. C(2008) 7405 on conferral of management powers relating to the Human Resource Development Operational Programme and in accordance with Article 158 of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007, final beneficiaries of grants other than national public bodies shall be selected through calls for proposals in accordance with Articles 115 and 116 of the Financial Regulation.
ANNEX XII
ANNUAL AND FINAL REPORT
(Articles 85 and 102 of the Financing Agreement)
1. IDENTIFICATION
OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME |
Programming period |
Programme number (CCI N°) |
|
Programme title |
|
ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION REPORT |
Reporting year |
Date of approval of the annual report by the Sectoral Monitoring Committee |
2. OVERVIEW OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME
2.1 Quantitative progress (by priority axis and measures)
Information on the physical progress made in implementing the operational programme, priority axes, measures and where relevant, operations or groups of operations, in relation to their specific, verifiable targets, with a quantification, when possible using the indicators at the appropriate level.
Where relevant, for the HRD component all indicators shall be broken down by gender. If the figures (data) are not yet available, information on when they will become available and when the Operating Structure will provide it to the Commission will be stated.
The list of operations financed under the operational programme should be annexed to the report.
2.2 Qualitative analysis
Analysis of the achievements as measured by physical and financial indicators, including a qualitative analysis on the progress achieved in relation to the targets set out initially.
List of unfinished operations and the schedule for their completion (final report only).
2.3 Financial information
Expenditure paid out by the final beneficiaries included in payment applications sent to the Commission by the National Fund |
Total expenditure committed and paid out by the National Fund |
Corresponding public contribution |
Corresponding private contribution |
Total payments received from the Commission |
|
Priority axis 1 Measure 1.1 Measure 1.2 ….. Priority axis 2 Measure 2.1 ….. Priority axis 3 |
|||||
Total |
(all financial data should be expressed in euro)
In addition, financial information may also be provided graphically.
Indicative breakdown of allocations, by categories of expenditures (for component III only)
Information in accordance with the detailed list included in Annex XIII of the Financing Agreement.
Assistance repaid or re-used
Information on the use made of assistance repaid or re-used following cancellation of assistance as referred to in Articles 54 of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
2.4 Changes in the context of the operational programme implementation (if relevant)
Description of any elements which, without stemming directly from the assistance of the operational programme, have a direct impact on the programme’s implementation (such as legislative changes or unexpected socio-economic developments).
2.5 Information about compliance with Community acquis.
Any significant problems relating to the compliance with Community acquis which have been encountered in the implementation of the operational programme and the measures taken to deal with them.
2.6 Complementarity with other instruments
Summary of the implementation of the arrangements made ensuring demarcation and coordination between other programmes and components of IPA assistance, the interventions of the EIB and other existing financial instruments.
3. QUALITY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF IMPLEMENTATION.
3.1 Monitoring arrangements
Monitoring and evaluation measures taken by the Operating Structure or the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, including data collection arrangements, difficulties encountered and steps taken to solve them.
3.2 Significant problems encountered and measures to overcome them.
Any significant problems encountered in implementing the operational programme, including a summary of problems identified under the procedure in Article 29(2)(b) of the IPA Implementing Regulation, where appropriate, as well as any measures taken by the Operating Structure or the Sectoral Monitoring Committee to solve the problems.
3.3 Technical assistance
Explanation of the use made of technical assistance, including where relevant technical assistance prior to the conferral of management
Percentage of the amount of the IPA Funds contribution allocated to the operational programme spent under technical assistance.
4. INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY
Progress achieved in the implementation of the Communication Action Plan submitted according to the operational programme, stressing the measures undertaken and their impact.
5. ACTIONS RELATED TO THE HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT COMPONENT
Information on the implementation of horizontal issues such as equal opportunities for men and women, good governance, inclusion of disadvantaged persons, geographical concentration of support or sustainable development and environmental protection (as appropriate).
Where appropriate, a synthesis of the implementation of:
→ Gender mainstreaming and gender specific actions
→ Participation of migrants in employment
→ Integration in employment and social inclusion of minorities and other disadvantaged groups, including people with disabilities.
Where appropriate, a description of how the actions supported by IPA Human Resources Development Component are consistent with and contribute to the actions undertaken in the follow up of the Joint Assessment Paper (JAP) and the Joint Inclusion Memorandum (JIM).
ANNEX XIII
ALLOCATIONS BY CATEGORY OF EXPENDITURES
(Article 85(3)c) of the Financing Agreement)
Part A: Codes by Dimension
TABLE 1: CODES FOR THE PRIORITY THEME DIMENSION
Code |
Priority theme |
1 |
Increasing the adaptability of workers and firms, enterprises and entrepreneurs |
1.1 |
Development of life-long learning strategies in firms services |
1.2. |
Design and dissemination of innovative and more productive ways of organising work |
1.3 |
Development of specific employment support in connection with restructuring |
2 |
Improving access to employment and sustainability |
2.1 |
Modernisation and strengthening labour market institutions |
2.2 |
Implementing active and preventive measures on the labour market |
2.3 |
Measures encouraging active ageing and prolonging working lives Support |
2.4 |
Support for self-employment and business start-up |
2.5 |
Improving access of women to employment and reducing gender-based segregation |
2.6 |
Specific action to increase migrants» participation in employment |
3 |
Improving the social inclusion of less-favoured persons |
3.1 |
Pathways to integration of disadvantaged people and combating discrimination on the LM |
4 |
Improving human capital |
4.1 |
Design, introduction and implementation of reforms in education |
4.2 |
Measures to increase participation in education, including early-school-leaving and LLL |
4.3 |
Developing human potential in the field of research and innovation |
5 |
Investment in social infrastructure |
5.1 |
Education infrastructure |
5.2 |
Health infrastructure |
5.3 |
Childcare infrastructure |
5.4 |
Housing infrastructure |
5.5 |
Other social infrastructure |
6 |
Mobilisation for reforms in the fields of employment and inclusion |
6.1 |
Promoting partnerships, pacts and initiatives through networking of relevant stakeholders |
7 |
Strengthening institutional capacity at national, regional and local level |
7.1 |
Improving good policy, programme design, monitoring, evaluation and capacity building |
8 |
Reduction of additional costs hindering het outermost regions development |
8.1 |
Compensation of additional costs due to accessibility deficit and territorial fragmentation |
8.2 |
Specific action addressed to compensate additional costs due to size market factors |
9 |
Technical Assistance |
10 |
Other |
TABLE 2: CODES FOR THE FORM OF FINANCE DIMENSION
Code |
Form of finance |
01 |
Non-repayable aid |
02 |
Aid (loan, interest subsidy, guarantees) |
03 |
Venture capital (participation, venture-capital fund) |
04 |
Other forms of finance |
Part B:
Cumulative breakdown of allocations of the Community contribution by category in the annual and final report on implementation
CCI No: ____________________
Name of the programme: _______________________________
Date of the last Commission decision for the Operational Programme concerned: __/__/__
Code * Dimension 1 Priority theme |
Code * Dimension 2 Form of finance |
Amount ** |
|
* The categories should be coded for each dimension using the standard classification.
** Allocated amount of the Community contribution for each combination of categories.
ANNEX XIV
INDICATIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS FOR A SUFFICIENT AUDIT TRAIL
(Article 90 of the Financing Agreement)
A sufficient audit trail, as referred to in Article 90, is present when, for a given measure, including individual projects within a group of projects:
1. Accounting records kept at the appropriate management level provide detailed information about expenditure actually incurred in the co-financed measure by the Operating Structure, including where the latter is not the final recipient of funding, the bodies and firms involved in the implementation of the measure, whether as concession-holders, delegates or otherwise. The accounting records show the date they were created, the amount of each item of expenditure, the nature of the supporting documents and the date and method of payment. The necessary documentary evidence (e.g., invoices) is attached.
2 For items of expenditure relating only partly to the co-financed measure, the accuracy of the allocation of the expenditure between the co-financed measure and the rest is demonstrated. The same applies to types of expenditure that are considered eligible only within certain limits or in proportion to other costs.
3. The technical specifications and financial plan of the measure, progress reports, documents concerning tendering and contracting procedures, and reports on inspections of the execution of the measure are also kept at the appropriate management level.
4. For declaring expenditure actually incurred in the co-financed measure to the National Fund, the information referred to in paragraph 1 is aggregated into a detailed statement of expenditure broken down by category. The detailed statements of expenditure constitute supporting documents for the accounting records of the National Fund and are the basis for the preparation of declarations of expenditure to the Commission.
5. Where there is one or more delegated bodies between the Operating Structures or the bodies or firms involved in implementation of the measure and the National Fund, each delegated body for its area of responsibility requires detailed statements of expenditure from the body below it as supporting documentation for its own accounting records, from which it provides at least a summary of the expenditure incurred on the measure to the body above it.
6. In the case of computerised transfer of accounting data, all the authorities and bodies concerned obtain sufficient information from the lower level to justify their accounting records and the sums reported upwards, so as to ensure a sufficient audit trail from the total summary amounts certified to the Commission down to the individual expenditure items and the supporting documents at the level of the Operating Structure and the other bodies and firms involved in the implementation of the measure.
ANNEX XV
LIST OF DATA ON OPERATIONS TO BE COMMUNICATED ON REQUEST TO THE COMMISSION FOR THE PURPOSE OF DOCUMENTARY AND ON-THE-SPOT CHECKS
(Article 80(5) of the Financing Agreement)
The data requested may include the following, the precise content being subject to agreement with the Beneficiary Country. The field numbers represent the record structure preferred when compiling computer files for transfer to the Commission.
A. Data on operations
Field 1 |
Operational programme |
Field 2 |
Number of priority |
Field 3 |
Number of measure |
Field 4 |
Code of region or area where operation is located/carried out (NUTS Level or other, if appropriate) |
Field 5 |
Operating Structure |
Field 6 |
National Authorising Officer |
Field 7 |
Final beneficiary or other body that declares expenditure to Operating Structure, if applicable |
Field 8 |
Unique code number of operation |
Field 9 |
Short description of operation |
Field 10 |
Starting date of operation |
Field 11 |
Completion date of operation |
Field 12 |
Body issuing approval decision |
Field 13 |
Approval date |
Field 14 |
Reference of end recipient |
Field 15 |
Currency (if not euro) |
Field 16 |
Total estimated cost of operation(1) |
Field 17 |
Total eligible expenditure |
Field 18 |
Total public eligible expenditure |
Field 19 |
EIB (to include equivalent for IPA) financing |
(1) i.e., including private funding but net of non-eligible expenditure and other financing.
B. Expenditure declared on operation
Field 20 |
Internal reference number of last application for reimbursement from operation |
Field 21 |
Date on which last application for reimbursement from operation was entered into monitoring system |
Field 22 |
Amount of eligible expenditure declared in last application for reimbursement from operation entered into monitoring system |
Field 23 |
Total eligible expenditure for which an application for reimbursement has been made |
Field 24 |
Location of detailed supporting documents for claim if not on premises of beneficiary |
Field 25 |
Expenditure paid in areas adjacent to the eligible areas (cross border cooperation) (non eligible) |
Field 26 |
Expenditure paid by partners located outside the area (transnational cooperation) (non eligible) |
Field 27 |
Expenditure paid outside the Community (cross-border, transnational and interregional cooperation) |
Field 28 |
Expenditure paid for the purchase of land |
Field 29 |
Expenditure paid for housing |
Field 30 |
Expenditure paid for indirect costs/overheads charged at flat rates |
Field 31 |
Revenue deducted from applications for reimbursement, if any |
Field 32 |
Financial corrections deducted from applications for reimbursement, if any |
Field 33 |
Total eligible expenditure declared from operation and included in statement of expenditure sent to the Commission by National Authorising Officer (in EUR) |
Field 34 |
Total eligible expenditure declared from operation and included in statement of expenditure sent to the Commission by National Authorising Officer (national currency) |
Field 35 |
Date of last statement of expenditure of the certifying authority containing expenditure from operation |
Field 36 |
Date of verifications carried out pursuant to Article 81 |
Field 37 |
Date of audits pursuant to Article 82 |
Field 38 |
Body carrying out the audit or verification |
Field 39 |
Degree of achievement of target for operation, if completed (%) |
ANNEX XVI
CERTIFICATE AND STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURE AND APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE – IPA)
/Human Resources Development (component IV)
Certificate and statement of expenditure and payment application
__________________________________________________
Name of operational programme
Commission Decision of
Financing Agreement of
Commission reference (CCI) No:
National reference (if any)
__________________________________________________
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned,
National Authorising Officer,
hereby certify that all expenditure included in the attached statement complies with the criteria for eligibility of expenditure set out in the Financing Agreement signed between the Commission of the European Communities and the Government of the Republic of Croatia and entered into force on ………….. (date) and with the criteria for eligibility of expenditure set out in annex XIX of this agreement, has been incurred and paid by the final beneficiaries on the implementation of operations selected under the operational programme in accordance with the conditions for granting IPA assistance.[13]
after(1) |
20… |
and amounts to: |
euro2 |
(exact figure to two decimal places)
The attached statement of expenditure, broken down by priority axis and measures, is based on accounts provisionally closed on
20… |
and forms an integral part of this certificate.
I also certify that operations are progressing in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement, and in particular that:
1. all the requirements laid down in Article 69 of the Financing Agreement are fulfilled, in particular
• The sectoral final implementation report for the programme concerned has been sent to the Commission by the Operating Structure;
• An opinion on any final statement of expenditure, supported by a final activity report has been sent to the Commission by the Audit Authority in accordance with Article 92 of the Financing Agreement
• The accreditation delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid
2. the statement of expenditure is accurate, results from reliable accounting systems and is based on verifiable supporting documents;
3. the expenditure declared complies with applicable Community and national rules and has been incurred in respect of operations selected for funding in accordance with the criteria applicable to the programme and complying with relevant applicable Community and regulations, in particular those referred to in the Financing Agreement
4. the statement of expenditure and the payment application take account, where applicable, of any amounts recovered and of any interest received, and of net revenue accruing from operations financed under the operational programme;
5. the breakdown of the underlying operations is recorded on computer files and is available to the relevant Commission departments on request
In accordance with Article 104 of the Financing Agreement, the supporting documents are and will continue to be available for at least three years following the closure of the operational programme by the Commission.
Date |
20… |
Name in capitals, stamp, position and signature
of National Authorising Officer
ANNEX 1. To final statement of expenditure
ANNEX 2 to final statement of expenditure:
DETAILS OF AMOUNTS RECOVERABLE FOLLOWING CANCELLATION OF ALL OR PART OF THE COMMUNITY CONTRIBUTION FOR AN OPERATION ART.66.3.D OF THE FA)
Name of the priority/measure /operation |
|
Amount ordered to be recovered |
|
Debtor |
|
Date of issue of recovery order |
|
Authority which issued recovery order |
|
Date of recovery |
|
Amount recovered |
ANNEX 3 to final statement of expenditure:
THE VOLUME OF COMMUNITY CONTRIBUTION IN THE COMPONENT-SPECIFIC EURO ACCOUNT AT THE DATE OF THE LAST DEBIT TO WHICH THIS STATEMENT REFERS (ART. 66.3.E OF THE FA)
______________________€
and the interest earned ___________________€
from…..(date) to (date) according art. 62.1 and 65 of the FA
ANNEX to final statement of expenditure (to be filled in by the Head of the OS)
DATE
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: final payment
Name of operational programme:
Operational programme reference (CCI) No:
Pursuant to Annex A of the Framework Agreement (Article 25 of Regulation (EC) No 718/2007), I, the undersigned (name in capitals of National Authorising Officer), hereby request payment of the amount of EUR …. (EU contribution) as a final payment.
This application is admissible because:
Delete as appropriate |
|
(a) no more than the maximum amount of assistance from IPA Funds as laid down in the Financing Agreement and the decision of the Commission approving the operational programme has been paid by the Commission during the whole period for each priority axis. |
|
(b) the Operating Structure has sent to the Commission the sectoral final implementation reports, in accordance with art.69 of the Financing Agreement |
– has been forwarded by Operating Structure within the time limit laid down in art. 100 of the Financing Agreement – is attached |
(c) the Audit Authority has sent to the Commission, in accordance with Article 92 of the Financing Agreement, an opinion on any final statement of expenditure, supported by a final activity report |
– has been forwarded by Audit Authority within the time limit laid down in art.90 of the Financing Agreement – is attached |
(d) the accreditations delivered by the Competent Accrediting Officer and the National Authorising Officer are in force, and the conferral of management by the Commission remains valid |
|
(e) the payments have not been suspended in accordance with Article 72 of the Financing Agreement |
The payment should be made by the Commission to the body designated by the beneficiary country for the purposes of making payments
Designated body |
|
Bank |
|
Bank account No |
|
Holder of account (where not the same as the designated body) |
Date |
20… |
Name in capitals, stamp, position and signature of
National Authorising Authority
ANNEX XVII
MODEL
FINAL CONTROL REPORT AND CLOSURE DECLARATION FOR OPERATIONAL PROGRAMMES PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 29 OF COMMISSION REGULATION (EC) No 718/2007
Part A: Model final control report
1. INTRODUCTION
– Indication of the responsible audit authority and other bodies that have been involved in preparing the report.
– Indication of the reference period from which the random sample was drawn.
– Identification of the operational programme covered by the report and its Operating Structure and National Authorising Officer,
– Description of the steps taken to prepare the report.
2. CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
– Indication of any significant changes in the management and control systems notified to the audit authority and of the dates from which the changes apply.
3. SUMMARY OF AUDITS CARRIED OUT
For systems audits:
– Indication of the body (ies) that have carried out systems audits, including the audit authority itself.
– Summary list of audits carried out: bodies audited and year of audit.
– Description of the basis for selection of audits in the context of the audit strategy.
– Description of the principal findings and the conclusions drawn from the audit work for the management and control systems and their functioning, including the sufficiency of management checks, accreditation procedures and the audit trail, adequate separation of functions and compliance with Community requirements and policies.
– Indication of whether any problems identified were considered to be of a systemic character, and the measures taken, including a quantification of the irregular expenditure and any related financial corrections.
For audits of operations:
– Indication of the body (ies) that carried out the sample audits, including the audit authority itself.
– Description of the basis for selection of the sample(s).
– Indication of the materiality level and, in the case of statistical sampling, the confidence level applied and the interval, if applicable.
– Description of the principal results of the audits, indicating in particular the amount of irregular expenditure and the error rate resulting from the random sample audited ..
– Indication of the conclusions drawn from the results of the audits with regard to the effectiveness of the management and control system.
– Information on the follow-up of irregularities, including revision of previously reported error rates.
– Indication of whether any problems identified were considered to be systemic in nature, and the measures taken, including a quantification of the irregular expenditure and any related financial corrections (1).
4. FOLLOW-UP OF AUDIT ACTIVITY
– Information on the follow-up of the results of systems audits and audits of operations.
5. ADDITIONAL WORK UNDERTAKEN BY AUDIT AUTHORITY IN PREPARING ITS CLOSURE DECLARATION
– Summary of audits of the closure procedure of the operating structure.
– Summary of the results of the re-performance of controls on the accuracy of the amounts declared in relation to supporting documents.
– Summary of the results of examination of reports of other national or Community audit bodies (specify, by category, which reports have been received and examined).
– Summary of the results of examination of information relating to follow-up of audit findings and reported irregularities.
– Summary of the results of examination of additional work carried out by the operating structure or any other relevant body to enable an unqualified opinion to be provided.
– Other.
6. LIMITATIONS ON THE SCOPE OF THE EXAMINATION BY THE AUDIT AUTHORITY
– Details of any factors that have limited the scope of the examination by the audit authority should be reported (2).
– Estimated amounts of expenditure and the Community contribution that are affected must be stated.
7. REPORTED IRREGULARITIES
– Confirmation that the procedure for reporting and following up irregularities, including the treatment of systemic problems, has been carried out in accordance with regulatory requirements in force.
– Confirmation of the accuracy of the information given in the final implementation report on the irregularities reported. .
– A list of cases of irregularity regarded as systemic and the amounts of expenditure affected.
8. OTHER INFORMATION (IF APPLICABLE)
9. TABLE FOR DECLARED EXPENDITURE AND SAMPLE AUDITS
IPA |
CCI n° |
Programme |
Expenditure declared in reference year |
Expenditure in reference year audited for the random sample |
Amount and percentage (error rate) of irregular expenditure in random sample |
Other expenditure Audited (3) |
Amount of irregular expenditure in other expenditure sample |
Total expenditure declared cumulatively |
Total expenditure audited cumulatively as a percentage of total expenditure declared cumulatively |
|||
(1) |
(2) |
Amount |
% |
(1) |
||||||||
(1) Amount of expenditure audited
(2) Percentage of expenditure audited in relation to expenditure declared to the Commission in the reference year
(3) Expenditure from complementary sample and expenditure for random sample not in reference year
Part B: Closure declaration
To the European Commission, Directorate-General
1. INTRODUCTION
I, the undersigned, representing the … (name of the body designated by the Beneficiary Country), have for the operational programme … (name of the operational programme, CCI code number, period) examined the results of the audit work carried out on this programme by or under the responsibility of the audit authority in accordance with the audit work plan(and have carried out the additional work I judged necessary). The results of the examination and any additional work I have performed are summarised in the attached final audit activity report (which also contains the information required by the annual audit activity report for the period 1 January 2015 to 31 December 2016). I have planned and performed this work with a view to obtaining a reasonable assurance as to whether the payment application for the final balance of the Community contribution to the operational programme is correct and valid and the underlying transactions covered by the final statement of expenditure are legal and regular.
2. SCOPE OF THE EXAMINATION
The examination was carried out in accordance with the audit strategy in respect of this programme and reported in the attached final control report pursuant to Article 29 of Commission Regulation (EC) No 10718/2007.
Either
There were no limitations on the scope of the examination.
Or
The scope of the examination was limited by the following factors:
(a) …
(b) …
(c) etc.
(Indicate any limitation on the scope of the examination, for example any systemic problems, weaknesses in the management and control system, lack of supporting documentation, cases under legal proceedings, etc., and estimate the amounts of expenditure and the Community contribution affected. If the audit authority does not consider that the limitations have an impact on the final expenditure declared, this should be stated.)
3. IRREGULARITIES AND ERROR RATES
Either
The cases of irregularity and error rates found in the audit work are not such as to preclude an unqualified opinion given the satisfactory way they have been dealt with by the operating structure and the trend in the level of their occurrence over time.
Or
The cases of irregularity and error rates found in the audit work and the way they have been dealt with by the operating structure are such as to preclude an unqualified opinion. A list of these cases is provided in the final control report, together with an indication of their possible systemic character and the scale of the problem. The amounts of total declared expenditure and public contribution that could be affected are xxxx respectively. As a consequence, the corresponding Community contribution that could be affected is xxx.
4. OPINION
Either
(Unqualified opinion)
If there were no limitations on the scope of the examination and the cases of irregularity and error rates and the way they have been dealt with by the Operating Structure do not preclude an unqualified opinion:
Based on the examination referred to above, it is my opinion that the final statement of expenditure presents fairly, in all material respects, the expenditure paid under the operational programme, that the application for payment of the final balance of the Community contribution to this programme is valid and that the underlying transactions covered by the final statement of expenditure are legal and regular.
Or
(Qualified opinion)
If there were limitations on the scope of the examination and/or the cases of irregularity and error rates and the way they have been dealt with by the Operating Structure call for a qualified opinion but do not justify an unfavourable opinion for all the expenditure concerned:
Based on the examination referred to above, it is my opinion that the final statement of expenditure presents fairly, in all material respects, the expenditure paid under the operational programme, that the application for payment of the final balance of the Community contribution to this programme is valid and that the underlying transactions covered by the final statement of expenditure are legal and regular, except with regard to the matters referred to at point 2 and/or to the observations at point 3 regarding the error rates and cases of irregularity and the way they have been dealt with by the managing authority, the impact of which is quantified above. I estimate the impact of these qualifications to be xxx of the total expenditure declared. The Community contribution affected is thus xxx.
Or
(Adverse opinion)
If there were major limitations on the scope of the examination error rates and cases of irregularity and the way they have been dealt with by the Operating Structure such that no conclusion can be reached on the reliability of the final statement of expenditure without considerable further work:
Based on the examination referred to above, and in particular in view of the matters referred to at point 2 and/or the error rates and cases of irregularity and the fact that they have not been dealt with satisfactorily by the Operating Structure as reported at point 3, it is my opinion that the final statement of expenditure does not present fairly, in all material respects, the expenditure paid under the operational programme, that, as a consequence, the application for payment of the final balance of the Community contribution to this programme is not valid and that the underlying transactions covered by the final statement of expenditure are not legal and regular.
Date Signature
… …
ANNEX XVIII
GUIDELINES FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE STANDARD FORM FOR QUARTERLY COMMUNICATIONS OF IRREGULARITIES
|
EUROPEAN COMMISSION EUROPEAN ANTI-FRAUD OFFICE (OLAF) Operational & Policy Support Fraud Prevention & Intelligence |
Guidelines for the completion of the standard form for quarterly communications of irregularities in connection with the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA)
GUIDELINES FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE STANDARD FORM FOR QUARTERLY COMMUNICATIONS OF IRREGULARITIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTRUMENT FOR PRE– ACCESSION ASSISTANCE (IPA)
INTRODUCTION
In accordance with Article 28 of the Framework Agreements[14]1 between Candidate Countries and Potential Candidate Countries benefiting from pre-accession assistance a control and reporting mechanism concerning irregularities[15]2 shall be organised according to the provisions set out by Commission Regulation No. 1828/2006, Section 4 Irregularities (Articles 27-36)[16]3. Consequently, Beneficiary Countries are equally required to report quarterly to the Commission the irregularities detected in IPA funded projects. In order to facilitate this task and to ensure the uniform recording of cases in the appropriate database, the Commission has developed a standard form (Annex I) based on the above regulation.
These guidelines are used when the «paper version» of the standard form is filled. An electronic system is in the process of being developed.
GUIDELINES
Preliminary remarks:
1. Within two months following the end of each quarter Beneficiary Countries shall report to the Commission any irregularities which have been the subject of a primary administrative or judicial finding. Irregularities have to be reported in English.
2. It is recommended that Beneficiary Countries designate a competent national body responsible for reporting irregularities to the Commission.
3. All irregularities should be reported using the standard form and accompanied by an explanatory letter sent to the following address:
European Commission
OLAF – European Anti-Fraud Office
Directorate C
Rue Joseph II 30
B-1049 Brussels
Belgium
The irregularity reports should also be forwarded in copy to the DGs in charge of a given component. Please, see the list of DGs in Annex II.
4. The cover letter should contain the following information: which component it relates to, the quarter it refers to, and the various irregularity reports should be attached (separating new reports from updates). In case of a combined cover letter for more than one component, the numbers should be given separately for each component.
5. Please note that Beneficiary Countries are obliged to inform the Commission if no irregularities have occurred in a given quarter. This should be done by letter, stating clearly which quarter the letter refers to.
6. Please note there are different ways of completing the standard form depending on whether the form refers to a communication relating to Article 28 of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006 (first communication) or Article 30 (an update). In the case of an Article 28 communication, all currently available information at the time of completion of the form should be submitted. In the case of an Article 30 communication, information on important changes resulting from the instituted procedures with respect to irregularities previously notified should be presented. If no new facts concerning an irregularity have occurred, there is no need to send an update. Updates should be sent to the Commission only if new information concerning the case has become known.
7. Where a Beneficiary Country considers that an amount cannot be recovered or is not expected to be recovered, in accordance with Article 30 (2), it shall inform the Commission, in a special report with sufficiently detailed information to allow the Commission to take the decision on apportionment of the loss. The provisions on Special report are not applicable to Component V – IPARD.
8. In order to fill the sections concerning the manner in which the irregularity was discovered and the type of irregularity, as well as the actions taken by the Beneficiary Country and sanctions applied, the non-exhaustive lists included should be used. If the issue is not included on the list, please indicate it in point 22. Suggestions on what should be added to the lists will be taken into account.
9. The following cases need not be reported:
(a) cases where the irregularity consists solely in the failure to execute, in whole or in part, an operation included in the co-financed operational programme owing to the bankruptcy of the beneficiary. Bankruptcy has to be officially established by the competent national authorities. The relevant proceedings are listed in the Council Regulation (EC) No 1346/2000;
(b) cases brought to the attention of the Operating structure and the National Fund by the beneficiary voluntarily and before detection by either of them, whether before or after the payment of the public contribution;
(c) cases which are detected and corrected by the Operating structure and the National Fund before any payment to the beneficiary of the public contribution and before inclusion of the expenditure concerned in a statement of expenditure submitted to the Commission.
However, irregularities preceding a bankruptcy and cases of suspected fraud must be reported[17]4.
10. Irregularities relating to operational programmes under Component II – Cross border cooperation shall be reported by the Participating Country (?shall mean Member State or beneficiary countries, i.e. candidate or potential candidate countries’) in which the expenditure is paid by the beneficiary in implementing the operation. The Participating Country shall at the same time inform the managing authority, the certifying authority and the audit authority[18]5 (in case of cross border cooperation programmes between Beneficiary Countries and Member States) and the competent Accrediting Officer, the National Authorizing Officer and the audit authority (in case of cross border programmes between Non Member States Beneficiary Countries).
11. For cases where there is no obligation to communicate irregularities because the amount involved does not exceed threshold of € 10 000, Beneficiary Countries are obliged to register and undertake recovery proceedings but, unless the Commission explicitly requests information, need not inform the Commission6[19]. However, Beneficiary Countries are obliged to inform the Commission (see Annex II) in the framework of the closure report of the programme about follow up activities concerning all the irregularities detected, irrespective of the reporting threshold.
IDENTIFICATION OF COMMUNICATION
Beneficiary Country: Please indicate the Country
Format: Free text in capitals.
Example: CROATIA
Case N°: The number of the case has to be indicated by the Member State on each page of the form.
Format: XX1/99992/9993/XX4/95, X = capital letter, 9 = figure from 0 to 9
Examples: HR/2004/001/CB/0 TR/2005/003/HR/2
1. Beneficiary Country’s initials: two letters; the initials to be used are:
AL – Albania
BA – Bosnia and Herzegovina
HR – Croatia
KS – Kosovo under UNSCR 1244
MK – The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
ME – Montenegro
RS – Serbia
TR – Turkey
2. Year: four digits: 2008, 2009, etc.
3. The number of the case: three digits: 001, 002, etc.
NB. Numbering is consecutive and corresponds to each component and to each year separately.
ATTENTION: The initial number of the case stays the same throughout the years only the version number changes!
4. The abbreviation identifying the component which the communication relates to.
It is compulsory to use the abbreviations. The abbreviations for the components to be used are as follows:
TA for Transition Assistance and Institution Building
CB for Cross-Border Cooperation
RE for Regional Development
HR for Human Resources Development
RD for Rural Development
5. New cases or updates of cases already communicated – one digit: 1 for a new case, 2 for a first update, 3 for a second update, etc.
For example: Initial Communication: TR/2008/003/TA/1
Follow-up Communication: TR/2008/003/TA/2
Next Follow-up Communication: TR/2008/003/TA/3
NB. The reference number is unique to the specific case and is attributed when initial communication is sent (Art 28 of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006). When an update has to be reported (article 30 communication), the same reference number must be used. If by mistake a new one is inserted, this will be considered as a notification of a new case and, consequently, a duplication of the irregularity will occur.
Quarter:
Please indicate the quarter of the year in question.
For updates of existing cases, please tick the current reporting quarter.
Date sent:
The date sent is the date of communication to the Commission. This will normally be a date in the two months following each quarter.
Format: DD/MM/YYYY, Year month day.
Example: 13/12/2004
NB. This rule is valid for all other dates!
Administrative Department in the Beneficiary Country:
Please indicate the administrative, national and/or regional department(s) responsible for the administration of the irregularity.
Format: Description in block capitals.
Example: MIN. OF AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES AND FOOD
Format in case of an addition to the list: Free text uninterrupted (without blank lines!).
Example: MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS
Address: ...
Contact Point:
Please, specify the details of a contact person, within the administrative department responsible for reporting, who can be contacted in case additional information or clarification is required.
Format: Free text in the given fields.
DETAILS OF IRREGULARITY
1. Description of operation
1.1. Name of programme:
Please quote the name of the annual or multiannual operational programme under one of IPA components, or the form of assistance.
Format: Free text uninterrupted (without blank lines).
Examples: RD – Multiannual «Environmental» Operational Programme for Croatia
1.2. Identification number:
Please quote the programme identification number.
Format: Free text uninterrupted (without blank lines).
1.3. Commission decision approving the programme:
Please quote the number and date of the EC Decision by virtue based on which the assistance was granted.
Format: Free text, date DD/MM/YYYY.
Example: C/2007/6565-1, 13/12/2007.
1.4. Name of measure and title of project:
Please give the number and the title of the priority axis together with the title of a project.
Measure
Format: Free text.
Example: Priority 1: Developing Waste Management Infrastructure for Establishing and Integrated Waste Management System in Croatia
Title of project
Format: Free text.
Example: Regional Waste Management Centre for the County of Istria
1.5. Beneficiary Country’s project number:
If the operation was allocated a national reference number, please quote it.
Format: Free text.
2. Provisions infringed:
Please specify which Community or national (including contractual provisions) legislation has been infringed.
Format: Free text.
Example: Article X of the Penal Code
3. Date of first information leading to suspicion of irregularity:
Please indicate the date on which the first information leading to the suspicion of an irregularity was received. For example in the case of reporting by phone, the date of the telephone conversation should be given.
Format: DD/MM/YYYY
Example: 25/06/2008
3.1. Source of first information leading to suspicion of irregularity:
Please indicate how you first became aware of the existence of the irregularity.
Format: Free text.
Example: Informant, press report, audit, etc.
4. Manner in which the irregularity was detected
4.1. Who detected the irregularity?
Please select from the list below a relevant authority which detected the irregularity
Format: Number and the authority.
Example: 10 – National administration
List of authorities:
10 – National administration
20 – European Commission
30 – Court of Auditors
90 – Other
4.2. How was the irregularity detected?
Please select from the list below a relevant method of detection of the irregularity
Format: Number and method.
Example: 10 – Audit
List of methods of detection:
10 – Audit
20 – Bankruptcy
30 – Control of products
40 – Control of documents ex-ante
45 – Control of documents ex-post
50 – On the spot control
60 – Informant
70 – Media
80 – Analysis
90 – Other
5. Type of irregularity:
Please select from the list below a relevant type of irregularity.
Format: Number and type.
Example: 102 – Incorrect accounts
List of types of irregularity:
102 – Incorrect accounts
103 – Falsified accounts
104 – Accounts not presented
201 – Missing/incorrect /incomplete documents
213 – Falsified supporting documents
299 – Other cases of irregular documents
325 – Non-eligible expenditure
402 – Non-existing operator
405 – Irregular termination, sale or reduction
408 – Operator/beneficiary not having the required quality
601 – Failure to respect deadlines
608 – Refusal of control
609 – Refusal of payment
610 – Absence or incompatibility of contract
611 – Several requests for the same object
612 – Failure to respect other regulations/contract conditions
614 – Infringement of rules concerning public procurement
741 – Failure to fulfil commitments entered into
810 – Action not implemented
812 – Action not carried out in accordance with rules
822 – Expenditure incurred outside the contracting period
832 – Infringement with regard to the co-financing system
840 – Undeclared revenue
850 – Corruption
860 – Conflict of interest
999 – Other irregularities (to be specified)
5.1. Qualification of irregularity
Please qualify case as an irregularity or suspected fraud.
irregularity7[20] – means any infringement of a provision of Community law resulting from an act or omission by an economic operator which has, or would have, the effect of prejudicing the general budget of the European Union by charging an unjustified item of expenditure to the general budget;
suspected fraud8[21] – means an irregularity giving rise to the initiation of administrative and/or judicial proceedings at national level in order to establish the presence of intentional behaviour, in particular fraud, such as is referred to in Article 1(1), point (a), of the Convention on the protection of the European Communities» financial interests;
established fraud – means «suspected fraud» which has been the subject of a judgment which has the force of res judicata for fraud or any other illegal activity detrimental to the Communities» financial interests;
no irregularity – means that in the course of an administrative and/or judicial proceedings allegations of irregularity or fraud have not been confirmed;
NB: The case can not be qualified as no irregularity in the initial communication!
5.2. Practices employed in committing the irregularity:
Describe the practice employed (modus operandi).
Format: Free text.
Example: Falsification of invoices by altering the original amounts.
5.3. Are these practices considered new? Yes ( ), No ( ), Not known ( )
Please tick as appropriate. It is up to the Beneficiary Country to decide whether the practices employed are new or not.
6. Are other countries involved: Yes ( ) No ( ) Not known ( )
This heading applies to cases involving cross-border operations (participation in the programme by more than one State), or cases where the beneficiary is an international firm participating in actions such as investment projects or training courses in more than one State.
Format: Please tick as appropriate. See point 5.3; Free text in block capitals.
Example: HUNGARY.
6.1. If yes, has notification been sent? Yes ( ), date and references: , No ( ), Not known ( )
Please tick as appropriate. If the answer is yes, please give the date and references of the communication.
Format: date DD/MM/YYYY; for the references: free text.
Example: Yes (X) Date and reference: 26/05/2008 detailed information sent to Hungarian authorities.
7. Period of irregularity
Indicate the date(s) on which, or between which, the irregularity was committed.
Format for the date: DD/MM/YYYY.
Example: 25/11/2008
For the period: date of the beginning of the irregularity/ date of the end of the irregularity.
Format: DD/MM/YYYY – DD/MM/YYYY
Example: 13/05/2008 – 12/06/2008
If this information is not known, please indicate this by using the first day of the month, the first month of the quarter (01, 03, 06, 09), the first day and month of the year if only the year is known
Example: 01/01/2008
8. Date of Primary administrative or judicial finding:
»Primary administrative or judicial finding» means a first written assessment by a competent authority, either administrative or judicial, concluding on the basis of specific facts that an irregularity has been committed, without prejudice to the possibility that this conclusion may subsequently have to be revised or withdrawn as a result of developments in the course of the administrative or judicial procedure[22]9.
Format: DD/MM/YYYY
9. Authorities or bodies.
9.1. Authorities or bodies which drew up the Primary administrative or judicial finding:
Please name the authority or body which acted upon the initial discovery and drew up the official report using block capitals.
Format: Free text in block capitals, uninterrupted (without blank lines!!).
Example: MINISTRY OF JUSTICE
Address: ...
9.2. Authorities or bodies responsible for administrative or judicial follow-up:
Please name the authority or body which is responsible for the administrative or judicial follow-up using block capitals.
Format and example: see 9.1.
10. Name and address of natural and legal persons involved
10.1. Natural persons:
Please give the name, address, etc., of the person(s) involved in the irregularity.
Format: Text, but strict rules have to be followed.
A. surnames and first names have to be given in block capitals
B. special characters are to be avoided (e.g.-,$,&);
C. indications like M, Mr, Mrs, etc., are to be avoided;
D. addresses have to be given in small print except for the first letter.
Example: – Name: ABON
– First name: PIOTR
– Address: Kurica 25
– Postal code: 2435
– City: Rjeka
– Country: CROATIA
– Function: Administrator
10.2. Legal persons:
Please give the name, address, etc. of the legal person involved in the irregularity.
Format: Text, but strict rules have to be followed:
A. names are to be given in block capitals
B. special characters are to be avoided (e.g.-,$,&);
C. legal abbreviations like Ltd, Co, N.V, etc. are to be given in small print, after the name;
D. addresses are to be given in small print except for the first letter;
E. the same applies to references to cities or countries in the name of the firm (e.g. IBM ANKARA, )
Example: – Name: TALKER Ltd
– Registered Office: Wallstreet 900
– Postal code: 1529
– City: Medias
– Country: BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA
The name and address required are those of the company. If individuals working for the company are involved in the irregularity, this information should be entered under point 10.1.
If more names are to be provided as foreseen on page 3 of the form, please copy and paste fields under points 10.1 and 10.2.
NB. In order to comply with rules guaranteeing confidentiality of personal data, please do not refer to the names of physical or legal persons other than under points 10.1 and 10.2.
FINANCIAL ASPECTS
11. Total amount and distribution between sources of financing
11.1. Total amount of the operation:
Please indicate the total amount contracted in the operation. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 11.2 and 11.3 (»11.1«=«11.2«+«11.3«).
The amount has to be in Euro throughout the whole Financial Aspects Section.
Amounts in national currency shall be converted into Euro using the monthly accounting exchange rate of the Commission in the month during which the expenditure was registered in the accounts of the Operating structure of the programme concerned[23]10.
Where the expenditure has not been registered in the accounts of the, Operating structure the most recent accounting exchange rate published electronically by the Commission shall be used[24]11.
Commission’s monthly accounting rate can be found at: http://ec.europa.eu/budget/inforeuro/
Format: 9999999999999 currency. Do not separate the figures and do not use decimals. Leave space after the last figure, and then add the currency
Example: 22345000 EUR
11.2. Community financing:
Please give the share of the amount financed by the Community.
Format: See point 11.1.
11.3. Beneficiary Country financing:
Please give the share of the amount financed by the Beneficiary Country. It should not include the private contribution.
Format: See point 11.1.
12. Nature of the irregular amount:
Please indicate the nature of the irregular amount found irregular.
Format: Free text.
Examples: Salaries, computer equipment, funding of studies.
13. Amount of the irregularity
13.1. Total irregular amount:
Please indicate the total amount considered to be irregular. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 13.2, 13.3 (»13.1«=«13.2«+«13.3«)
Format: See point 11.1.
13.2. Community irregular amount:
Please give the Community share of the total irregular amount.
Format: See point 11.1.
13.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount:
Please give the Beneficiary Country share of the total irregular amount.
Format: See point 11.1.
14. Financial consequences
14.1. Irregular amount under 13.1 already paid:
Please give the irregular amount that has been unduly paid to the beneficiary. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 14.2 and 14.3 (»14.1«=«14.2«+«14.3«)
14.2. Community irregular amount under 13.2 already paid:
Please give the Community share of the irregular amount paid to the beneficiary.
Format: See point 11.1.
14.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount under 13.3 already paid:
Please give the Beneficiary Country share of the irregular amount paid to the beneficiary.
Format: See point 11.1.
15. Irregular amount not yet paid
15.1. Irregular amount under 13.1 not yet paid:
Please give the irregular amount not yet paid to the beneficiary. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 15.2 and 15.3 (»15.1«=«15.2«+«15.3«).
Format: See point 11.1.
15.2. Community irregular amount under 13.2 not yet paid:
Please state the Community share of the irregular amount not yet paid to the beneficiary.
15.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount under 13.3 not yet paid:
Please state the Beneficiary Country share of the irregular amount not yet paid to the beneficiary. Format: See point 11.1.
15.4. Has the payment been suspended? Yes ( ) No ( ) Not Applicable ( )
Please tick as appropriate.
16. Possibility of recovery:
Please give an assessment of the likelihood of recovery of the funds and state as far as possible the underlying reasons.
Format: Free text.
Example: Possible or Not possible due to bankruptcy.
17. Amount recovered
17.1. Total amount recovered:
Please state the amount recovered. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 17.2 and 17.3 (»17.1«=«17.2«+«17.3«).
Format: See point 11.1.
Interest rates, penalties, etc. should be specified in the brackets and not included in the basic amount.
17.2. Community amount recovered:
Please state the Community share of the recovered amount.
Format: See point 11.1.
17.3. Beneficiary Country amount recovered:
Please state the Beneficiary Country share of the recovered amount.
Format: See point 11.1.
18. Amount to be recovered
18.1. Total amount to be recovered:
Please state the total amount to be recovered. The amount mentioned has to equal the sum of points 18.2 and 18.3 («18.1»=«18.2»+«18.3»).
Format: See point 11.1.
Interest rates, penalties, etc. should be specified in the brackets and not included in the basic amount.
18.2. Community amount to be recovered:
Please state the community share of the amount to be recovered.
Format: See point 11.1.
18.3. Beneficiary Country amount to be recovered:
Please state the Beneficiary Country share of the amount to be recovered.
Format: See point 11.1.
NB: Total Irregular amount should equal the sum of amount not yet paid, total amount recovered and total amount to be recovered «13.1«=«15.1«+«17.1«+«18.1». The amount unduly paid equals to the amount recovered and to be recovered «14.1«=. «17.1«+«18.1». If due to exchange rates differences the sum is not equal, please, indicate that including exchange rate.
STAGE OF PROCEDURES
19. Action by Beneficiary Country:
Please select from the list below a relevant action taken following the detection of irregularity.
Format: Number and the name of action from the list.
Example: 20 – Judicial proceedings
List of actions taken:
10 – Administrative proceedings is selected when a normal administrative recovery procedure is ongoing. If a concurrent judicial or penal procedure is on the way, the judicial/penal procedure prevails and is the one to be indicated.
20 – Judicial proceedings shows that the case is currently in front of a non-penal Court. If a concurrent administrative procedure is on the way, the judicial procedure prevails and is the one to be indicated.
30 – Special procedure is used when the amount affected by irregularity turns out to be irrecoverable and the Commission has been informed by means of a special report as required in Art 30 (2) of the Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006.
40 – Penal proceedings is selected when the case is referred to a Penal Court. If a concurrent administrative procedure is on the way, the penal procedure prevails and is the one to be indicated.
50 – Procedures closed is selected when all recovery and related procedures are completed. This means also when the whole procedure is finalised and no irregularity is established or when the outcome of the procedure is that no amount has to be recovered.
20. Has the recovery procedure been abandoned? Yes ( ) No ( ) Not Applicable( )
Please tick as appropriate.
21. Have criminal proceedings been abandoned?: Yes ( ) No ( ) Not Applicable( )
Please tick as appropriate.
22. Sanction applied (administrative and/or judicial):
Please select from the list below a relevant sanction applied.
Format: Number and the name of a sanction from the list.
Example: 600 – National administrative sanction
List of sanctions applied:
500 – No sanction imposed
550 – Sanction to be imposed
600 – National administrative sanction
640 – Removal of national subsidies
650 – Exclusion from future national subsidy
660 – Limitation of access to public procurement
740 – Exclusion from future Community subsidies
810 – Fine under penal law
820 – Imprisonment
890 – Other penal sanctions
900 – Other sanctions, to be specified
23. Additional observations:
Please give any additional information/comments which you consider relevant and which has not been covered in the above points.
24. Final communication: Yes ( ) No ( )
Please indicate «Yes» if all administrative and/or judicial proceedings have been finalised and irregular amount has been recovered or declared irrecoverable. No further actions concerning communicated irregularity are foreseen.
In case of any questions on filling the form, please, do not hesitate to contact the following persons:
Auste Savickiene
e-mail:Auste.Savickiene@ec.europa.eu
tel: +32-2-295.36.56
Andrea Bordoni
e-mail:Andrea.Bordoni@ ec.europa.eu
tel: +32-2-296.77.37
fax: +32-2-295.97.59
OLAF – European Anti-Fraud Office
Directorate C – Operational and Policy Support
Unit C.2– Fraud Prevention and Intelligence
Rue Joseph II 30,
B-1049 Brussels
Belgium
ANNEX I – Irregularity report
CONFIDENTIAL Case No: XX/9999/999/X/9
QUARTERLY COMMUNICATION OF IRREGULARITIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE (IPA)
IDENTIFICATION OF COMMUNICATION
Beneficiary Country:
Case Number: XX/9999/999/X/9
Quarter:
(a) Quarter I ( )
(b) Quarter II ( )
(c) Quarter III ( )
(d) Quarter IV ( )
Date Sent: DD/MM/YYYY
Administrative Department in Beneficiary Country:
Contact Point: Name: Phone:
Fax: E-mail:
DETAILS OF IRREGULARITY
1. Description of Operation
1.1. Name of programme:
1.2 Identification number:
1.3. Commission decision approving the programme:
1.4. Name of measure and title of project:
1.5. Beneficiary Country’s project number:
2. Provision Infringed:
3. Date of first information leading to suspicion of irregularity:
3.1. Source of first information leading to suspicion of irregularity:
4. Manner in which irregularity was detected
4.1. Who detected the irregularity?
4.2. How was the irregularity detected?
5. Type of irregularity:
5.1. Qualification of Irregularity:
(a) No irregularity ( )
(b) Irregularity ( )
(c) Suspected Fraud ( )
(d) Established Fraud ( )
5.2. Practices employed in committing the irregularity:
5.3. Are these practices considered new? Yes ( ) No ( ) Not known ( )
6. Are other countries involved? Yes ( ) No ( ) Not Known ( )
6.1. If yes, has notification been sent?
Yes ( ) Date and reference: No ( ) Not known ( )
7. Period of irregularity:
8. Date of primary administrative or judicial finding:
9. Authorities or bodies
9.1. Authorities or bodies which drew up the Primary administrative or judicial finding:
9.2. Authorities or bodies responsible for administrative or judicial follow-up:
10. Name and address of natural and legal persons involved
10.1. Natural persons:
– Name:
– First Name:
– Address:
– Postal Code:
– City:
– Country:
– Function:
10.2. Legal persons:
– Name:
– Registered Office:
– Postal Code:
– Country:
FINANCIAL ASPECTS
11. Total amount and distribution between sources of financing
11.1. Total amount of the operation:
11.2. Community financing:
11.3. Beneficiary Country financing:
12. Nature of the irregular amount:
13. Amount of the irregularity
13.1. Total irregular amount:
13.2. Community irregular amount:
13.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount:
14. Financial consequences
14.1. Irregular amount under 13.1.already paid:
14.2. Community irregular amount under 13.2.already paid:
14.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount under 13.3 already paid:
15.1. Irregular amount under 13.1 not yet paid:
15.2. Community irregular amount under 13.2 not yet paid:
15.3. Beneficiary Country irregular amount under 13.4 not yet paid:
15.4. Has the payment been suspended? Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A ( )
16. Possibility of recovery:
17. Amount recovered
17.1. Total amount recovered:
17.2. Community amount recovered:
17.3. Beneficiary Country amount recovered:
18. Amount to be recovered
18.1. Total amount to be recovered:
18.2. Community amount to be recovered:
18.3. Beneficiary Country amount to be recovered:
STAGE OF PROCEDURES
19. Action by Beneficiary Country:
20. Has the recovery procedure been abandoned? Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A ( )
21. Have criminal proceedings been abandoned? Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A ( )
22. Sanction applied (administrative and/or judicial):
23. Additional observations:
24. Final communication: Yes ( ) No ( )
ANNEX II – List of responsible DGs
Component I – the transition assistance and institution building
European Commission
DG Enlargement
Rue de la Loi 170
B – 1049 Brussels
Belgium
Component II – cross-border cooperation
European Commission
DG Regional Policy
Rue Pere de Deken 23
B-1040 Brussels
Belgium
Component III – regional development
European Commission
DG Regional Policy
Rue Pere de Deken 23
B-1040 Brussels
Belgium
Component IV – human resources development
DG Employment, Social Affairs and Equal Opportunities
Rue du Spa 3
B-1000 Brussels
Belgium
Component V – rural development
European Commission
DG Agriculture and Rural Development
Rue de la Loi 130
B – 1049 Brussels
Belgium
ANNEX XIX
OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME
Republic of Croatia
Operational Programme for Human Resources Development 2007 – 2009 Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance 2007HR05IPO001 |
September 2007
GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS
AA |
Audit Authority |
AAE |
Agency for Adult Education |
AE |
Adult Education |
ALMP |
Active Labour Market Policies |
AP |
Accession Partnership |
APIU |
Trade and Investment Promotion Agency |
ASHE |
Agency for Science and Higher Education |
AVET |
Agency for Vocational Education and Training |
CAO |
Competent Accrediting Officer |
CBC |
Cross-Border Cooperation |
CBS |
Central Bureau of Statistics |
CES |
Croatian Employment Service |
CHII |
Croatian Health Insurance Institute |
CNB |
Croatian National Bank |
CNES |
Croatian National Educational Standard |
CODEF |
Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds |
CPII |
Croatian Pension Insurance Institute |
CSG |
Community Strategic Guidelines |
ECD |
European Commission Delegation |
EES |
European Employment Strategy |
EIA |
Environment Protection Act |
EP |
European Partnership |
ESDP |
Education Sector Development Project |
ESF |
European Social Fund |
ESSPROS |
European System of Integrated Social Protection Statistics |
ETF |
European Training Foundation |
ETTA |
Education and Teacher Training Agency |
EU |
European Union |
EU-SILC |
EU Survey on Income and Living Conditions |
FWA |
Framework Agreement |
GDP |
General Domestic Product |
HBS |
Household Budget Survey |
HRD |
Human Resource Development |
HRDOP |
Human Resource Development Operational Programme |
IB |
Implementing Body |
ILO |
International Labour Organisation |
IPA |
Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance |
IWG |
Inter-ministerial Working Group |
JAP |
Joint Assessment of Employment Priorities |
JIM |
Joint Inclusion Memorandum |
LFS |
Labour Force Survey |
LLL |
Lifelong Learning |
LPE |
Local Partnership for Employment |
MC |
Monitoring Committee |
MELE |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship |
MEPPPC |
Ministry of Environmental Protection, Physical Planning and Construction |
MF |
Ministry of Finance |
MFAEI |
Ministry of Foreign Affairs and European Integration |
MHSW |
Ministry of Health and Social Welfare |
MIFF |
Multi-annual Indicative Financial Framework |
MIPD |
Multi-annual Indicative Planning Document |
MSES |
Ministry of Science, Education and Sport |
MSI |
Mentors for Social Integration |
MSTTD |
Ministry of See, Tourism, Transport and Development |
NAO |
National Authority Officer |
NAPE |
National Action Plan for Employment |
NEPP |
National Equality Promotional Policy |
NF |
National Fund |
NFCSD |
National Foundation for Civil Society Development |
NFLS |
National Labour Force Survey |
NIPAC |
National IPA Coordinator |
CROQF |
Croatian Qualifications Framework |
OP |
Operational Programme |
OS |
Operating Structure |
PA |
Priority Axis |
PEP |
Pre-Accession Economic Programme |
RCOP |
Regional Competitiveness Operational Programme |
RLMC |
Regional Labour Market Councils |
SAA |
Stabilisation and Association Agreement |
SCF |
Strategic Coherence Framework |
SDF |
Strategic Development Framework |
SF |
Structural Funds |
VET |
Vocational Education and Training |
VETIS |
Vocational Education and Training Information System |
1. CONTEXT
1.1. The national socio-economic and policy context
1.1.1 Croatia’s accession to the European Union
Relations between Croatia and the European Union are governed by the Stabilisation and Association Agreement (SAA) signed in October 2001 and in force since February 2005. The SAA provides a legal framework for political dialogue, regional cooperation, economic relations and the use of the Community financial assistance. In April 2004, the Council of the European Union adopted the European Partnership with Croatia. After the Commission’s positive opinion on Croatia’s application for membership in April 2004 and the European Council’s decision in favour of Croatia’s candidacy in June 2004, accession negotiations were formally opened on 3 October 2005.
In February 2006, the European Partnership was updated to an Accession Partnership that reflected Croatia’s new status as a candidate for EU membership. Most of the priorities identified in the Accession Partnership pertain to institution building in support of the adoption of the acquis communautaire by Croatia but in those areas related to economic and social cohesion, financial assistance has increasingly been allocated to «pre-Structural Funds» activities that are intended to support capacity-building through «learning by doing».
In relation to human resources development, the Accession Partnership identified as short-term priorities the continued alignment of relevant legislation with the acquis and strengthening related administrative, enforcement and co-ordination arrangements. As medium-term priorities, the Accession Partnership identified continued work on these two areas in addition to:
• Supporting capacity-building of the social partners.
• Developing and implementing a comprehensive employment strategy.
• Developing and implementing a national strategy for social inclusion.
• Increased efforts to create a modern vocational education and training system.
On the same themes, the EC’s Croatia 2006 Progress Report noted in relation to employment and social policy that, «Attention should be paid to undertaking active labour market measures, as well as to adult education and training..... Specific gaps remain to be addressed particularly in relation to administrative capacity, which remains weak.»
The report also noted that: the Croatian unemployment rate remains high (despite falling in recent years); regional inequalities are considerable and qualification and skills levels of the Croatian labour force are lower than in the EU. It suggests that further efforts would be advisable in relation to both active labour market measures and adult education and training.
1.1.2 The national socioeconomic context
Recent macro-economic developments[25]
Croatia is generally considered to be a functioning market economy which should be able to cope with competitive pressures and market forces within the European Union in the short to medium term. Its macroeconomic position is characterised by stable growth, improving fiscal condition, low inflation, a stable exchange rate and a declining unemployment rate. However, current key macroeconomic challenges include external vulnerability (due to large deficit of the current account and high level of foreign debt) and structural reforms which should be further reinforced.
Following the implementation of the stabilization programme in October 1993, aimed primarily at stopping hyperinflationary trends, the Croatian economy has recorded a stable growth path accompanied by a low inflation. The average growth rate in the period 1995-2006 amounted to 4.4%. After a 4.3% growth rate has been achieved in 2005, real GDP growth reached 4.8% in 2006.
Expressed in current prices, GDP per capita reached 7,037 EUR in 2005 and 7,704 EUR in 2006. According to Eurostat first releases, in 2006, GDP p.c. measured by the PPP was close to 50% of the EU-27 average[26] while preliminary estimates with the grey economy included, point towards a level of income close to 60% of the EU 27 average.
Since 2004, the Government has reduced the fiscal deficit, improved transparency and the budgeting processes. Fiscal performance is reflected in the net reduction of the fiscal deficit from 4.8% of GDP in 2004 to 4.0% of GDP in 2005. In 2006, fiscal deficit fell further to 3% of GDP. Such a performance is mainly based on strong revenue growth resulting from vigorous economic performance and increased efficiency of the Tax Administration in the collection of taxes as well as the moderation in spending. According to the Economic and Fiscal Policy Guidelines 2008-2010, in 2007 Croatian Government aims to further decrease its fiscal deficit to 2.6% of GDP.
Croatia has had low inflation rates since 1994. Since then, average annual consumer price inflation amounted to 3.4%. In 2006, the average inflation rate amounted to 3.2%. Inflation was kept stable and relatively low due to appreciation of the HRK/EUR exchange rate, slow nominal wage increase, mild labour productivity growth, and intense competition in the retail trade.
Low inflation is underpinned by the monetary policy determined by the Croatian National Bank. It is being supported by the stable exchange rate through the «managed float regime». In the period 2001-2006, fluctuations of average monthly HRK/EUR exchange rate remained within a +/-4 % band. In the context of high «euroisation» within Croatian financial system, the Croatian Central Bank is continuing to tightly manage the EUR/HRK exchange rate as it is the key instrument for curbing inflationary expectations in the country, and also influences the stability of the import prices from euro-zone.
A persistent investment-savings gap has led to high current account deficits and a build-up of foreign debt. In the period 2000-2006, average current account deficit was 5.8 percent. At the end of 2006 current account deficit amounted to 7.8 percent of GDP. As a consequence, gross foreign debt grew. During last three years the growth in foreign debt has been slowed down; however, the level of foreign indebtedness reached at the end of December 2006, 29.2 billion EUR, accounted for 85.3% of GDP. Accordingly, the reduction of the external vulnerability remains a key macroeconomic challenge.
Public debt is below the Maastricht criterion of 60%. General government debt amounted to 40.8% of nominal GDP at the end of 2006; while public sector debt (total general government debt including issued government guarantees) totalled 46.4% of GDP in nominal terms at the end of 2006.
The structural composition of the economy has been shifting from agriculture towards trade and services. Over the period 2000 to 2006, the share of real value added in primary sector decreased from 9.1 to 7.4% of GDP, the share of value added in secondary sector slightly decreased from 25.5 to 24.5%, while the share of value added in tertiary sector increased from 65.4 to 68.1%.
Demography
Croatia is facing a changing and particularly challenging demographic profile. Projections indicate that the country is aging at one of the fastest rates in Europe. The Central Bureau of Statistics forecasts a reduction of the Croatian population by 700 thousand (-16%) by 2050. The share of older people (over 64 years) in the total population could increase from 17% in 2005 to 27% in 2050, while the share of youth (15-24 years) may drop from 13 to 10%. The population of working age (15-64 years) could well fall by 780 thousand.
Accordingly, if the costs of increased social security transfers and health care spending associated with an ageing population are to be met, a significant increase in the employment rate will be required.
Employment and unemployment
Croatia’s unemployment rate (according to ILO methodology) has been constantly increasing since 1996 till 2000 when it reached its peak of 16.1%. Since then, it has been decreasing and reached 11.2% in 2006. The rate remains relatively high amongst the young between 15-24 (28.9% in 2006) and women (12.7% in 2006). Fluctuations of the unemployment rate of younger population have been very large – from 31.2 percent in 1998 to 40.1 percent in 2001 to 28.9 percent in 2006. The unemployment rate of women reached its peak of 17.9 per cent in 2001, but has been decreasing since then to 12.7 per cent in 2006 (Source: LFS data; Central Bureau of Statistics, Zagreb).
There is also a high rate of long-term unemployment. According to Eurostat, in 2006 the share of the long-term (a year or more) unemployed in the total labour force amounted to 6.7 percent in Croatia compared to 3.6 percent in the EU 27. The share of the long-term unemployed in the total number of the unemployed was 58.9 percent in Croatia and 45.3 percent in the EU. The difference was larger for women than for men.
In terms of employment possibilities, there are significant regional variations within the country. This is starkly evident if one compares the county of Istria with the lowest registered unemployment rate, 8.4%, with the county where unemployment is highest, Vukovar-Srijem, 31.3.% (end March 2006), source: Central Bureau of Statistics, Croatian Employment Service.
The most recent data show that average employment has increased in 2006 compared to 2005 by 0.8% according to the Labour Force Survey methodology (and by 3.3% according to the administrative data sources methodology). The strongest positive impulse came from small business – crafts and free professions. The largest employment growth was recorded in real estate, renting and business activities, financial services, wholesale and retail trade and construction. 2006 saw an increase in both nominal and real wage growth and this trend can be expected to continue next year.
Positive developments in the labour market are expected to continue, supported by solid short-term economic growth. Total registered employment is projected to rise by around 1% per year. The number of unemployed is expected to shrink further helping to push unemployment rate below 10% in 2007.
Poverty and inequality
Poverty and inequality have increased in Europe as a whole over the past few decades and this increase has been particularly marked during the past decade in the transition countries. According to Eurostat, the «at risk of poverty» rate in Croatia was 18% in 2005, while the EU average was 25%. Poverty in Croatia is particularly prevalent among the elderly, people with lower education and the unemployed and is usually long-term in nature.
Education
Educational provision in Croatia has improved compared to the situation in 1991 but further efforts are needed to catch up with EU standards. According to the 2001 census, 18.6% of the population aged over 15 have attended no school or have not completed primary school education. When one adds those who have only finished primary school, one reaches 40.4% of the population. The share of highly educated people (having received education beyond the secondary school level) is below 12%.
The current provision of VET needs to improve to fully meet the demands of the labour market; at the end of 2005, 38% of all unemployed people had graduated from 3-year vocational schools. Croatia is recognized to be lagging behind the EU average in relation to the provision of adult education and training and in relation to the participation of adults in education and training in general. The participation of the population aged 25-64 in formal education or training in 2005 was 9.7 % in the EU, and 2.1 % in Croatia.
Structural reforms
Various positive structural reforms have been implemented in Croatia. In order to improve business climate, the Croatian authorities embarked on a series of measures in the course of 2006: e.g. a project focusing on streamlining and simplifying legal framework connected with doing business in Croatia as well as an incentive to decrease the tax burden on legal entities through the reduction of «hidden fees». Furthermore, a reform of health-care financing is under way, as well as a reform of social welfare focused on consolidation of various social benefits and the simplification and better targeting of the whole system.
The number of purely private firms is expected to increase further due to the process of selling the remaining equity stakes in the Government portfolio. At the same time, the restructuring of state-owned companies, as a part of the preparation for their privatisation, has been under way in the railway sector. Privatisation process has been successfully completed in the ferrous metallurgy sector, and is expected to start in the shipbuilding sector. Restructuring and privatisation efforts need to be continued especially in the areas of shipbuilding as well as in the remaining state-owned tourist companies. The aim is to increase the private sector’s share of GDP to 70% by the end of 2008 as compared to 60% in 2005. The Pre-Accession Economic Programme (PEP) in Croatia sets strengthening competition and state aid control as one of the key aims behind the structural reform in Croatia.
The structure of the economy has been changing towards a greater role of services, particularly market services, and towards a greater number of private firms and institutions. That process is expected to continue, supported by fast registration procedure and entrepreneurship promotion.
Key economic challenges for Croatia over the next three years will be: tackling external vulnerability, structural reforms and further fiscal consolidation. This is especially important in the framework of the high costs connected with EU accession, the precise level of which has yet to be defined as the negotiation process goes on and exact requirements become clearer.
1.1.3 The national policy context
General Economic Policy
According to the Pre-accession Economic Programme 2007–2009 and Economic and Fiscal Policy Guidelines 2008-2010, adopted by the Government at the end of 2006 and mid 2007 respectively, the Government plans a set of policy measures aimed at reducing fiscal deficit, public debt and external debt as well as reinvigorating privatisation process. On the expenditure side, it will continue with the planned reform of the health insurance and social benefits and the planned reforms in the area of privatisation of large state-owned enterprises.
In order to develop domestic yield curve and to reduce external vulnerability, the Government will continue primarily borrowing on the domestic market. On the income side, it plans to step up the reforms in the process of tax collection in order to improve its efficiency. The foreseen structural reforms should result in the reduction of the general government expenditures according to GFS 1986 methodology (from 47.8% of GDP in 2006 to 43.1 % of GDP in 2010) as well as the reduction of general government deficit from 3.0% of GDP in 2006 to 0.5% of GDP in 2010. Furthermore, the reduction of public debt (sum of the general government debt and the guarantees) is projected to fall from 46.4% of GDP in 2006 to 37.1% of GDP in 2010 (source: Economic and Fiscal Policy Guidelines 2008-2010). Monitoring of the International Monetary Fund will be limited to the Article IV consultations, which are to take place once a year, however, it is expected that the monitoring of the European Union will become more intense as the accession process goes on. The Government plans to establish policy credibility by moving forward with fiscal consolidation and necessary structural reforms, but of the outmost importance is creating a business-friendly environment that will turn investment interest into actual projects and create new jobs.
Employment
The National Action Plan for Employment for 2005-2008 (NAPE) was adopted by the Government in December 2004. The NAPE was elaborated according to the guidelines of the European Employment Strategy and recommends measures to be taken by the Republic of Croatia under each of the guidelines, including both active and preventative measures. These measures are intended to promote employment and social inclusion and make it possible for unemployed and inactive persons to benefit from various forms of training which increase their competitiveness and facilitate their integration in the labour market. Other measures aim to increase the number of new and higher quality jobs through the promotion of entrepreneurship and a more favourable business environment.
A programme of active labour market measures, mostly in the form of employment subsidies, was implemented by the CES from March 2002 to September 2005. The hiring of about 80 thousand persons was subsidized and nearly 900 million kunas was spent. In the years of full implementation (2003 and 2004), the subsidized hiring amounted to about 17 percent of total hiring from the register and the spending amounted to 0.17 percent of GDP.
From initial indications, the programme is targeted at special groups including youth with no work experience, elderly persons, the disabled and war veterans. However, it also included a general «introduction-to-a-job» measure in which almost all unemployed persons could participate. In fact, two thirds of participants were hired within that general measure.
In accordance with the Joint Memorandum on Social Inclusion (Chapter 4.1.1.1 – current problems and efforts), the measures could benefit from focusing more on the less employable groups. Furthermore, stronger emphasis should be put on improving qualifications, acquisition of knowledge and competence, employability and adaptability among the unemployed and the employed as well as eliminating «dead weight».
In March 2006, the Government introduced a new set of active labour market measures within the Annual Employment Promotion Plan, which is based on the NAPE. The measures implemented by the CES include employment subsidies for young persons without work experience, the long-term unemployed, older persons, and other special groups, including hard-to-place persons, the disabled, lone parents and parents with 4 and more children, women who return to the labour market after the third childbirth, war veterans and children and spouses of deceased soldiers, women victims of family violence or trafficking, minorities, asylum seekers, ex-addicts, and ex-convicts.
The amount of subsidy is lower for larger employers and higher for hiring better-educated persons. The amount of a hiring subsidy ranges from 625 to 3,000 kunas a month, and its duration ranges from 12 to 18 months. Subsidized employment must show a net increase in total firm’s employment for 2 or 3 years. The measures also include subsidized training for the newly employed and the long-term unemployed, and retraining for the employed under the threat of unemployment and for those unemployed willing to work in seasonal jobs and occupations in short supply. A training subsidy can last up to 9 months and it can cover from 25 to 80 percent of training costs.
Apart from subsidized training of the newly employed with known employers, there is also training of the unemployed for the general labour market. All the long-term unemployed and those unemployed willing to work in seasonal jobs or in construction and shipbuilding can apply for training. Finally, the CES subsidizes local governments» public works for targeted groups. By the end of 2006, 4,869 persons have participated in the measures, most of them, 82 percent, in subsidized hiring. In comparison, the hiring of 14,500 persons was subsidized in 2005.
Croatian Employment Service (CES)
In addition to measures under the Government Plan, the CES also implements training measures financed and organized itself or in cooperation with local governments. However, the number of participants is not substantial (for example nearly 650 persons in the first half of 2006). Furthermore, there is a set of measures implemented by the CES within the Decade for Roma Inclusion programme, including public works, training for the general labour market and subsidized employment. By the end of 2006, 220 persons of the Roma minority have participated in those measures.
In addition, special job-search and vocational counselling have been provided. Besides the CES, some other institutions also implement active labour market measures. For example, the Ministry of the Family, War Veterans and Intergenerational Solidarity subsidizes training, self-employment, loans and projects for unemployed war veterans and for children of deceased soldiers. Also, the Fund for Professional Rehabilitation and Employment of Disabled Persons subsidizes employment of the disabled in cooperation with the CES which provides mediation by specially trained counsellors. For its part, the Ministry of the Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship subsidizes trade/craft registration, training, and interests on loans for self-employment and entrepreneurship. Finally, the Ministry of the Sea, Tourism, Transport and Development gives subsidies and loans for the establishment of small family hotels and pensions, etc.
Based on the lessons learned from the previous set of active labour market measures implemented by the CES, the new set of measures is better targeted and puts more emphasis on training, while the number of participants is much lower. Such measures aim to renew and upgrade skills of the unemployed, to alleviate the problem of skill/occupation mismatch and to reduce the problem of dropouts with no vocational education. In addition, micro-econometric and, if possible, experimental evaluation of their effects, should be applied. Regarding measures for special groups, the effect of «stigmatization» needs to be avoided. At the same time, it should be ensured that active labour market measures implemented by other institutions are consistent with, and complementary to, measures implemented by the CES.
The CES is comprised of a central office, a network of 22 regional and 94 local offices. The Governing Council of CES consists of representatives from trade unions, employers and Government. The Croatian Employment Service had, in December 2006, 1,197 members of staff. It provides mediation and selection services to the unemployed and employers as well as career guidance to the unemployed, prospective students and trainees. It also provides unemployment compensation administration and implements active labour market policies. Finally, it provides statistical reports based on data from its registers, and analytical reports on various labour market issues.
Staff roles in the CES are divided along the following functional lines:
• Regional Directors
• Counsellors – for job seekers;
• Advisers – for employers;
• Administrators.
Individual counsellors are responsible for particular sectors of economic activity, all enterprises within such sectors and the occupations within it.
Tax and benefit systems
The relative burden of labour income taxation in Croatia does not appear to be high in comparison with the EU average. Social security contributions make almost a third of total labour costs, but income tax on low wages is very low itself. According to Eurostat, the share of social security contributions and income taxes in the total labour cost for a low wage worker in the EU-25 in 2004 was 36.4%. The share of social security contributions in the total labour cost in Croatia is 31.7% and income tax paid by a low wage worker is not high because of a large personal deduction.
Only the involuntarily unemployed, except in some cases, can receive unemployment compensation, its duration depends on the duration of previous employment, its maximum amount is limited to a relatively low level, and the number of recipients is relatively small.
Unemployment benefits in Croatia are not deemed to be inordinately high. The maximum amount of monthly unemployment compensation is limited to 1,000 kunas, equivalent to 21.9% of the average net wage in 2006. However, there is a one-time supplement, amounting to two, four or six monthly payments, for the unemployed who had a long tenure with their previous employer. This was introduced as a compensation for the reduction of statutory severance pay within the Labour Law reform in 2003. Despite this the tax and benefit system in Croatia does not appear, overall, to contribute to a significant «unemployment trap» by reducing the level of activity among the unemployed. The share of benefit claimants among the unemployed is less than a quarter.
Skills, Education and Training
Through the Education Sector Development Plan (2005-2010), Croatia has taken a number of substantial steps to improve the quality and effectiveness of its educational system with the aim of establishing comprehensive national standards and achieving more coherence between the education sector and labour market needs. The Development Plan describes the current situation, identifies priorities (improving the quality and effectiveness of education, stimulating the continuing professional training of teachers, developing strategies for the education system) and specifies qualitative and quantitative performance targets for the education system.
The Croatian National Educational Standard (CNES) was developed in 2004 and experimentally introduced in 5% of primary schools in the school year 2005/6. A decision on introducing an experimental educational plan and programme, based on the CNES, in the first to eighth grade of primary school was made in September 2005. In the school year 2006/07, all primary schools will implement CNES and a National Curriculum.
Also at national level, the Programme of Measures for Implementing Compulsory Secondary Education was adopted on 21 June 2007.
Croatia signed the Bologna Declaration in 2001 and, since 2003, has been involved in an intensive reform of its higher education system in line with its national needs and European standards. During 2003 and 2004, a new Act on Scientific Activity and Higher Education and an Act on the Recognition of Foreign Higher Education Qualifications were adopted that incorporate all the principles of the Bologna Declaration.
In December 2004, five Rules of Procedures covering the field of higher education were adopted which regulate: the establishment of higher education institutions; the measures and criteria to be used for evaluating the quality and efficiency of institutions and study programmes; the content of student databases; the content of student documents; and the content of diplomas and diploma supplements. This period also saw the establishment of the Agency for Science and Higher Education and the National Council for Higher Education, two independent bodies that oversee the development and quality of the overall higher education system in Croatia.
The first phase of the Bologna process was completed in 2005 with the implementation of the first two study cycles, undergraduate and graduate. An evaluation of over 800 study programmes that had to be adapted in their structure and content to the criteria of the new European Higher Education Area and the Bologna Declaration was carried out.
The first phase of the Bologna process also included the establishment of a quality assurance system. The Agency for Science and Higher Education, through its Quality Assurance Department, will perform the evaluation of the quality assurance system and quality assurance units at higher education institutions
Croatia has already started preparations for development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework (CROQF) which is planned to be compatible with the European Qualifications Framework. The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports has initiated bi-lateral consultations with other Ministries, professional organizations and stakeholders with the aim of forming a National CROQF Working Group that will coordinate all activities regarding the creation of the CROQF.
In July 2007 the Government adopted the Baseline for the Croatian Qualification Framework (CROQF) and assigned its implementation to the Ministry of Science, Education and Sports. The defined Baseline sets guidelines for the harmonisation of legislation regulating elementary education, secondary education, higher education and science i.e. lifelong learning. The CROQF will consist of eight levels and for each one a set of measurable and comparable learning results will be defined on the basis of the scope of learning results, links to the levels in the draft of the European Qualification Framework (EQF), types of qualifications for each level, regulated ways of acquiring certain qualifications, possibilities of multi-directional viability and names of qualifications. Development of CROQF will enable: accessibility of education throughout lifetime, better employability through development of a system for evaluation and recognition of competencies acquired at work (prior learning) or through other forms of learning (non-formal and informal learning), development of a clear overview of educational achievements for the employers, evaluation and recognition of qualifications from abroad in Croatian and vice versa as well as promoting education in Croatia. It is planned to establish the CROQF by the end of 2008.
A Commission for Adult Education has been established and, in 2004, it drafted a Strategy for Adult Education. The main objectives of the strategy are to develop measures for implementing lifelong learning as a right and an obligation of all citizens, to develop a system of adult education that will offer equal opportunities and quality learning, to develop measures ensuring a partnership approach, to create legal and professional prerequisites for establishing adult education as an integral part of the education system and to address individual learning needs as well as those of labour market and wider society.
In addition to the Strategy, an Action Plan for the Implementation of the Strategy of Adult Learning in 2005 was also adopted in 2004. Since 2004, a new Action Plan has been adopted by the Government for each year. Finally, an Agency for Adult Education was established in May 2006 and became operational in November 2006. The Agency currently has 33 persons permanently employed under its employment plan and has secured funding to have a total of 35 employees by the end of 2007. The Act on Adult Education was adopted in February 2007.
Some years ago, Croatia introduced vocational training at post-secondary level in the form of «polytechnics»[27]. The Croatian Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET) was established in late 2005. Together with its stakeholders, the Agency has already started work on: sectoral analyses (of the manufacturing, processing and service sectors) that will contribute to the development of the CROQF in VET; occupational standards and qualifications based on learning outcomes and competencies for secondary school graduates; and reform of the vocational education curricula in order to develop and implement flexible, open and modularised curricula.
A labour market study was conducted following which the number of defined educational sectors was reduced from 33 to 14. Thirteen Sector Councils have been established and the list of VET occupations updated. Furthermore, the proposal for the content of a new VET law was produced, as well as a concept for a VET management information system.
At present, AVET has approximately 30 employees and plans to employ 42 in total. Two CARDS VET projects are implemented through AVET. The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports has begun consultations with other ministries, professional organizations and stakeholders with the aim of forming a National Working Group which will coordinate activities regarding the creation of the CROQF. Moreover, with EU assistance, two relevant initiatives have been taken: pilot Sectoral Councils have been established to enable employers to advise on the curriculum of vocational schools; and pilot «Local Partnerships for Employment» have been established to enable employers, local governments, local offices of the Employment Service and other stakeholders to have an input into the school enrolment policy at the local level.
Sector Councils are tripartite non-professional bodies established and financed by AVET. Their role is described in the «Proposal for the content of the VET Law». Although the VET Law is not yet in procedure, the present function of the Sector Councils is, inter alia, to provide analysis and data regarding market labour needs and required competences (by sector and occupation, on regional and national level etc.) and to approve specified occupations and qualifications. Through this process, labour market demand is reflected in VET education in Croatia.
AVET (together with the CARDS VET 2003 project team) developed the methodology and tools for this work and continues to provide education and training for Sector Councils members. Nevertheless, the capacity of the present Sectors Councils is not enough to carry out all the analyses needed and much stronger engagement by private-sector representatives is needed.
AVET also established 13 local experts» occupational working groups to develop occupational standards for 13 VET occupations identified as priorities by Sector Councils. Members of these working groups are employers and employees from a particular sector. Further steps that will be taken in the next period are to establish local experts working groups for developing qualifications and, subsequently, to establish curricula writing working groups. AVET’s budget has increased threefold for 2007 but its capacities need to be further reinforced.
Social Cohesion and Inclusion
During the 1990s, the social care services system in Croatia was centralized and very few NGOs were involved in social service provision. Following legislative changes in 2001, some social service decentralization took place (primarily of services for the elderly and infirm) and opportunities opened up for the private profit and non-profit sectors to enter this area.
As part of the shift towards deinstitutionalization, clubs and centres for person with special needs as well as foster homes and housing communities were established. Beneficiaries now have more options and choices with services seeking to accommodate user needs through individualization. The number of homes for the old and infirm run by physical persons or NGOs (religious, humanitarian organizations, charities) has increased considerably. However, the social service market is still underdeveloped and the demand for certain services (e.g. rehabilitation institutions for addicts or homes for victims of family violence) surpasses the supply. The further decentralisation and deinstitutionalization of social services remains a key challenge.
Since the end of 1990s, attention has been given in Croatia to the development of partnership between the public authorities and civil society, most obviously through the foundation of: the Government Office for NGOs; the National Foundation for Civil Society Development; the Council for Civil Society Development; and through numerous legislative changes pertaining to the role of civil society. The programme of cooperation between the Government and non–governmental non–profit sector (2001) envisages the development of a positive practice code, standards and criteria for realization of financial support to associations programs and projects. In July 2006, the Government adopted the National Strategy for the Creation of a Suitable Environment for Civil Society Development which formulates a set of measures in various areas of social life including civil society financing, development of the social economy, regional development and volunteering.
A Gender Equality Act was enacted in 2003 providing for the protection against discrimination based on gender and creation of equal opportunities for men and women. Additionally, new anti-discrimination provisions have been adopted in the fields of criminal, family and labour legislation. Under the Gender Equality Act, it is forbidden to discriminate in the fields of employment and labour in the public and private sector, including government bodies, in matters related to the terms and conditions of employment, promotion at work, access to all types and levels of training, employment and working conditions, including equal pay and membership and participation in workers» or employers» associations or in any other professional organization. In addition, when advertising job vacancies, employers must state in unequivocal terms that candidates of both sexes may apply.
For the purpose of enforcement of the Gender Equality Act, a Gender Equality Ombudsman was appointed in 2003 while the Office for Gender Equality as a professional body of the Government of the Republic of Croatia was established in 2004. Co-ordinators for gender equality were appointed in all state ministries and other government administration bodies, while commissions for gender equality were established at the level of the counties. The Croatian Parliament has had a Gender Equality Committee since 2001.
So far Croatia has adopted three national strategies promoting gender equality. The first document, the National Equality Promotion Policy, was adopted by the Government of the Republic of Croatia in 1997. The National Policy for the Promotion of Gender 2001-2005 was adopted by the Croatian Parliament in 2001. A new National Equality Promotion Policy 2006-2010 was drafted in 2006 and was first adopted by the Economic and Social Council on 14 September and then by the Government on 15 September 2006. This document sets out objectives and a large number of measures for improvement of the general social position of women and for raising the awareness for the need to respect women’s human rights. In this context, improvement of the social position of women members of national minorities and women with disability, as well as elimination of discrimination against Roma women, were singled out as separate aims and measures.
In the field of creating equal opportunities in the labour market, the most important objectives encompass reduction of unemployment and elimination of all forms of discrimination against women in the labour market, fostering women’s entrepreneurship, ensuring genuine equal opportunities for women and men in the labour market through an efficient enforcement of labour legislation and encouragement of women to use the existing mechanisms for filing discrimination claims, as well as strengthening and promoting measures that enable reconciliation of family and professional obligations, including raising the awareness for the need to equally distribute domestic and family work between men and women.
Recognizing significant progress in institutional and legislative promotion of gender equality, it is acknowledged that there is still room for improving policy implementation in this area.
Statistical data on poverty and social exclusion
Statistical data on poverty and social exclusion in Croatia are collected primarily by the Croatian Bureau of Statistics (CBS). In addition to the CBS’s databases, for purposes of poverty analysis it is possible to use data from other official institutions and agencies (Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Health and Social Welfare, Croatian Pension Insurance Institute, Croatian Health Insurance Institute). The two main databases on poverty and social exclusion are the Household Budget Survey (HBS) and the Labour Force Survey (LFS).
The HBS is the key source of poverty data. Since 1998, it has been conducted every year by the CBS. In the first survey, in 1998, sampling did not encompass all areas of Croatia (due to war circumstances). After 2000, the sample, harmonised with the 2001 Census, covered the entire country. However, in implementation of the Survey, there is the continued problem of the lack of a good quality framework for the sample; i.e. a regularly updated register of population. The Survey consists of four questionnaires: Questionnaire for Household Members, Questionnaire for Households, Diary and a Replacement Questionnaire in case the household did not keep a Diary. The Diary is used for collection of information concerning purchase of everyday groceries (food, drinks, tobacco products and consumer goods). The survey questionnaires that are being used enable collection of large quantities of information on the living standard of the Croatian citizens and, importantly, they comply with Eurostat standards.
In 2004, the CBS started publishing the Laeken indicators of social cohesion, based on HBS, covering the period from 2001 until the present. The methodology of poverty analysis has been harmonised with that of Eurostat. Data are based on income, which has also been defined in accordance with Eurostat’s recommendations. Poverty indicators are published according to the EU’s official poverty line. Since 2001, the CBS has calculated the following poverty indicators: 1) at-risk-of-poverty rate with a breakdown by age and gender, most frequent activity status and gender, household type, tenure status; 2) at-risk-of-poverty threshold (illustrative values); 3) at-risk-of-poverty rate before social transfers; 4) relative at-risk-of-poverty gap; 5) dispersion around the at-risk-of-poverty threshold; 6) inequality of income distribution – quintile share ratio; 7) inequality of income distribution – Gini coefficient.
In view of the fact that HBS is not a panel survey, so far longitudinal analyses of poverty have not been possible. The CBS plans to introduce EU-SILC into the statistical system through the Program of Statistical Activities of the Republic of Croatia, 2004 – 2007. The deadlines for implementation of the EU-SILC will depend on the realisation of a Phare 2005 programme, which will define national methodology, create questionnaires, conduct pilot research projects and analyse results obtained.
In addition to HBS, LFS may also be used as an additional source of data for analysis of poverty (although it primarily serves as a source of information on labour force activity). LFS has been conducted in Croatia since 1996 on a semi-annual basis, and the LFS data are published by gender. The Survey is conducted in accordance with the guidelines and requirements of ILO and Eurostat. It serves as the most important source of data for international comparison of employment and unemployment indicators, enabling comparability of Croatia with EU countries (as well as all other countries conducting LFS) and monitoring of employment and unemployment indicators over time periods.
The following Laeken indicators are calculated on the basis of LFS: 1) long-term unemployment rate; 2) persons living in jobless households; 3) early school-leavers not in education or training; 4) long-term unemployment share; 5) very long-term unemployment rate; and 6) persons with low educational attainment. Life expectancy at birth is calculated by the Population Division.
The LFS data have been regularly submitted to Eurostat since the reference year 2002, while the HBS data have so far not been submitted to Eurostat (data submission deadline for 2005 is until the end of 2007). Despite being representative on the national level, LFS and HCS are not representative on the county level, which prevents a reliable insight into the regional distribution of poverty and similar regional indicators. Also, it is not possible to calculate the at-persistent-risk-of-poverty rate with a breakdown by gender and the self-defined health status by income level on the basis of LFS or HBS (however, due to non-harmonised methodology, the latter is not calculated in other European countries either).
The CBS plans to regularly collect social protection data under the ESSPROS methodology. So far, the organisational chart of the social protection system in the country has been defined, cooperation has been established with institutions that are included in the social system, 15 social protection schemes have been identified, descriptive data on various benefits encompassed by individual schemes have been collected and the work has started on the collection of financial data on revenues and expenditures in 2003.
The main limitation of the official statistical data on poverty and social exclusion is the insufficiency or lack of information on members of national minorities. A second problem is the lack of necessary data on the number and structure of persons with disabilities (such data cannot be extrapolated from HBS), so in its reports the CBS (like Eurostat) does not publish the at-risk-of-poverty rate for this group. There is also a need for more diverse data on various migrant features, and the homeless and stateless persons and regional statistics require further development. As a relatively new area of statistical monitoring, gender statistics is developing gradually.
Conclusion
In the relatively short time since the end of the war, and particularly since engaging in the process of accession to the EU, Croatia has made ambitious commitments to modernisation and reform, in relation to policies concerning the development of human resources. Given the scale of the commitments, the limits to available resources and the unfamiliar nature of many of the challenges confronted, there is an increasing need to highlight the challenges which must be faced in meeting the very significant demands being placed on the Public Administration as a consequence.
Accordingly, Croatia considers that it is not merely desirable but necessary to establish a professional, efficient, accountable, transparent and independent public administration at national and local level. Precisely because of this, it is proposed to concentrate the assistance delivered through this IPA Operational Programme (and the three others related to Components III) first and foremost on developing the capacity of the key relevant public institutions at both the national and local level. This should also include, when appropriate, the provision of assistance to ensure that adequate statistics are available to effectively monitor and evaluate the activities delivered through this operational programme and to inform policy decisions.
1.1.4 Strategic Development Framework (SDF) 2006-2013
In August 2006 the Croatian Government adopted the Strategic Development Framework 2006-2013 (SDF) as a document that defines national development goals. Those SDF policies most relevant to IPA components III and IV include establishing a strong entrepreneurial sector as the main driver of the economy, underpinned by a flexible and socially inclusive labour market able to respond to the requirements of the economy and an efficient education system capable of providing a labour force appropriate to the needs of the labour market.
The SDF’s chapter on People and Knowledge begins by noting that competitiveness and economic growth do not achieve their social goal if they fail to ensure more high-quality jobs. At the same time, the characteristics of the labour market, the structure and quality of the workforce, and the quality of social dialogue affect the level of competitiveness and economic growth. After describing the characteristics of the labour market in Croatia, the SDF goes on to identify the following goals in relation to People and Knowledge:
• Strengthen the active role that institutions of the labour market have in the process of balancing labour force supply and demand;
• Reduce long-term unemployment and promote lifelong learning;
• Modernise vocational education in line with economic demands;
• Extend the duration of compulsory education;
• Increase the share of people with higher education in the total population;
• Increase total allocations to education, but also the efficiency of spending available funds;
• Stimulate the participation of the private sector in the financing of regular education and in-service training.
Moreover, in relation to social cohesion and social justice, the SDF highlights the fact that societies where «tolerance» has priority over «self-promotion at any cost» generally achieve a higher degree of social cohesion and social efficiency, which is key to establishing a knowledge-based society. It also emphasises the principle of social responsibility of private companies through active labour market policy needs being directed towards long-term unemployed persons including vulnerable groups facing unemployment. In particular, the SDF identifies the following goals in relation to social cohesion and social justice:
• Increase the share of the poorest 10% of the population in the total division of income and reduce the percentage of the population at risk of poverty;
• Increase the efficiency of the system of social transfers;
• Promote social dialogue, alternative dispute resolution, equality before the law, justice, and protect the principle of innocence until proven otherwise;
• Devote special attention to the protection of childhood and the development of children;
• Promote all forms of creative activities that are an important factor in social cohesion;
• Promote corporate social responsibility.
In the context of this Operational Programme and the policy areas it addresses, the Strategic Development Framework provides the key strategic direction at national level. In particular, it highlights the need to increase the level of employment.
This will require an intensification of activities by the Croatian Employment Service including, in particular, the development of measures to promote active labour market policies. At a more strategic level, the CES needs to strengthen its capacity to monitor labour market movements and anticipate needs including the building of more proactive communication with employers and other partner institutions such as the Agency for Vocational Education.
1.2. The EU policy context
1.2.1 Cohesion policy
In 2005, the European Council affirmed that all appropriate national and Community resources, including those of cohesion policy (i.e. the Structural and Cohesion Funds), should be used to pursue the objectives of the renewed Lisbon Agenda and its economic policy and employment guidelines. In relation to the development of human capital in particular, the employment guidelines of the Lisbon agenda identify three priorities:
• To attract and retain more people in employment and modernize social protection systems;
• To improve adaptability of workers and enterprises and the flexibility of the labour markets; and
• To increase investment in human capital through better education and skills.
(The compatibility of the priorities of this OP with those of the Lisbon Agenda is made clear in Section 3 below.)
In addition to these priorities, the Council highlighted the need for appropriate attention to be given to investments to improve efficiency in public administration, as well as to education, social, health and cultural infrastructures.
Following the major reform of the EU’s Cohesion Policies covering the 2007-2013 period, the policy focus has shifted increasingly towards the Union’s strategic priorities for a competitive and sustainable knowledge-based economy geared towards implementing the reforms in a manner that is compatible with the Lisbon and Gothenburg agendas.
In the context of this Operational Programme, the Commission's Communication on Cohesion Policy in Support of Growth and Jobs: Community Strategic Guidelines, 2007-2013 is of direct relevance, in particular Guideline 3 on the objective of:
«creating more and better jobs by attracting more people into employment or entrepreneurial activity, improving adaptability of workers and enterprises and increasing investment in human capital.»
In the particular case of Croatia, this objective will serve as a key strategic policy framework within which employment and HRD-related priorities will be established both under this Operational Programme as well as under future ESF assistance.
1.2.2 Pre-accession assistance
Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA)
The Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA), was established by Council Regulation EC No 1085/2006 of 17 July 2006. It provides the overall framework within which pre-accession assistance will be made available to both candidate and potential candidate countries.
As of 2007, the instrument as a whole is open to Croatia and should provide assistance to build institutional capacity for the efficient implementation of the acquis communautaire as well as to prepare for the management of the Structural and Cohesion Funds on accession (aligning as appropriate with the priorities identified under the Accession Partnership)
In bringing together pre-accession assistance across a range of instruments, IPA consists of five Components, namely:
• Component I – Transition Assistance and Institution Building
• Component I – Regional and Cross-Border Cooperation
• Component III – Regional Development
• Component IV – Human Resources Development
• Component V – Rural Development
In the context of this Operational Programme, Component IV is designed to assist the candidate countries in policy development and to prepare them for the implementation and management of the Community’s Cohesion policy, in particular the European Social Fund.
The priorities for assistance identified in respect of Component IV are set out under Article 151 of the IPA Implementing Regulation[28]) and are summarised hereunder:
• Operations that increase adaptability of workers, enterprises and entrepreneurs;
• Enhancement of access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market;
• Reinforcement of social inclusion and integration of people at a disadvantage;
• Promotion of partnerships, pacts and initiatives through networking of relevant stakeholders for reforms in the field of employment and labour market inclusiveness;
• Operations that expand and enhance investment in human capital;
• Strengthening the institutional capacity and efficiency of relevant public administrations public services and partnerships;
• Technical assistance to support the management of the operational programme and prepare for the future management of European Structural Funds.
Given the relatively low level of assistance available under this component, this Operational Programme will focus on a limited number of priorities and accompanying measures with an in-built capacity for further elaboration and development under future ESF where more significant levels of funding will be available.
Multi-annual Indicative Financial Framework (MIFF)
The Multi-annual Indicative Financial Framework (MIFF) provides an indicative allocation of funds per beneficiary and per component. It is established in a «rolling 3-year» basis.
As referred to above, the allocations to component IV are relatively limited in financial allocation terms and will be in the 8-11% range on an ascending scale.
Multi-annual Indicative Planning Document (MIPD)
The Multi-annual Indicative Planning Document (MIPD) is the Commission’s planning and strategic document covering all IPA Components. In line with the MIFF, it is established on a «three-year rolling» period with annual reviews in line with the procedures established under the (draft) Implementing Regulation.
In relation to Component IV in particular, the MIPD identifies four «major areas of intervention» for Croatia and specifies priorities under each as summarised hereunder:
1. Attracting and retaining more people in employment – main priorities: Increase participation in employment and strengthen both active and preventive labour market measures. Promote occupational and geographical mobility and develop more effective «matching» of labour supply and demand (incl. development of «synergies» with the «competitiveness» elements of component III). Address regional disparities in employment. Reinforce social inclusion at local and regional level through better targeting of vulnerable groups including enhanced access to employment and labour market re-integration of job-seekers and the inactive.
2. Improving adaptability of enterprises – main priorities: Develop a more anticipatory approach to work and economic change and increase investment in competencies and qualifications of both workers and enterprises. Encourage active ageing and longer working lives. Promote a culture of entrepreneurship and develop more innovative and productive forms of work organisation. Promote a more flexible labour market in conjunction with more efficient social security measures. Further strengthen social dialogue bipartite mechanisms and promote a more active role on the part of the social partners.
3. As part of developing a coherent HRD policy and national qualifications framework, increase the overall efficiency and quality of the education and training systems to promote greater employability. Strengthen human capital investment through better education and skills and the promotion of knowledge, research and innovation. Improve the labour market relevance of initial and continuing vocational education and training. Develop the overall offer, access and quality of adult provision as part of a life-long learning strategy.
4. Strengthening administrative capacity – main priorities: Develop institutional capacity and efficiency of public administration in the employment, education, and social fields. Strengthen the effectiveness of labour market institutions, in particular the employment services.
As a cross-cutting» requirement, all operations carried out in respect of the above-mentioned priorities should fulfil the requirement of promoting equality between men and women including the integration of the gender perspective during the various stages of implementation.
Strategic Coherence Framework (SCF)
The Republic of Croatia’s Strategic Coherence Framework (SCF) sets the major policy objectives and priorities to be supported by IPA Components III & IV in Croatia for the period 2007-2013. The SCF is based on the priorities from the Accession Partnership with Croatia, and the Community Strategic Guidelines, and on Croatia’s national Strategic Development Framework 2006-2013 (all mentioned above). This OP reflects the SCF’s proposals in relation to IPA Component IV and provides further detail.
The SCF provides that assistance made available to Croatia under IPA Component IV will concentrate in the first instance on measures that will improve systems and administrative capacity in the field of employment, education and social inclusion as well as networking with partners from non-governmental sector in line with the medium-term priorities of the Accession Partnership.
The SCF was adopted by the Croatian Government on 25 May 2006.
1.2.3 Joint Inclusion Memorandum (JIM)
As in the case of other candidate countries, Croatia has prepared (and already concluded in March 2007) a Joint Inclusion Memorandum (JIM) with the European Commission in order to move towards full participation in the area of EU social inclusion policy upon accession.
To this end, where deemed appropriate, the priorities identified in this Operational Programme are in line with the key priorities and challenges identified hereunder.
Under the JIM, the Government of the Republic of Croatia and the European Commission identified the following challenges in the fight against poverty and social exclusion:
• To raise the level of employment and create greater employment opportunities for the long-term unemployed and other vulnerable groups in the labour market including the integration of people with disabilities;
• To improve the education structure of the population, harmonise education with the labour market requirements and stimulate adult education;
• To financially stabilise the health system without jeopardising equal access to health services;
• To expand the network of social services, developing a system of community-based services and improving access to services;
• To facilitate access to housing for socially at-risk groups;
• To promote gender equality in combating poverty and social inclusion and to take into account the gender differences in the policy formulation and implementation;
• To enable revitalisation and sustainable development of deprived areas and promote a regionally balanced development of Croatia.
The joint parties to the document also agreed that the policy priorities in combating poverty and social exclusion should be as follows:
• To raise the employability of those groups most affected by long-term unemployment and inactivity, primarily by focusing active labour market policy measures on persons with disabilities, Roma, older workers, and former addicts; in employment, to give special attention to eliminating discrimination against women; to ensure full implementation of the minority employment provisions of the Constitutional Law on National Minorities; to keep records on the participation of social assistance users in active labour market programmes;
• To broaden secondary and higher education coverage (by broadening compulsory education, by monitoring and reducing the number of early school-leavers, i.e. by promoting the completion of different types of education in accordance with labour market needs and by implementing measures to ensure successful graduation and shorten the duration of studies); to reform vocational education in order to adjust it to labour market requirements; to invest more in and systematically promote life-long learning;
• To expand the network of social services for children, the elderly and persons with disabilities (particularly in small towns and rural areas); to establish an action plan to deinstitutionalise services for children and people with disabilities (to stop building new institutions, to expand alternative forms of social services and to reduce the number of beneficiaries in welfare institutions); to support the provision of services within the community where beneficiaries live; to develop a strategy for the decentralisation of social services (delegation of «founding rights» for all welfare homes to county level) with the focus on lagging-behind regions[29]; to foster cooperation between local communities and NGOs in the provision of services; to give beneficiaries a choice; to promote better reconciliation between work and private life, especially for women, by investing in childcare structures;
• To put stronger efforts into the prevention of disease or disability (more frequent health checks); to provide equal access to health services for the entire population (in particular for those living on islands, mountainous areas, etc.);
• To define and develop a concept of social housing; to develop a more adequate system of housing allowances and assistance for households in a poor housing situation; to build capacity for shelters for the homeless; to speed up the solution of housing problems for returning refugees, through housing care programmes, particularly for former tenancy-right holders.
• Through economic and fiscal policy measures, to work systematically on the reduction of regional and urban/rural differences; to develop economic projects adjusted to local conditions and aligned with the county strategies for development and regional action plans; to offer better financial support to NGO programmes aimed at multi-deprived areas.
• To agree on a long-term and sustainable solution to the problem of poverty among senior citizens, protecting them during the period of transition through targeted social assistance programmes.
• To ensure access for all to quality health services, to monitor and evaluate the implementation of the «National Health Development Strategy 2006-2011» regarding its impact on the alleviation of poverty and social exclusion.
Under its concluding chapter 8, the follow-up process assumes particular focus in ensuring that the priorities and challenges are closely monitored including in particular the decentralization and de-institutionalization of social services.
1.2.4 Joint Assessment of Employment Priorities (JAP)
The Joint Assessment Paper of Employment Priorities (JAP) provides a joint basis for action in the area of employment policy in line with the EU Employment Strategy. The main purpose of the JAP is to provide a comprehensive analysis of the economic situation and related developments as well as the labour market situation and related employment policy objectives. In terms of establishing complementarity with this Operational Programme, the indicative policy objectives outlined hereunder provide a wider policy framework within which the programme will concentrate on a range of strategic priorities designed to strengthen preparations for future assistance under the European Social Fund (ESF).
Within the area of the upper secondary education, policy will focus on prolonging compulsory education as well further increasing the share of graduates in order to promote stronger social cohesion. At the same time, specific steps have to be taken to reform vocational educational and training (VET) in order to improve its responsiveness to labour market demand. In this context, further development of a Croatian Qualifications Framework (CROQF) will assume an important policy focus. Although available data on adult education and training needs to be strengthened, the estimated overall participation of adults remains low by EU standards. In this context, recently-established institutions have to be further strengthened with the aim of developing models of adult education which will respond more effectively to the needs of the individuals as well as those of the labour market.
In order that the Croatian Employment Service (CES) becomes a more effective labour instrument responding to changing labour market requirements, it is necessary to improve its mediation performance and upgrade its role through further modernisation and reorganisation. In this context, policy focus will be geared towards ensuring higher participation of the unemployed in active labour market measures, supported by effective evaluation of their impact and effects. In conclusion, measures aimed at increasing the number of higher education graduates, as well as the expansion of the service sector, should contribute to a rise in the employment and earnings of women with a consequent positive impact in reducing gender disparities.
Based on the strategic policy priorities identified within the JAP, the key challenges can be summarised as follows:
• Develop a «lifecycle approach» to work which addresses youth unemployment, long-term unemployment and «pathways» to employment, increased female participation especially for low-skilled women as well as a better reconciliation of work and family life and support for active ageing
• Promote a more «inclusive labour market» incorporating active and preventive labour market measures
• Foster a better «matching» of labour market needs through modernisation of the labour market institutions and better anticipation of skills needs, labour market shortages and «bottlenecks»
• Improve adaptability of workers and enterprises including the establishment of more flexible working arrangements
• Promote flexibility with employment security incorporating a review of contractual and working time arrangements, new forms of work organisation as well as better anticipation and management of change, and
• Increase investment in human capital including better access to initial and continuing education and training, increased access to education and adequate provision of training for the unemployed and disadvantaged, strengthened education and training systems in response to new competency, and adaptability requirements and increased provision for adult learning as part of a comprehensive life-long framework.
From an institutional perspective, the promotion of «good governance» is identified as a cornerstone of Croatia’s labour market reform strategy.
1.3. Process of elaborating the Operational Programme
1.3.1 Co-ordination and consultation
The Human Resources Development Operational Programme (HRDOP) represents the single OP through which assistance under Component IV is channelled. The OP has been prepared by an Inter-Ministerial Working Group (IWG) comprising representatives of the relevant state institutions and chaired by the Strategic Co-ordinator. The membership is listed in Annex 1.
Having drafted the OPs initially through a process of inter-ministerial coordination, the next stage involved consulting representatives of employees (trade unions), employers (the business community) and local self-government (municipalities) as well as other civil society organisations (non-governmental organisations).
The partner consultations took place on 23 March 2007 in Zagreb. The MELE invited 31 partner organizations and 25 representatives of the partners participated in the consultations. The HRDOP was presented by State Secretary Ms Vera Babić MELE, Ms Dorica Nikolić MHSW, State Secretary Želimir Janjić MSES and Ms Suzana Kovačević CODEF. Possible projects were presented by Inga Žic, MELE (projects from the field of labour and employment), Mirjana Radovan, MHSW (projects from the area of the social inclusion) and Mr Ivan Šutalo, AVET (projects from area of vocational training and education of adults). The consultation was chaired by Mrs Katarina Ivanković Knežević, MELE.
After the presentations of priorities and projects there was a discussion of the HRDOP summary which had previously been distributed to the partners. Three organisations had responded in writing to the summary OP by the date of the consultation. Based on the discussion at the meeting and the written comments received by the date of the consultation, the following conclusions were reached:
• As the need for respecting the regional components in the implementation process of priorities and possible projects was stressed several times, the representatives of the MAs agreed that during the implementation of the OP the particular needs of specific counties should be taken into account. They also stressed the need to coordinate with the other IPA Components, especially Regional Competitiveness Operational Programme.
• Some partner representatives expressed the view that the OP should be expanded to also cover mainstream higher education. At the meeting it was agreed that due to the relatively small amount of funds available, the focus should remain on vocational education but also include higher level professional education.
• It was agreed that the Government Council for Development of the Civil Society should be included in future consultation.
• Regarding the priority related to the strengthening of administrative capacity, it was stressed that the strengthening of the Operating Structure for IPA Component IV should be a priority in order to enhance the absorption ability of Croatia to use funds from both the pre-accession funds and later Structural Funds.
• The technical assistance Priority Axis should include support for activities in relation to labour market analysis, demand for specific skills and the strengthening of Croatian statistics on human resources in general.
All the participants of the consultations were asked to send written comments by 28th March 2007 on the Summary of the OP. The MELE by that date received altogether 6 written comments (including the 3 received before the meeting). The comments related to: the improvement of conditions for persons with disability; the new role of the partners in the process of the development of the economy; the strengthening of institutions at all levels; the further development of the concepts of full employment and employment for all; the further development of higher education, and positioning of Croatia as knowledge-based society.
The Inter-Ministerial Working Group (IWG) have carefully discussed all of the received comments and concluded the following:
• Civil society will be included in the future development of the OP, and in its implementation.
• Many partners stressed the need for including the higher education in the OP; the Inter-Ministerial Working Group (IWG) has accept that view and decided that higher education issues should be eligible for support by the OP but only insofar as they pertain to higher-level professional/vocational education.
A list of those who attended the partnership consultation meeting and who provided comments is attached in Annex 2.
1.3.2 Ex ante evaluation
An ex ante evaluation of this OP was undertaken by an independent evaluation team during March and April 2007. The evaluation comprised desk research and a series of meetings and interviews undertaken and led by a team of international evaluators supported by locally-based evaluators directly recruited by them.
The summary conclusions of the evaluation were as follows:
«The OP provides coherent and accessible coverage of the key issues under Human Resource Development, according to the Commission template for IPA OPs. The OP broadly integrates EU and Croatian priorities in the field. Although there are some gaps in the analysis, it provides a sound basis for the strategic approach taken by the programme. The structure of objectives and priorities flows logically from the analysis, though there could be room for further consideration of the structure of some priorities and measures. Systems for monitoring and evaluation and management and implementation have evolved between OP drafts but some further detail and clarification is required in certain areas.
Taking each of the three main policy headings in turn (employment, education and training and social inclusion), there are some areas where additional information could be added to the analysis, or the text restructured, to strengthen the justification for strategic objectives. Closer attention could be paid to the link between the SWOT and the analysis as there are some gaps and inconsistencies where specific aspects of the SWOT do not relate clearly to issues in the background analysis. There is a need for some further consideration of the structure of the priorities and measures. For instance, a general concern is that there is quite a large variety of activity streams included under some priorities and that these activities vary considerably in their nature and scope. More detail on how decisions on the allocation of resources and the sequencing of financial flows to different measures over the first three years would be valuable. It would be helpful to provide more detail on the Programme’s coherence with the Lisbon strategy and other IPA OPs. Work on indicators is still in progress and there are still significant gaps. Similarly, the consultation process was still in progress during the ex ante evaluation. Currently, the description of the consultation arrangements provides only a broad outline and more detail of the process and its outcome will be added in the next draft. Additionally, on the issues of programme management and implementation, some clarification concerning the identity, functions and timetable for the introduction of Implementing Bodies, and their relationship to other management bodies is required. Within the OP, environment is not well integrated. To address this issue, a broader interpretation of environment could be adopted».
The evaluators provided detailed recommendations for the improvement of the OP which were generally balanced and constructive and have been taken into account as appropriate:
• The comments on the analytical section were deemed clear and constructive and many of those have been addressed. Moreover, the recommendation to provide more data on the administrative capacity of public employment services has been taken into account, as well as the suggestion to use a more inclusive definition of «employment», to add a new heading on regional disparities and consider targeted support for the regions that lack labour supplies. It needs to be stated, however, that much of the additional data requirements proposed are not currently available, namely, additional information on the «mismatch» between the skill base of working-age population and the demands of employers; data on ICT skills of the workforce and the impact of ICT development trends on the labour force; data on regional-specific variations in skill needs; data on internal migration processes and labour force mobility; data on the elderly working in subsistence agriculture. It is acknowledged that these information gaps should be clearly identified and remedied to strengthen management and implementation of the Structural Funds on accession;
• The comments on the SWOT analysis accurately identified some inconsistencies between the earlier version and the analytical section, which have now been rectified;
• The comments on the rationale and consistency of the strategy in fact resulted from presentational weaknesses and re-structuring of priorities and measures which have also been addressed. The suggestion that Priority 1 should be restructured to include more than one measure was taken into account as well as the suggestion to prioritize potential activities. Moreover, the suggestion to establish a closer linkage with the Lisbon Strategy and the JIM document was accepted and implemented. Selection criteria for specific measures were also defined in more detail.
• The comments on results and impact were largely constructive although at certain points more appropriate to Structural Funds than to IPA. The recommendation to prepare a common set of indicator methodologies and definitions was particularly useful and taken into account. Significant additional effort has been invested to more clearly define monitoring indicators at the priority axis and measure level, to define their baseline value and sources for their collection. The evaluators also recommended development of the basic sheet of agreed indicators for projects so that they can develop comparable, collectable data for aggregation that breaks information down into target groups in the relevant measures. This suggestion was welcomed; it has, however, not been incorporated in the OP but will be taken into consideration in the next stages of the OP implementation;
• At the time of the ex-ante evaluation, there were many uncertainties regarding the management and implementation system for the OP that the evaluators rightfully addressed. In this context, their suggestion to provide more clarification with respect to this system has been taken into account in the later discussion with the European Commission services and the revision of Section 5 of the Operational Programme on implementing provisions;
• Finally, the points made in relation to environmental integration have also been incorporated to the extent that they are feasible. The OP does not contain specific references to environment protection due to the fact that, at this stage, specific projects are not elaborated to the point that would inform an assessment of their environmental dimension. No major infrastructure projects are envisaged in the OP, which implies that no environmental impact assessment measures are to be carried out. The OP will, however, include steps to ensure that promotion of environmental protection and sustainable development will be included in information and publicity campaigns targeted towards the applicants for assistance who will be expected to provide a statement of assurance or demonstrate that their projects have no detrimental impact on the environment.
All the recommendations provided by ex-ante evaluators were discussed among the members of the Inter-Ministerial Working Group and significantly contributed to a more coherent and precise formulation of specific priorities and measures within the Programme.
A copy of the full evaluation report is attached to the Operational Programme under Annex 6.
2. ASSESSMENT OF MEDIUM TERM NEEDS AND OBJECTIVES[30]
2.1 Socio-economic analysis
This section of the Operational Programme presents and analyses information on relevant aspects of the Croatian context in order to identify needs and establish development priorities in an informed and accurate fashion.
2.1.1 Demography and public health
According to the 2001 Census, Croatia had 4,437,460 inhabitants. During the last several years, the number of live births has been lower than the number of deaths, thus the natural increase has been negative (see Table 2: Population Data). On the other hand, net migration, particularly from Bosnia and Herzegovina, has been positive, offsetting the negative natural increase. Therefore the estimated population in 2005 was somewhat larger – around 4,442,000 inhabitants. The extent of size of net migration has declined in the last several years, but the number of live births has increased. As shown in Table 3, Croatia’s demographic outlook is shared by Germany, Hungary and Bulgaria, all these countries lagging behind the European average.
Regarding age structure, the share of the old has been growing and the share of the young has been declining. Over the period between 1991 and 2005, the share of the population aged 65 and over increased from 11.8 to 16.6 percent (See Table 4). Unless offset by positive net immigration, the «ageing» of the Croatian population will continue because the young demographic cohorts are significantly less numerous than the older ones. For example, it is estimated that, in 2005, there were around 336,000 people aged 45-49, but only 296,099 people aged 30-34 and only 275,000 aged 15-19. The number of young persons entering the labour force has been falling and will fall further in the future. Both the growth of older population and the shrinking of work-age population have been and will be a great problem for the system of social security transfers and public health care spending but also for the future labour supply. In order to sustain similar levels of benefits for the increasing number of beneficiaries, a higher rate of labour force participation will be needed.
Life expectancy is 72.3 years for men and 79.2 for women. In EU-27 it is 76.5 for men and 80.6 for women (2005 figures). The infant mortality rate for EU-27 is 5.37 (2005) and for Croatia it is 5.7.In the majority of the post-communist countries the rate is around 7. Early neo-natal death is higher than in the more developed EU countries (4 in relation to 2.5 on average).
According to comparable estimates based on the national labour force survey (NLFS), the activity rate of the population aged 15-64 has been growing from 61.6% in 2001 to 63.5% in 2006. A breakdown of the activity rates by sex and age groups shows that the activity rate for the age group 15-24 has decreased from 2001 to 2006 (from 40.8% to 38.0%). The decrease has been more pronounced for women than for men (women: 38.1%-34.5%: men: 42.9%-41.1%). These activity rates are below the EU averages and the Lisbon targets will be difficult to achieve especially since the educational attainment of the working age inactive population is weaker than average (See Table 5).
The active population is unevenly distributed in Croatia. Four counties (Town of Zagreb, Split-Dalmatia, Primorje-Gorski kotar and Osjek-Baranja counties) account for 40% of the active population. Between 2000 and 2006 the active population has increased by 8.9% but most of this increase (67.8%) occurred in the above counties with decreases or below 1% increases of the active population in seven out of 21 counties.
The demographic framework for labour supply in Croatia is regressive with relatively low labour utilization and high working age demographic reserves. Policy measures need to reflect a strategy for increasing activity levels with focus on geographic distribution and particular groups such as women who consistently have a worsening labour market position.
2.1.2 Employment and unemployment
Introduction
After a decade of falling registered employment, during and immediately after the war, employment in Croatia started to grow in 2001. From 2000 to 2006, employment rose from 1.34 to 1.47 million or 9.5%. LFS employment which includes all undocumented and informal economic activities is even higher at 1.62 million and a growth rate of around 10%. The growth rate of employment in small trades and crafts was particularly large, from 216,395 in 2001 to 262,690 in 2006 (i.e. 21.4%). The expansion of the «secondary» sector of small trades and crafts demonstrates flexibility and job-creation potential of that sector. On the other hand, this sector may also be associated with relatively low wages, long working hours, low job security and a relatively large amount of informal activities.
According to LFS data, the employment rate of the population aged 15-64 in Croatia amounted to a yearly average in 2006 of 55.4%. That was 7.7 percentage points lower than the EU-27 average but higher than in Poland (see also Table 6). At the same time, the male employment rate was 62.3%, and the female 51.0%, the latter higher than in Greece or Italy. At the annual level, the employment rate for the aged 55-64 was particularly low, just 34.3% versus 43.5% in the EU-27. However, it is possible to observe a positive trend in the employment rate of the older persons (55-64) in Croatia due to the effect of the pension system reform which has gradually increased the retirement age.
The low level of employment in general and of older persons in particular is mostly a consequence of the war destruction of economic capacities, and restructuring due to privatization, foreign competition, and changes in demand and technology. Further privatization, opening to foreign competition and reduction of state aid to enterprises can reduce employment in the short run, but it can increase productivity and thus labour demand in the long run. Enhanced entrepreneurship is also expected to contribute to long-term job-creation.
In general, employment opportunities are increasing in Croatia but job creation is very unevenly distributed and not adequate to absorb the labour surplus which has been generated over the transition period on the unemployment register. For example, monthly employment from the register of the Croatian employment service which still registers most of the labour market dynamics ranges from 10 to 20 thousand depending on the season. There are roughly between 13 and 26 unemployed per vacancy at any one time and the structure of the supply and demand is not congruent resulting in high employment rates for some groups and almost no demand for others[31].
Employment by sector
In comparison to the EU-27, Croatia has a considerably larger share of those employed in agriculture (13.80% vs. 5.89%) and a somewhat larger share of those employed in industry which includes mining, manufacturing, utilities and construction (28.50% vs. 27.64% – see Table 7). The share of those employed in industry in 2006 was 0.86 percentage points higher than in the EU but lower than in Bulgaria, Poland, Czech Republic, Slovenia, Slovakia, Hungary, Germany, Portugal and Spain (see Table 7). The share of those employed in market services (wholesale and retail trade, hotels and restaurants, transport and communication, and business services) was only 1.9 percentage points below EU-27 but at a higher level than all other new members except Hungary. The difference in the share of those employed in non-market services (education, social security, and other services – NACE categories M-Q) between Croatia and the EU-27 was somewhat higher – 6.0 percentage points in favour of the EU. The share of public administration in total employment at 6.3% in 2006 was below the EU-27 (7.12%) but also much lower than France, Greece, Germany, Hungary, Czech Republic, Bulgaria and Slovakia.
The sectoral structure of employment in Croatia is more similar to the EU than in most new member states and will converge further especially in the area of market services due to a growing interest of the private sector in this domain and the growing market for health, insurance and educational services across-the-board. This will increase employment opportunities for women who are traditionally more dominant in these sectors. However, this will also increase the overall flexibility of the labour market.
Flexible forms of employment
Regarding flexible forms of employment, the share of employees with limited duration contract in the total number of employees is not substantially lower than in the EU-27. In 2006, that share amounted to 12.5% in Croatia and 14.3% in the EU-27 (see Table 8b). In some countries, like Poland (27.3%) and Slovenia (17.1%), it was much higher, and in Spain it comprised a third of all employees (34.1%), more among women than among men. Both in the EU and in Croatia, there were no significant differences between sexes in this respect (among temporary workers 54% are men and 46% women).
Another flexible form of employment is part-time employment. In 2006, the share of the employed working part-time in the total number of the employed was considerably lower in Croatia (10.1%) than in the EU (18.1%). The difference is particularly large for women – more than 31.2% of employed women in the EU work part-time, while in Croatia the share is only 13.4%. A relatively low share of part-time work among the employed in general and employed women in particular is also a feature of other transition countries like Slovakia, the Czech Republic, Slovenia and Bulgaria but also of EU Member States such as Greece, Spain and Portugal. It is likely that the expected return from a part-time job in those countries, including Croatia, is still too low for women to justify the fixed costs of working (transportation costs in time and money, childcare expenses, etc.).
Short-term service contracts are much more usual in Croatia than part-time work. Both the employed and the unemployed[32] can engage in work of this kind and there are, on average about 60 thousand such contracts monthly. Mandatory contributions are levied on these contracts; which has introduced more security for individuals who engage in this type of work. However, these contracts are not considered to be employment as such and are outside the realm of the Labour Law.
The informal sector
The size of the informal sector is difficult to estimate. There are no estimates of the size of the informal sector in Croatia more recent than 2004. Some estimates for the period 1990-2000 have shown an increase in the size of the informal sector in the early 1990s, due to war and hyperinflation and then a decrease in the second half of the decade where it was estimated to be 10.4%.
Most of the flexible forms of work are found in the informal economy. The most common practice in the informal economy is the truncation of the wage into two parts: the minimum mandatory wage is declared as the taxable wage on which contributions are levied while the rest of the wage is given in cash. In this way the head count of those employed in the informal economy is relatively low but the informal financial flows are considerable.
The incidence of the informal sector is an important issue in policy development. Care has to be taken that labour market policies do not increase the unemployment trap for those who are both registered as unemployed and working in the informal economy by raising their reservation wage for entry into formal employment.
Unemployment
The increase in the employment rate described above was accompanied by a decrease in the ILO unemployment rate from 16.1% in 2000 to 11.2% in 2006. The registered unemployment rate is much higher at 16.6% in 2006 but converging to LFS levels over time. The difference between unemployment rates of women from two sources (20.9% in relation to 12.4%) is particularly pronounced which points to high levels of inactivity or informal activity in this group. 47% of women on the unemployment register in 2006 did not measure up to international criteria for the definition of unemployment. The Croatian LFS unemployment rate is only 3 percentage points higher than the EU27 rate but the long-term unemployment rate in Croatia is 6.4% while it is 3.6% in EU27 (2006).
In absolute terms registered unemployment has been reduced to levels at the beginning of the 90’s which is due to several factors. Firstly, the legislature has introduced more stringent rules in the Croatian Employment Service (CES) regarding monitoring of earnings of the unemployed, active job search and availability for work. Secondly, the demand for labour has increased which has two effects: on the one hand the inflow into unemployment, especially from inactivity has increased and the outflow from the register has also increased. Fluctuation of this kind as measured by the sum of inflows and outflows in relation to the stock of the unemployed has increased by 21% from 2000 to 2006. The third factor is the appearance of competition in mediation from the private sector and internet supported job search which has brought the job seekers and the employers into direct contact. This has particularly had an effect on young job seekers (15-24) whose share in registered unemployment fell from 27.4% in 2001 to 20.1% in 2006. This change has also been brought about by the increased interest for higher education, which is also shown in the next section on education.
Characteristic for the Croatian labour market are strong seasonal fluctuations, which affect both regional labour markets and certain sectors such as agriculture, tourism, trade and construction and food production among others. For example, the number of the registered employed went up from January to June 2006 by more than 90 thousand while registered unemployment went down in the same period by 40 thousand. Although short in duration, seasonal employment gives an opportunity to break a potentially long spell of unemployment or inactivity.
Unemployment in Croatia has a number of particularly concerning aspects:
55% of all unemployed people are long-term unemployed, but only 22.8% claim unemployment benefit (2006 average) since the maximum duration of benefit is shorter than average duration of unemployment. Croatia’s had a long term unemployment rate of 6.4% in 2005 compared with the EU-27 average of 3.6% and an even higher female long-term unemployment rate of 8.4%.
Women are affected by unemployment more than men. Their share among all registered unemployed increased from 53.5% in 2001 to 60.0% in 2006, but a high percentage (47.5%) are not unemployed by international standards since they are either working in the informal economy, are not actively seeking work or are not available for work. The main motive for registration is often benefits which are linked to unemployment status or part of the demographic policy.
In relation to those aged 50 and over, in 2001 their share was only 12.5% of the registered unemployed but this rose steadily to 24.5% in 2006. This can be attributed to the various factors; firstly, the ratio of the older population in the total number of people has increased due to demographic changes. Secondly, retirement age has been raised and consequently older persons losing a job increasingly enter among the unemployed (versus inactive) and stay longer in this category. Finally, it is also important to note the trend of decreasing share of registered unemployed among the young probably due to the opening up of new jobs, which is especially conducive to their employment.
The share of unemployed persons between 15-24 years of age among all registered unemployed decreased from 27.3% in 2001 to 19.4% in 2006.[33] This is thought to be largely due to the prolongation of participation by young people in education and a preference for seeking work without registering at the CES. However, youth unemployment remains significantly higher than the EU average.
The educational attainment and skills of the unemployed is one of the factors contributing to long-term unemployment, especially among older persons. 32.2% (May 2007) have primary school education or lower and 25.8% have finished gymnasia and have no occupation. Their employability depends on significant investment in market relevant skills.
Very significant locational variations exist (see section 2.1.5 below).
2.1.3 Education, training and skills development
At the time being, there is no analysis that would systematically examine the responsiveness of the education system to the labour market needs; it is however considered that a mismatch exists (As was mentioned earlier, at the end of 2006, 35.9% of all unemployed people had graduated from 3-year vocational schools.)
Educational attainment levels of the Croatian working age population are generally below EU standards. In 2006, 18.2% of the employed, 20.6% of the unemployed and 55.5% of the inactive working age population had primary school education or lower[34]. Those with educational qualifications above secondary school levels constituted 19.7% of the employed, 11.2% of the unemployed and only 7.1% of the inactive (See Table 10). The most dominant form of educational attainment is persons with 3 or 4 year vocational schools. At the moment it is not possible to enter university from 3 year vocational schools. Higher, especially university education is not efficient, with a high drop out rate but the demand for this kind of educational services is high and outstrips supply although private sector provision has shown very fast growth.
Illiteracy rates in Croatia are low, but the few years spent in education by a considerable proportion of the Croatian population suggest that further efforts will be required in Croatia to raise basic and overall skill levels. According to the 2001 census, 2.86% of the population had no schooling; 4.52% who had completed 1-3 grades at maximum, 11.24% who had completed only 4-7 grades and 21.75% who had completed basic school education.[35]
In comparison to the EU, Croatia has a considerably lower share of highly skilled workers in the total number of the employed. The share of highly skilled non-manual workers (including managers, professionals and technicians) in 2004 was 38.4 in the EU-27, but only 29.6 in Croatia – an 8.8 percentage point difference.
Similarly, Croatia is also lagging behind the EU-27 regarding the share of tertiary (ISCED 5 and 6) education graduates in the population, even in younger generations but it is ahead of countries like Italy and the Czech Republic (see Table 10). That lag is likely to become smaller since the number of the tertiary-education graduates has been growing in the past several years. That number of graduates increased from 13,510 in 2000 to 18,190 in 2006 – a 34.6% growth. The growth was particularly high for women and their share increased from 55.6 to 59.7% of all graduates. There does however appear to be a significant problem with university drop-outs, especially of those who finished only general preparatory (gymnasium) education and therefore do not have useful job skills. For example, the ratio of graduates in 2005 to the enrolled (in the first year) in 2000, was less than 40%, implying a drop-out rate higher than 60%. The problem of drop-outs is expected to be even greater in the future due to large and growing enrolment at universities. For example, the total number of the enrolled went up from 91,874 in academic year 1998/1999 to 132,952 in 2005/2006 – a 44.7% increase in just seven years.
Although Croatia has a relatively low share of highly skilled workers and a low share of highly educated population, it has a population well covered by secondary education, especially younger generations. The percentage of the adult population (25-64 years old) that has completed upper secondary education: 2005: EU27, 69.3%; Croatia 72.8% (Eurostat). This is similar to some recent Member States (such as Bulgaria and Romania) but lower than others (such as the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Slovenia). It is also higher than some older, more developed Member States (e.g. Belgium, France and the United Kingdom). However, the quality and adequacy of secondary (vocational) education in relation to the labour market needs requires further improvement.
In almost all EU countries, as well as in Croatia, a higher level of education is related to a lower level of unemployment rate. In the EU-27, according to Eurostat, the unemployment rate for the secondary-level educated (aged 25-59) in 2006 amounted to 7.4% and for the tertiary-level educated 4.3%, while in Croatia those magnitudes were 12.3% and 7.1%, respectively (see Table 11). The highest unemployment rate was for those with the primary-level education – 11.3% in the EU-27 and 15% in Croatia. Thus, the lack of education puts an individual at a serious disadvantage on the labour market both in Croatia and in the EU.
The levels of provision of adult education and training, especially the application of life-long learning principle, are still significantly below those in the EU. Adult participation in education and training was only 2.3% in 2005 while the EU-27 rates for 2006 show levels around 9.6% of the population participating in any type of learning activity, which includes hobbies[36].
Overall, the Croatian population has relatively high rates of secondary education but low rates of higher education and the workforce has relatively low skill levels. There appears to be a significant mismatch between the contents of education (even vocational education) and the requirements of the labour market and very low levels of provision of adult education and training. However, more reliable information needs to be gathered on skills availability and needs.
2.1.4 Social protection, income and social inclusion
According to Eurostat, the share of social security contributions and income tax in the total labour cost for a low wage worker in the EU-25 in 2004 was 36.4%. The share of social security contributions in the total labour cost in Croatia is 31.7% and income tax paid by a low wage worker is not high because of a large personal deduction. Since unemployment benefits in Croatia also seem to be modest, the present Croatian tax and benefit system does not create a serious «unemployment trap».
The income threshold for access to permanent social welfare in Croatia (about 53 euro per month for a working-age person) is determined by the government and is not related to any objective poverty line. Expenditures for all social welfare benefits account for about 0.64% of the GDP and they have increased compared to the year 2000 (by 0.59% of GDP). Regardless of the increase of expenditures for social welfare benefits they remain extremely low and are inadequate to meet minimum needs. In 2006 various forms of material social welfare covered about 5.7% of the population, while 2.5% of the population received permanent social welfare. Single households accounted for almost half of all households (49.14%) receiving permanent social welfare, which is considerably higher than their share is in the total number of households (20.8% by the 2001 census). Almost 30% of single persons and families receive social assistance benefit for 5 to 10 years, of whom 73.7% have no earnings outside the social welfare system. Unemployed persons account for about 46% of all permanent social assistance beneficiaries due to the large number of long-term unemployed and young people entering the labour market for the first time, who are not entitled to unemployment benefit.
In 2003 and 2004, social protection expenditures accounted for about 23.5% of GDP (4.5% below the EU-25 average of 27.7% GDP in 2002 and 28% in 2003). Despite a significant decrease since 2001, Croatia still has higher social expenditure than both the EU-10 and countries in South-East Europe (in 2003 this expenditure in Bulgaria and Romania was 17.6% and 16.1% of GDP, respectively). Despite receiving a relatively high share of GDP, the Croatian health system faces financial difficulties in its daily operations. Croatia is also obliged to meet the needs of war veterans and war victims (around 6% of social expenditure). According to the last review of the register, there are nearly half a million persons with recognized status of a homeland defender (war veteran). The number of war veterans who are registered as unemployed decreased significantly in the last several years. It dropped from 45,225 in 1997 to 26,771 in 2005 and to 24,721 in October 2006 which is an overall fall of 54.7%.
The Croatian at-risk-of-poverty rate varied between 17 and 18% in the period 2001-2005. Six EU countries had a higher at-risk-of-poverty rate than Croatia in 2003 (Slovakia, Italy, Portugal, Ireland, Spain, Greece), while Britain and Estonia had approximately the same rate as Croatia (the average for EU-25 was 16%, and for EU-10 15%).
Although income inequalities are often perceived as being high in Croatia, indicators (parallel Gini coefficients) for the year 2003 show them to be similar to the average in EU-15, EU-25 or EU-10. Among the EU-10 countries, only Slovenia, Hungary, Czech Republic and Cyprus had lower inequalities than Croatia while higher inequalities are found in the Baltic countries, Poland, Greece and Portugal. The at-risk-of-poverty rate for women (18.9%) is slightly higher than for men (15.9%) and poverty among the Roma is considerably more widespread than in other groups or society as a whole. Assuming the poverty line to be 60% of median per capita income, 76% of Roma and 20% of non-Roma living close to Roma settlements live in poverty.
Certain groups of the population are particularly vulnerable to social exclusion. These include unqualified or low qualified or narrowly skilled people, young people with inappropriate education and/or without work experience, war veterans, disabled people and minorities.
Croatia, in relation to other countries in the European Union, has far lager share of people with disabilities in the active working population (people with disabilities make 24.4% of all persons at the age between 15 and 64). Persons with disabilities continue to encounter barriers in accessing employment although the law guarantees them the right to professional rehabilitation and training for an appropriate job. At the end of 2004, 7,322 people with disabilities were registered as unemployed (2.3% of all the unemployed).
In June 2007, the government adopted the new Strategy of Uniform Policy for People with Disabilities 2007 -2015. Regarding professional rehabilitation, employment and work of people with disabilities, the first measure is to evaluate current legislation and policy in the field by an independent body. Under the Strategy 2007-2015 additional stress is given to defining different models of employment for people with disabilities who need support in access to the labour market as well as providing support measures during employment; providing mechanisms of protection against discrimination as well as raising the awareness of employers. Within the public domain, employment of people with disabilities in government bodies and the civil service is legally regulated on the quota basis so that these services should have 6% of people with disabilities employed by 2020.
In terms of population and welfare, there are huge regional disparities in Croatia, indicated by a ratio of 17:1 between the most and least densely populated counties and a ratio of 55:1 for GDP levels (see also following section). Registered unemployed rates vary significantly between counties, ranging from 13% to 40%, with particularly high rates in regions bordering Croatia’s eastern and southern neighbour countries (war affected areas). The highest poverty rates are in the counties of Karlovac and Sisak-Moslavina, and the lowest in Zagreb City, Primorje-Gorski Kotar and Istria. The number of permanent social assistance beneficiaries is above average in the areas affected by the war (e.g. in Šibenik-Knin county the number of permanent social assistance beneficiaries is three times higher than the average). The only county with an above-average number of beneficiaries and not affected by the war is Međimurje, where there is a great concentration of Roma.
Rural areas suffer from a declining and ageing population, as well as lower skill levels of their population. 2001 census data show that the percentage of population older than 15 years of age without any education in some rural areas is 3-4 times higher than a respective ratio in urban areas of the same county.
Overall, Croatia still needs to modernise its health and social welfare systems and to further promote social inclusion. Besides ethnic minorities, the most visible marginalised group appears to be the disabled. Moreover, certain individuals and groups can be the subject of multiple disadvantages. This means that the operations supported by this OP will either need to be targeted on specific disadvantages or be sufficiently flexible to allow the targeting of disadvantage of different types.
As is the case with education and employment, significant locational variations persist in relation to the provision of social and health services. However, the issue of social inclusion arguably is also, and importantly, related to employment. In line with programming principles for the Structural Funds, we therefore propose to concentrate the activities supported through this OP to promote social inclusion on assisting disadvantaged groups to gain access to employment and education for employment.
The provision of accurate and up to date data on those at risk of social exclusion also needs to be promoted.
2.1.5 Regional disparities
Map 1. COUNTY (REGIONAL) SELF-GOVERNMENT UNITS IN CROATIA
In administrative terms, Croatia is organised into 21 counties (the City of Zagreb has the dual status of a county and a city), another 126 cities and 429 municipalities which are growing in number.
Analysing socio-economic indicators, it is possible to observe considerable disparities among Croatian counties.
(i) Comparison of the basic economic indicator GDP per capita (in current prices) on county level (see Table 12) shows that in 2004 just a few counties exceeded the Croatian average GDP (e.g. City of Zagreb, County of Istria, Lika-Senj County and County of Primorje-Gorski Kotar). According to the latest available data, compared to the average EU-25 GDP per capita, the level of GDP p/c ranges from 81% of the EU level in case of the City of Zagreb, to 26% in the Vukovar-Srijem and the Brod-Posavina County.
(ii) In terms of demographic trends, Croatia is characterised by a concentration of population in a few macro-regional and regional centres (see Table 12). The highest population density is in the City of Zagreb, 7.5 times higher than the county which comes second (Međimurje) and 15.5 times higher than the Croatian average (78.4 inhabitants/km2). With the exception of the City of Zagreb, the ratio of population density between the least populated county (Lika-Senj) and most populated county (Međimurje) is 1:16.2. Furthermore, a trend of rural-urban divide is characterised by a growing concentration of population in Zagreb and a few other macro regional and regional centres and narrow coastal areas, while other regions of Croatia are being intensively depopulated. Because of their relatively high number, a great number of counties and municipalities in Croatia face the problem of ineffective policy delivery and lack of development funds due to their small tax base (number of inhabitants) on which many of these units are reliant upon for local income. As a consequence, the local and regional self-government – and the assisted areas in particular – greatly rely on financial transfers and state aid from the national budget.[37]
(iii) Data on the level of educational attainment, which represents a significant factor for regional development, additionally reveal the level of disparities within the country. Whereas the Croatian labour force is relatively well educated and trained, very significant disparities exist at the level of counties. The latest census shows that the City of Zagreb has the highest proportion of inhabitants with higher education compared to total population (16.8%); it attracts almost twice as many highly educated people than any other County. According to some preliminary CBS estimates from end March 2006, educational attainment of the employed persons in legal entities in Croatian counties also show a substantial level of regional disparities i.e. the City of Zagreb has the highest share of the employed persons with the graduate or postgraduate education (ISCED 97-5a and 6) in the total number of the employed -22.63%, which is 8.21 percentage points higher than the county which comes out second (County of Primorje-Gorski Kotar with 14.42%). They are followed by County of Virovitica-Podravina (7.54%) and County of Bjelovar-Bilogora (7.96%).
(iv) The unemployment rate across Counties differs significantly. The range lies between the City of Zagreb (9.2%) and the County of Istria (8.4%) with the lowest administrative unemployment rates on one side, and the County of Vukovar-Srijem (31.3%) with the highest unemployment rate on the other side (See Table 12, data from end March 2006, CBC).
Croatia’s division into NUTS II regions is shown below (Map 2).The most significant problems at the NUTS II level are faced within the Central and East (Panonian) Croatia region, which has experienced severe war damage and the decline of state-owned enterprises located in the ASSC. This region contains three of the four most war-damaged counties (Vukovar-Srijem, Sisak-Moslavina, and Osijek-Baranja) and Areas of Special State Concern cover about 80% of its territory.
• Central and East (Panonian) Croatia (Counties (8): Bjelovar-Bilogora, Virovitica-Podravina, Požega-Slavonia, Brod-Posavina, Osijek-Baranja, Vukovar-Srijem, Karlovac, Sisak-Moslavina County)
• Adriatic Croatia (Counties (7): Primorje-Gorski Kotar, Lika-Senj, Zadar, Šibenik-Knin, Split-Dalmatia, Istria, Dubrovnik-Neretva County)
• North-West Croatia (Counties (6): Zagreb, Krapina-Zagorje, Varaždin, Koprivnica-Križevci, Međimurje County and City of Zagreb)
Map 2. NUTS II REGIONS IN CROATIA.
2.2 SWOT analysis
Strengths (internal/current) |
Weaknesses (internal/current) |
Employment ■ Growing registered employment particularly in SME and business services sectors. ■ No significant disincentive effects from unemployment benefits or taxation ■ IT infrastructure for mediation and other types of LM information in place in the CES ■ Private sector in mediation strong and developing ■ Unemployment rate falling, especially among the young ■ The informal economy is a buffer for poverty |
Employment ■ Demographic indicators detrimental to growth of working-age population in the long-run ■ Low workforce participation rate and consequently low employment rate. ■ High unemployment, particularly among the young. ■ High long-term unemployment, especially amongst women. ■ Low regional mobility of labour force. ■ Informal economy gives rise to insecure and flexible work arrangements ■ Regional differences considerable |
Education and Training ■ Recently increased funding for education including vocational education. ■ Broad political consensus on common European goals in education and training. ■ New institutions recently established to support reform and build on existing strengths. ■ Some strong faculties and scientific organizations. ■ Increasing research programs & fellowships for young researchers ■ High coverage by secondary education especially among the young ■ Low drop-out rate from secondary school |
Education and training ■ VET curricula inflexible and not sufficiently linked to labour demand. Inadequacy of statistical information on educational performance. ■ Life-long education and training neglected as a part of education system. ■ Lack of single legal framework for the entire system of education. ■ Inadequate basic infrastructure in education – particularly in certain locations ■ Underdeveloped teacher training system. ■ High levels of university drop-out rates ■ Key competences missing from educational outcomes in formal education ■ Few links between the economy and education |
Social inclusion ■ Growing number of tertiary-level female graduates. ■ Income inequalities generally close to EU levels ■ Solidarity of family and social networks still strong |
Social inclusion ■ Low workforce participation rate and consequently low employment rate of older people and women. ■ High youth unemployment. ■ Increasing female at-risk-of-poverty rates especially among older women. ■ Poverty concentrated in war-affected areas and among the Roma minority ■ Social security benefits (unemployment and welfare) are too low and there is little income security ■ Inadequate cooperation between labour and welfare institutions |
Opportunities (external / future) |
Threats (external/ future) |
Employment ■ Further economic reforms could increase labour demand in the long run. ■ Enhanced entrepreneurship could contribute to job-creation. ■ Reformed VET could allow the Croatian workforce to adopt new and more competitive technologies/practices ■ Some of the rising mobility of highly educated EU students and workforce could be captured ■ The traditional positive immigration balance may serve to reduce labour shortages in the medium term |
Employment ■ Further industrial re-structuring may reduce employment in the short run. ■ Workforce might prove resistant to adequately improving its skills ■ Brain drain. ■ Ageing population could lead to the decrease in working age population rising share of older workers ■ Failure to make formal sector work related legislature more flexible ■ Social benefits increasingly hinge on unemployment status. ■ Capacity for policy development and implementation, monitoring and evaluation remains weak |
Education and training ■ Rising demand for education services especially at the tertiary level ■ Further increase in public financial resources to support education ■ Increased private sector participation and support. ■ Implementation of recently adopted strategies ■ New institutions (AVET, ALL, ETTA) could develop inter-linkages at an early date for building synergies in policy development and research |
Education and training ■ Policy design may be hindered by inadequate data and implementation hindered by weak action plans. ■ Low priority given to employee training ■ Capacity for policy development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation remains weak |
Social inclusion ■ Active labour market measures (e.g. re-training) could enhance the employability of the disadvantaged groups ■ Rising activity of the civil sector especially at the regional level could have a bearing on strengthening social inclusion |
Social inclusion ■ Aging population puts pressure on social security system. ■ Inadequate measures taken to counter youth unemployment ■ Capacity for policy development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation remains weak |
On the basis of the above analyses, the underlying strategic approach set out under section 2.3 hereunder places a strong focus on institutional and capacity building which concentrates on a limited number of priorities and measures identified by their strategic relevance to the promotion of socio-economic cohesion in line with Community and national policies.
At the same time, the strategy set out under this Operational Programme seeks to establish component IV as the «pre-cursor» towards the progressive development of effective preparations for the future management and implementation of future ESF assistance.
2.3 Strategic priorities
2.3.1 Introduction
In «re-launching» the Lisbon strategy, the European Council endorsed a single set of Guidelines which brought together the Broad Economic Policy Guidelines as well as the Guidelines of the European Employment Strategy thereby integrating the macro, micro and employment policies for growth and jobs.
In the sphere of employment and human resources in particular, the priorities set out under the Community Strategic Guidelines on cohesion (CSGs) have as their source those of the European Employment Strategy (EES).
As highlighted in the CSGs, the drive for full employment and higher productivity depends on a wide variety of actions. Indeed, as an illustration, investment in infrastructure, combined with business development and research, will normally improve job opportunities both in the short run (as a result of «first-round» effects) and in the longer run as a result of their positive effect on competitiveness.
However, in order to maximise the employment effects from such investment, human capital must be further developed and enhanced.
To this end, the Employment Guidelines highlight 3 priorities in particular in the context of promoting «more and better jobs» :
• Attract and retain more people in employment and modernise social protection systems
• Improve adaptability of workers and enterprises as well as flexibility of labour markets, and
• Increase investment in human capital through better education and skills.
In line with these priorities, appropriate focus will also be given to investments, which improve the efficiency and effectiveness of public administration.
Deriving its 'guidance' from the EES priorities outlined above, the Strategic Coherence Framework sets out the «strategic direction» for this operational programme as described in section 1.2.2 above.
In practical terms, this approach will form the cornerstone of Croatia’s human capital development over the shorter-term duration of the OP as well as representing a «platform» for the longer term perspectives identified under future ESF assistance.
While recognising that the setting of OP priorities at strategic level will involve policy inter-action across the employment, education and training and social inclusion fields, the strategic priorities identified in this Section are designed to provide a clear focus on what can be achieved over the duration of the programme and which can be further developed under the next-generation ESF.
In relation to administrative capacity, the strategic priority will likewise focus on what is attainable under the programme that can be further strengthened under ESF post accession.
2.3.2 Employment
Building on the existing capacity developed under CARDS and Phare pre-accession funding, the overriding strategic priority in the sphere of employment remains one of strengthening and modernising the Croatian Employment Service (CES).
As the key instrumentation in building an efficient and effective labour market institutional set up, the CES must develop the strategic capacity to respond to the challenges of rapid socio-economic restructuring and demographic ageing.
In this context, the CES must strengthen its support service and delivery to job seekers as well as to the unemployed and disadvantaged. To this end, its role in providing effective mediation, vocational guidance and implementing active labour market policies will remain pivotal for promoting occupational and geographical mobility at both the national and local levels.
At the same time, such an approach should facilitate the development of more effective anticipatory mechanisms in addressing skills shortages while alleviating bottlenecks across the sectors and/or occupations concerned.
In setting these strategic priorities for the CES, there remains the wider recognition of the need to strengthen the «interface» between its functions in administering unemployment benefits and assistance on the one hand and its role in brokering a more effective response to the requirements of the labour market on the other.
In parallel with the modernisation of the CES, and in the light the continuing low employment and activity rates, the promotion of active labour market policies will remain a key strategic priority over the duration of the programme and beyond into future ESF.
At the same time, as highlighted in section 2.3.1 above, such policies must be accompanied by appropriate «demand-led» measures if they are to be rendered effective from a supply side perspective.
While employment subsidies will continue to play a role in the promotion of active labour market policies, the underlying strategic policy direction under the programme will gradually shift the focus towards better evaluated and targeted measures incorporating higher quality formal training and skills input.
2.3.3 Education, training and skills development
Supporting the development of reforms in education and training systems is also a key strategic priority of this operational programme. In particular, the need to ensure an adequate supply of attractive, accessible and high-quality education and training provision at all levels (including flexible learning pathways) will be complemented by measures to reduce the incidence of a high drop-out rate from tertiary education in order to achieve more efficient education outcomes.
However, in view of the limitations on the levels of assistance available under component IV, the OP strategic priorities set out below have been adjusted and presented in a manner that will facilitate their further development and elaboration under future ESF assistance.
In the area of VET reform, a key strategic priority will be the establishment of a national CROQF Working Group in order to ensure a coherent follow-up to the Green and White Papers and its focus on the development of a range of key elements forming a strategy for life-long learning. In particular, there is a need to develop a comprehensive Croatian Qualifications Framework (CROQF) which is compatible with the European Qualifications Framework and based on the achievement of HRD goals linked to the needs of the labour market as well as to national and regional economic development strategies.
As an integral part of this national framework, occupations and qualifications will be linked to the parallel identification of economic branches and related skills profiling. Competence (output) based qualifications as well as strengthened certification standards will also form a cornerstone of the framework.
Since Croatia has very low adult learning participation levels in comparison to EU-27, the need to address this structural weakness represents an additional strategic priority for the programme to be further developed under future ESF assistance. In particular, new legislative, institutional and delivery standards for Adult learning provision will be accorded strategic focus in the formulation of a new and more comprehensive approach to the development of life-long learning.
2.3.4 Social inclusion
As an integral part of promoting a more sustainable and inclusive approach to labour market integration, the key strategic priority will be to ensure greater access for people at a disadvantage or at risk of social exclusion. In particular, the strategic focus of the interventions will be on the specific problems of the long-term unemployed with low levels of qualifications and skills as well as minority groups and people with disabilities. Underpinning this approach will be the need to develop a broader range of support to building pathways to labour market integration while combating discrimination.
Strengthening care and support structures in the labour market will also form part of the approach including the development of the secondary labour market (social economy) where appropriate. This approach has the added value of itself for promoting economic development.
As in the case of employment and education and training provision, the strategic priority set for social inclusion will be further elaborated and built on in the framework of future ESF assistance.
2.3.5 Administrative capacity
In view of the broader strategic role accorded to the future ESF in promoting a more efficient and effective public administration, it is acknowledged that a wider and more significant contribution to the reform process will take place when higher levels of assistance become available to Croatia after accession. Indeed, setting this wider ESF remit in context, the overriding objective will be to strengthen public policy and capacity with a view to ensuring effective management of the socio-economic factors which contribute to a more competitive and inclusive society.
Within the perspective of the OP itself, the strategic focus has been framed in line with the scope and funding limitations of component IV. In particular, the key underlying strategic priority will be to strengthen capacity and promote good governance in the employment, education and training and social inclusion fields.
As outlined above, the modernisation of the CES remains an on-going strategic priority while the strengthening of the Croatian Qualifications Framework is also highlighted (ref. section 2.3.3 above).
While the scope of component IV incorporates institutional capacity building at national, regional and local level, the strategic focus will be to ensure that capacity at central level is strengthened during the initial phases of the process.
3. PROGRAMME STRATEGY
3.1 Concentration of assistance – priority axes and measures
Within the overall aim of ensuring that the relevant institutions of the Republic of Croatia achieve readiness for EU membership and develop institutional capacity and practical experience with the management of European Social Fund – type interventions, the following framework objective is established under IPA Component IV in Croatia –
To create more and better jobs. More immediately, to attract and retain more people in employment by increasing human capital investment, reinforcing social inclusion and promoting adaptability of enterprises and workers.
An account of the rationale and specific objectives for each Priority Axis of this Operational Programme is provided hereunder together with a short description of the type of activities that they may support. In the following Section (3.2), further detail is provided on the Measures established as the means to achieving each of the Priority Axes, including information on the implementation mechanisms employed including the selection criteria and targets/expected outputs.
While a priority axis on Improving adaptability of enterprises and workers will not be addressed directly during the initial phase of the programme’s implementation, it will nevertheless remain an integral part of the key strategic policy framework within which employment and HRD-related priorities will be established both under component IV as well as under future ESF assistance.
In order, however, to provide the necessary foundations for developing appropriate measures under the afore-mentioned priority axis, technical assistance under priority axis 4 will be used for capacity building purposes (see also section 1.2.1 above and section 4.1 hereunder).
Priority Axis 1 – Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market
Rationale
While the Croatian Employment Service has progressively developed more effective delivery of employment and training measures, the results (whether funded entirely through Croatian sources or with EU assistance) have been «mixed» in that resources and capacity remain relatively weak in comparison to the challenges to be met. Based on the analysis provided in Chapter 2, Croatia’s SDF and other relevant national policies all identify the need to improve the functioning of the labour market as an important priority, as do relevant EU agreements and guidelines. To this end, enhanced mainstream and targeted active and preventative labour market measures that build on improved partnership arrangements have been identified as a requirement for the consolidation of an effective Croatian labour market.
As an integral function of developing a more effective labour market, the policy focus under this priority axis will also seek to promote the design and dissemination of innovative and more productive forms of work organisation under the provisions of Article 151.2(a)(ii) of Commission Regulation (EC) No 718/2007. To this end, the promotion of health and safety at work will be accorded particular focus in line with future structural fund requirements under the ESF (for its part, component I will focus on upgrading the legislative provision, as well as strengthening the institutional framework for the health and safety at work.
Specific Objectives
To reduce existing unemployment and the «threat» of new unemployment and also promote the reintegration of the unemployed by supporting the design and implementation of both active and passive labour market measures that target the specific conditions of the Croatian labour market and build on previous experience and best practice.
To support the development of the capacity of Croatia’s public institutions and relevant non-government partners in the employment field.
Description
Labour market policies should improve the employability of the unemployed and the inactive and provide services and training to support their participation in the labour market, and also improve the competitiveness of the workforce. To this end, the provision of targeted training programmes that develop the specific types of knowledge and skills required by the labour market will be promoted while support will be provided to the Croatian Employment Service to enhance the range and content of training and counselling services which better respond to the particular demands of the Croatian economy. In developing such services, the CES should help establish and build on developing partnerships between the institution itself and representatives of business and labour at the regional and local (multi-county) level.
Within the context of the economic «demands» arising from the accession process, Croatia’s public services in the employment field will require substantial strengthening. This priority will also, therefore, support the development of institutional capacity of public bodies at the central and local level in the field of employment including in particular strategy design, programme implementation, programme monitoring and evaluation, and legislative reform. It will also support cooperation with partners from non-governmental sectors (business associations, trade unions, civil society organisations).
Under this Priority Axis, it is proposed to concentrate, in the initial phase, on assisting the strengthening of core labour market measures including mediation, vocational guidance and delivery of training and active labour market policies, especially activation building on the experience of recent EU supported projects such as the CARDS 2004 Local partnerships for Employment – Phase 2 project.
Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing social inclusion and integration of people at a disadvantage
Rationale
Analysis of the Croatian context (see Chapter 2) indicates that particular groups such as the long-term unemployed and inactive, unemployed youth, women, older unemployed, disabled, Roma, minority groups, and those located in lagging-behind regions face significant obstacles to participation in employment in Croatia. Such obstacles are not only a barrier to genuine social cohesion, they also reduce the effectiveness and efficiency of the labour market.
Specific Objectives
To increase the employability of disadvantaged persons and assist their access to the labour market.
Description
This priority axis will support measures and promote the integration of disadvantaged groups into the labour market. Although not in the initial phase of the programme, assistance will also be provided to strengthen access to education within the «pathways» approach to labour market integration. Under this priority axis, the disadvantaged will be assisted through relevant education and training provision as well as the creation of support networks and improved support services to enhance their overall employability.
Priority Axis 3 – Enhancing human capital and employability
Rationale
Despite a wide and ambitious range of recent initiatives, Croatia still faces challenges in delivering education and training that prepares and qualifies people for employment. Effective educational and training systems that are responsive to labour market needs are crucial for the development of the knowledge-based economy and to increasing levels of employment. Moreover, education should also ensure that students are equipped with the skills and competencies that provide a foundation for lifelong learning that is of central importance in improving the competitiveness of the workforce.
This priority axis will accordingly also support the development of institutional capacity of public bodies at the central and local level in the field of VET for strategy design, programme implementation, programme monitoring and evaluation, legislative reform, and consolidation of the initiatives that have been taken in recent years. In addition, it will support cooperation with partners from both government and non-governmental sectors (business associations, trade unions, civil society organisations).
Specific Objectives
To strengthen investment in human capital in Croatia and promote greater employability by helping Croatia develop and implement a coherent HRD policy and national qualifications framework and increase the overall labour market relevance, efficiency and quality of the education and training systems.
To support the development of the capacity of Croatia’s public institutions and relevant non-government partners in the vocational education and training field and in the field of adult education.
Description
Within the wider policy framework of preparations for future ESF, this priority axis will progressively focus on the establishment of closer links between the academic sector and enterprises both in regard to equipping students with skills that will better prepare them for the world of work and to carrying out research that promotes economic and social development likely to attract external funding support. Also within this framework, it will improve the labour-market relevance of initial and vocational education and training. The implementation of life-long learning principles and practice will be supported and, within that context, assistance will be provided under this priority axis to support continuing adult education and training. In addition, this priority will support the establishment of a national network for the recognition of professional qualifications (Croatian qualifications framework) in line with the EU requirements.
Priority Axis 4 – Technical assistance
Rationale
The IPA Implementing Regulation identifies a number of areas and forms of assistance for Component IV, including, in particular Article 151.2(f)
– strengthening institutional capacity and the efficiency of public administrations and public services at national, regional and local level and, where relevant, the social partners and non-governmental organisations with a view to reforms and good governance in the employment, education and training, as well as social fields.
However, while specific capacity-building activities to this end have been incorporated under all 3 operational Priority Axes, Priority Axis 4 will focus its support on project pipeline development and programme capacity activities directly related to the delivery of the HRDOP as specified under Article 151.3 (i.e. to support the preparatory, management, monitoring, administrative support, information, evaluation and control activities of the programme, and preparatory activities with a view to the future management of European Structural Funds).
Building on the use of pre-accession assistance, Croatian programme and project management capacity – from design through to commissioning and operation – is evolving at the national, regional and local levels, supported in recent years by 76 technical assistance and twinning projects under PHARE, CARDS and bilateral assistance. This practical experience will continue to grow and become embedded in future years, as more projects and operations come «on-stream».
Management of IPA component IV specifically relates to this OP and will involve additional expenditure which does not form part of the Croatian administration’s traditional operating expenses (e.g. information and publicity; the development of monitoring indicators and an EU funds Management Information System as well as the commissioning of external, independent experts for interim and ongoing evaluations).
Accordingly, Component IV will be designed as a «pre-cursor» towards the future European Social Fund with a focus on developing the required capacity to manage and implement assistance under the Fund’s rules and requirements. As an integral part of this approach, priority will be accorded towards building sustainable institutional structures and developing systems support structures for the transition to Structural Funds. Furthermore, the preparation of sufficient, well-designed and mature project proposals will ensure use of EU assistance in a timely and technically feasible manner.
Specific objectives
To ensure efficient and effective OP management and develop the institutional capacity for managing and absorbing IPA allocations to the HRD OP.
To support the generation of a «project pipeline» to ensure sufficient projects come «on stream» in a timely manner and are fully mature and ready for submission to the Project Selection Committee in each year of the programme.
Description
Four types of operations will be supported under this Priority Axis:
Specific, tailored support to coordination and management of the OP, including programming, information and publicity, project appraisal and selection, implementation, financial management, control, monitoring, evaluation, reporting and audit;
Aid to enhance the specification, collection and use of statistical data which will be necessary for effective monitoring and evaluation under IPA component IV and, subsequently, the ESF;
Sectoral assistance to strengthen the capabilities of potential beneficiaries, including the generation of project ideas and their ultimate elaboration into viable, eligible and high quality proposals.
Consultancy support (including advice and training) to the OP Operating Structure, regarding any aspect of management, monitoring, evaluation and control, including grant scheme management and procurement (e.g. fees for expert assessors and evaluators of project applications).
Measures
Detailed information on each measure proposed for support through this Operational Programme is presented hereunder in tabular format including information on:
• Measure description
• Specific objectives
• Main types of operations
• Target groups
• Head of Operating Structure
• Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Articles 28.1 and 31 of the IPA Implementing Regulation)
• Final beneficiaries
• State aid [Art 28.2(d) of the IPA Implementing Regulation]
• Output and result indicators
• Selection modalities and specific related criteria
Types of support
In line with the nature and scope of each type of operation, the types of support will be adapted to ensure the most effective implementation and delivery mechanisms towards achieving the specific measure-level objectives set. Such mechanisms will include, inter alia, an appropriate mix of Grant Schemes and Operating Grants and will adhere to the principles for tendering procedures and grant awards laid down in the Financial Regulation (as revised under Council Regulation 1995/2006 of 13 December 2006) in respect of external actions.
State Aid
The Head of the Operating Structure will be responsible for ensuring that operations are selected for funding and approved in accordance with the criteria and mechanisms applicable to the programmes, and that they comply with the relevant Community and national rules including those related to state aid and competition policy.
Priority Axis 1 – Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
Title of Measure |
Measure 1.1. Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy. |
Description |
Assistance under this measure will be directly allocated to support and develop the active and preventative labour market programmes implemented by the public employment services in Croatia. These programmes should target both the unemployed and those facing the likelihood of unemployment. It will also promote the development of partnerships between public employment services, local authorities and other public bodies in the field of education, labour market and regional development as well as representatives of business, labour (social partners) and the community in the design and delivery of employment activities. The development of HRD strategies at the county / cross-county level and their regular revision is to provide a basis for more targeted project partnerships and pipelines and develop local capacities to make effective use of ESF and other funding. While Local Employment Partnerships have a valuable role to play across Croatia’s national territory, particular care will be taken under this measure to ensure their coverage of the lagging-behind regions (see section 2.1.5). |
Specific objectives |
To develop a participatory institutional framework with a regional focus for the promotion of employment |
Main types of operations |
Indicative operations under this measure will focus on developing partnerships for employment at the county and inter-county level to: • carry out labour market analyses; • elaborate local HRD strategies; • undertake local employment initiatives; • Develop project generation and articulation facilities within the CES at the regional level, and • Implement grant schemes in line with the HRD OP objectives and strategy |
Target groups |
The unemployed (particularly those located in lagging-behind regions). Those facing the threat of unemployment. Within this cohort, those lacking skills for which there is a demand as well as those working in declining industries or industries undergoing re-structuring, will form the main focus. Those on short-term contracts will also be targeted. |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Croatian Employment service (CES) as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
Final beneficiaries shall be regional employment offices and local (county) partnerships for employment. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider any applications for funding from grant schemes, and will be chaired by CES as Implementing Body; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under EU procurement rules, and will be chaired by the CES as Implementing Body. Project selection criteria shall include: • Potential for placing the unemployed and those at risk of unemployment in sustainable jobs; • Degree of involvement of partners (from the public, non-profit and private sectors) in both the management and financing of the activity; • Financial efficiency, including costs per unit output; • Orientation towards the specific requirements of qualification (re-qualification); • Degree of sensitivity to specific HRD/labour market needs and appropriate strategies at the county and multi-county level; • Orientation towards regional inequalities in access to education and training, as well as employment. The project selection process will take appropriate account of the regional disparities in employment and unemployment rates to ensure that the needs of under-performing regions in this regard are effectively addressed. |
Title of Measure |
Measure 1.2. Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services. |
Description |
Croatia’s public employment services will need further modernisation if it is to meet the challenges of EU accession. Although many elements of an effective policy framework are in place, both the Labour Directorate of Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE) and Croatian Employment Service (CES) need to acquire substantially more professional capacity, in relation to: (i) accelerated harmonisation with EU labour legislation and standards of the public employment services in the EU member states; (ii) absorption capacity for managing funds from IPA Component IV in Croatia’s run-up to accession and corresponding effective regional structures in order to monitor and evaluate relevant HRD measures; (iii) efficient implementation of the National Reform Programmes and Integrated Annual Employment Action Plans. This measure will focus on supporting the further development of both the MELE and the CES (on both the national and local levels). |
Specific objectives |
To improve the quality, effectiveness and efficiency of Croatian public employment services. |
Main types of operations |
Indicative operations under this measure include: • Development of the capacity to formulate a coherent legislative framework for lifelong career guidance provision. • Support the work of a future National Forum for Lifelong career guidance. • Establishment of a pilot lifelong career guidance centre in partnership with relevant business support services • Establish a training facility within CES for key skills for counsellors (focusing on the unemployed), advisors (focusing on the employers), lifelong career guidance counsellors, specialised councillors for disadvantaged groups and skills for other CES processes. • Strengthen the analytical capacity of CES and MELE and introduce links with the academic community to develop policy oriented research • Design and implementation of a comprehensive information strategy for CES that takes account of the evolving requirements of the European Employment Strategy and respective integrated guidelines • Support design and implementation of improved business processes with the CES’s IT system and user-friendly IT solutions, including upgrading of the IT equipment & software • Create a system of quality assurance, monitoring, evaluation and training-needs assessment for CES business processes. |
Target groups |
The Croatian Employment Service at both national and local level. The relevant departments of MELE. Agency for VET. |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE) |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The CES as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
The Croatian Employment Service at both national and local level. The relevant departments of MELE Agency for VET (AVET). |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider any applications for funding from grant schemes, and will be chaired by CES as Implementing Body; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under EU procurement rules, and will be chaired by the CES as Implementing Body. Selection criteria shall include: • A clear demonstration between the relationship of the project with the requirements of the European Employment Strategy. • Orientation towards efficient implementation of National Action Plans for Employment; • Orientation towards upgrading capacity building activities carried out within the framework of the Phare 2005 Labour Market project. The project selection process will take appropriate account of the regional disparities in employment and unemployment rates to ensure that the needs of under-performing regions in this regard are effectively addressed. |
Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
Title of Measure |
Measure 2.1. Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups. |
Description |
Supporting integration into the labour market by those groups that experience particular difficulties in accessing employment will incorporate a number of elements including: strengthening motivation to take part in education and employment programmes; providing psychological and social support services as well as personal development and training programmes adjusted to individual needs. Support will build in the engagement of both employment and social services operating in an integrated fashion and will be targeted on, and customised to, identified specific needs. It will also be delivered in close partnership with local actors. |
Specific objectives |
To promote the social inclusion of disadvantaged groups through their integration to the labour market. |
Main types of operations |
Indicative operations under this measure will include: • Development of new inter-institutional models and inter-sectoral business solutions for work with disadvantaged groups; • Training of staff (basic and advanced) in the employment and social welfare services for work with disadvantaged groups; • Training and retraining of disadvantaged groups; • Establishing a network of «Mentors for Social Integration» (MfSI) in the private sector and civil society organizations including provision of institutional arrangements for its effective functioning; • Implementation of grant schemes supporting work placements and other relevant services to the disadvantaged by both public institutions and non-governmental/non-profit organizations. |
Target groups |
Disadvantaged groups of the unemployed; these may include: • persons with disabilities • those with low levels of educational attainment • youth unemployed; • older and long-term unemployed • women, • people living in less developed regions, • minority groups. |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In discharging its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW), through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The CES as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
Final beneficiaries shall be the Ministry of Health & Social Welfare, Counties-Social Welfare Units, Centres for Social Welfare and the Croatian Employment Service (central and regional employment offices). Eligible applicants/partners for grants shall include: Non-profit NGOs, private/public institutions operating at the regional/local level; regional/municipal development agencies and SME support centres / technological incubators. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider applications for grant support, and will be chaired by CES as Implementing Body; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under EU procurement rules, and will be chaired by the CES as Implementing Body. Project selection criteria shall include: • The creation of new jobs for those in danger of social exclusion (including in particular the target groups referred to above) or the retention of existing ones; • A clear demonstration of the relationship between the project and requirements of the social integration of specific groups in line with the best-practice examples (including previous initiatives within the framework of the EQUAL programme); • The involvement of the public, non-profit and private sectors; • Financial efficiency, including costs per unit output; • Orientation towards comprehensive approaches to treating unemployment among specific socially excluded groups (including specialised rehabilitative, psycho-social and job-market oriented services); • Orientation towards setting up various models of social employment planning on regional/local level, based on periodic participatory needs assessment in the field of community and care services. • Orientation towards the specific requirements of qualification and re-qualification; • Orientation towards regional inequalities in access to education and training, as well as employment. Project selection process will take appropriate account of the regional disparities with respect to employment of socially excluded persons to ensure that the needs of the regions faced with high unemployment rates are effectively addressed. |
Title of Measure |
Measure 2.2. Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups. |
Description |
This measure is intended to promote equal opportunities in access to education by the development and introduction of inclusive educational and teaching methods, and by promoting the elimination of segregation and discriminatory practices. The measure will also seek to promote greater educational attainment (by activities targeted on reducing school-failure and drop-outs) and also improve the labour-market prospects and social integration of the disadvantaged and those with special educational needs. |
Specific objectives |
To support access to education for employment by disadvantaged groups through, inter alia, promoting a more flexible policy framework and innovative provision of relevant services. |
Main types of operations |
• Supporting the design and implementation of educational programmes specifically targeted on disadvantaged groups (including upgrading facilities and equipment where appropriate). • Building the capacity of education professionals in new services for the disadvantaged, primarily in the VET sector |
Target groups |
Those facing disadvantage in access to or within education including those with special educational needs (including primary and secondary school drop-outs, those in lagging-behind regions, persons with disabilities and minorities). |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with the Ministry of Science Education and Sport (MSES), through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The AVET as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports (MSES) as the key institution at national level, responsible for overall policy and co-ordination of reform activities in the field of education; Secondary schools, teacher training colleges, the Agency for Adult Education (AAE); the Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET); Youth organizations. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider applications for grant support, and will be chaired by AVET as Implementing Body; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under EU procurement rules, and will be chaired by AVET as Implementing Body. Project selection criteria shall include: • A clear demonstration of the relationship between the project and requirements of the social integration of specific groups in line with the best-practice examples (including previous initiatives within the framework of the EQUAL programme); • Orientation towards the specific requirements of qualification and re-qualification; • Orientation towards regional inequalities in access to education and training. Project selection process will take appropriate account of the regional disparities to ensure that the needs of the regions faced with high unemployment rates are effectively addressed. |
Priority Axis 3 – Enhancing human capital and employability. |
Title of Measure |
Measure 3.1. Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework. |
Description |
The development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework (CROQF) will be designed to: • establish benchmarks for the comparability of competences • encourage Lifelong Learning and especially prior learning and non-formal and informal learning • promote labour mobility • promote high quality employability Pursuant to laying the groundwork for establishing the complete CROQF (basic concepts, CROQF Committee, initial proposal for a number of levels/sub-levels) and its eventual adoption (envisaged by the end of 2008), this measure will ensure adequate provision of support concerning the overall coherence of the implementation/co-operation process with a view to a possible review of the main outcomes/deliverables in the first years following the CROQF’s adoption. It should, inter alia, address the following issues: development of the sustainable CROQF’s implementation structure (including sustainable platforms for on-going consultations at the national level), ensuring consistency with emerging policies and objectives of the EU/EC Directives in the field of education and employment, more targeted linking/pilot-testing of the CROQF with respect to the particular levels, validation of non-formal and informal learning as well as quality assurance and accreditation. Within the context of developing a CROQF, this measure is intended to foster modernisation and the further development of the vocational education and training (VET) system in particular in order to facilitate its adaptation to structural changes in the economy and compliance with the EU acquis, most notably with the ongoing VET Copenhagen process. Building on the experience of the successive CARDS VET 2001-2003 projects, and the imminent implementation of further VET reform, this project addresses issues of immediate concern following the first phase of the reform including: a more comprehensive modernisation of VET curricula in line with the new sectoral approach at the national level; establishment of a quality assurance system (including further development of the management information system); and the introduction of sustainable institutional structures (including the funding mechanisms) at the national level in the field of VET innovation. The measure is intended to effectively consolidate and implement reformed VET policy at the national level. It should establish a core network of VET establishments and pilot-centres with the capacity to meet the required modernisation of education content and delivery (most notably, new high-quality curricula and relevant quality assurance activities) and providing for the necessary continuous review and adaptation of VET provision to suit particular local needs. |
Specific objectives |
To strengthen investment in human capital in Croatia and promote greater employability by assisting the development and implementation of a coherent HRD policy and national qualifications framework To increase the overall labour market relevance including the efficiency and quality of the education and training systems |
Main types of operations |
Indicative operations under this measure include: • Support for the introduction of a systematic CROQF peer-review process with a joint-participation of the national and EU member states experts and ensure regular provision of relevant modifications (process, outcomes). • Establishment of the framework for the pilot-testing of specific elements of the CROQF addressing the specific needs of national stakeholders and sectors, including (i) robust and transparent quality assurance mechanisms, (ii) promotion of validation of non-formal and informal learning,(iii) CROQF related guidance and counselling, and/or (iv) introduction relevant outcomes as the basis of curricula delivery as well as other needs based on the priorities of the CROQF Committee. • Targeted support for the development of the designated national EQF centre, particularly its function of regular monitoring and linking of the CROQF with reviewed EQF’s recommendations and further development of other EU processes and instruments/mechanisms (e.g. ENIC-NARIC Network, VET Copenhagen Process, Europass framework for transparency of qualifications, Ploteus portal on learning opportunities, adopted Employment Guidelines/other specific EC Directives, etc.). • Further improvements of the CROQF consultation and mainstreaming process at the regional/national level and related awareness-raising/capacity building campaigns (including development of user-friendly manuals supporting stakeholders at the regional/national level). • Targeted support to continuous development of the VET Sectoral Councils, the methodology for qualification & framework curricula development and further curricular interventions in selected occupational families • Support for the design and implementation of a «VET Innovation Fund» in respect of on-going initiatives to be carried out by VET establishments at the regional and local level (depending on the specific priorities – e.g. VET curricula innovations, innovative in-service training schemes, quality assurance); • Pilot-testing of the VET Innovation fund through identification and selection of a core network of «model» VET secondary schools including a grant scheme to promote curricular innovations in line with the local and/or regional needs (activities will largely be «soft» but will also include small-scale purchase of relevant equipment and other study aids, building adaptation and refurbishment). • Support to institutional and policy development in the field of VET quality assurance • Further capacity building of relevant VET secondary school staff and other key practitioners and stakeholders. • Introduction and implementation of entrepreneurial, student-centred pedagogical methods of teaching and content into VET curricula • Further improvements of the Vocational Education and Training Information System (VETIS) and systematic exchange of experience and information on the VET QA • Establishment/consolidation of partnerships between VET secondary schools and economic/social actors at the local and national level. |
Target groups |
Teachers and students of vocational training institutions Trainers involved in practical training (including apprentice schemes) at enterprises CROQF bodies/ all other relevant stakeholders involved in the overall development of the CROQF Representatives of VET institution maintainers Representatives of employers and trades unions. Relevant officials of MSES, AVET and AAE |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES) through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET) as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
Educational establishments at all levels (including providers of non-formal education), VET institutions, AVET. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider any applications for funding from grant schemes, and will be chaired by AVET as Implementing Body; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under procurement rules and regulations, and will be chaired by the AVET as Implementing Body. Selection criteria shall include: • Demonstrated orientation towards transparency and co-ordination of the actions applied in the functioning of the CROQF • A clear demonstration of the relationship between the project and requirements of the creation of consistent educational programmes/framework curricula within the VET system in line with the comprehensive Croatian Qualifications Framework (CROQF); • The involvement of the public, non-profit and private sectors; • Financial efficiency, including costs per unit output; • Participation of the private sector and/or the non-governmental/non-profit sector in financing the project. • Orientation towards comprehensive approaches in the curricula development/implementation involving higher-level skills, multi-skills and a mix of technical, methodological and behavioural competences; • Orientation towards introduction and development of innovative standards, quality assurance mechanisms and of recognition of non-formal and informal learning; • Orientation towards regional inequalities in access to education and training, as well as employment. • Orientation towards student accessibility to existing and new study programmes. The project selection process will take appropriate account of regional disparities to ensure that the needs of the regions faced with high unemployment rates are effectively addressed through appropriate VET provision. |
Title of Measure |
Measure 3.2. Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
Description |
This measure is intended to improve Croatia’s adult and higher education system and enable students of all ages to acquire skills and competencies and thus better respond to labour market needs. It will build on the experience of previous EU assisted projects, in particular CARDS 2004 Adult learning. It will also build on the new Act on Adult Education (adopted in February 2007) and the National Strategy for Adult Education and its respective Yearly Action Plans. The strengthening of the Croatian adult education system will proceed in line with the development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework. Finally, it is intended that support will be available under this measure to polytechnics as the institutions that offer professional study programmes related to higher VET education. |
Specific objectives |
To improve skills and competences of adults to enable them to participate more actively in the labour market. |
Main types of operations |
Indicative operations under this measure include: • Development of an institutional framework of local centres/bodies for entrepreneurial and other skills; • Basic capacity building of selected local centres/institutions; • Procurement of equipment for selected local centres/institutions; • Comprehensive development of the basic competences programmes in line with the EU Reference Framework for Key Competences |
Target groups |
Adult students. Teachers and trainers in adult education institutions, polytechnics and schools of higher learning. Managerial staff of education institutions Local government and regional/local CES offices. |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES) through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Agency for Vocational Education and Training Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure in agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
Institutions providing adult education. Non-governmental organisations in the field of adult education. Polytechnics and schools of higher learning. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by Selection Committees at two levels: • Project Selection Committees – these will consider any applications for funding from grant schemes, and will be chaired by AVET as Implementing Body ; • Tender Selection Committees – these will select contractors for works, supply and/or service contracts, which are put out to tender under EU procurement rules, and will be chaired by the AVET as Implementing Body. Project selection criteria shall include: • A clear demonstration between the relationship of the project with the specific requirements of the adult and life-long learning; • The involvement of partners from the public, non-profit and private sectors in management and financing; • Financial efficiency, including costs per unit output; • Orientation towards the needs of unemployed adults and adults who need to improve their skills and competencies to labour market needs; • Orientation towards regional inequalities in access to education and training, as well as employment. The project selection process will take appropriate account of the regional disparities to ensure that the needs of the regions faced with high unemployment rates are effectively addressed through appropriate adult education provision. |
Title of Measure |
Measure 3.3. Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
Description |
Providers of vocational education and training in Croatia will need to be strengthened if they are to meet the challenges of EU accession. Although many elements of an effective policy framework are in place, the Agency for Vocational Education and Training, Agency for Adult Education, the Education and Teacher Training Agency and the teaching establishments themselves all need to acquire substantially more professional capacity. This measure is closely related to, and will be designed and delivered in co-ordination with, the other measures delivered under this Priority Axis. |
Specific objectives |
To support the development of the capacity of Croatia’s public institutions and relevant non-governmental partners in the vocational education and training field as well as in the field of adult education |
Main types of operations |
The single indicative operation under this measure is a comprehensive strengthening of the capacities of the AVET, comprising: • A review of current responsibilities of the AVET/AAE and specific recommendations, reflecting the evolving requirements of the Croatian VET/AE system; • Support to AVET and AAE in organisational and management activities; • Support to AVET in the design and preparation of manuals, operational procedures, guidelines, checklists and templates; • Elaboration of a mid-term plan for the AVET’s research and analysis function; • Elaboration of an international partnership programme and Action Plan for: internal development planning, decision-making, overall VET management, project preparation and co-financing, etc.; • Establishment of a training system for AVET/AAE staff and relevant staff members of other key institutions |
Target groups |
Staff and officials of the Agency for Vocational Education and training, Agency for Education, Agency for Adult Education, the Education and Teacher Training Agency, and MSES . |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with, the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES) through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET) Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
The Agency for Vocational Education and Training. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection will be performed by a Tender Selection Committee to select the contractor for a service contract. The tender will follow EU procurement rules, and the committee will be chaired by the AVET as Implementing Body. Selection criteria shall include: • Coherence with education sector development plan (2005-2010); • Coherence with the outcomes of the CARDS 2001-2004 projects. |
Priority Axis 4 – Technical assistance |
Title of |
Measure 4.1. Project preparation. |
Description |
The measure will support the preparation of project pipeline and support relevant institutions and potential beneficiaries in the preparation of the required documentation. This includes the generation of project ideas and their elaboration into mature and high-quality proposals with all the supporting technical documentation. |
Specific objectives |
To prepare a project pipeline for all operations and measures and ensure sufficient projects are fully mature and ready for submission to the Project Selection Committee throughout the programme’s duration. |
Main types of operations |
• Support to final beneficiaries in the preparation of tender documentation for service and supply contracts; • Support to implementing bodies in the preparation of guidelines for potential applicants; • Support to potential grant applicants in the preparation of their applications |
Target groups |
Those employed by: VET institutions and local government (as owners of such institutions) Centres for Social Welfare, Local partnerships for employment. Non-profit private/public institutions operating at the regional/local level; Regional/municipal development agencies and technological incubators; VET schools and adult learning institutions; Employment brokers Non-profit organizations Open universities Representatives of employers and trades unions. Public primary schools Local government bodies and their institutions Non-governmental / non-profit organisations and their institutions The MELE, MSES and MHSW as final beneficiaries of service/supply contracts The CES and AVET as Implementing Bodies – in relation to organising grant schemes. |
Head of Operating Structure |
The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities and delegating tasks in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with other relevant line ministries, where appropriate, namely, the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES) and the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW), through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Croatian Employment Service (CES) as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission |
Final beneficiaries |
For this measure final beneficiaries are the institutions employing those officials identified under target groups. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection of the service contact holder will be performed by a Tender Selection Committee to select the contractor for a service contract. The tender will follow EU procurement rules, and the committee will be chaired by the CES as Implementing Body. Individual Technical Assistance activities will be planned on a rolling annual basis for the duration of the HRDOP. |
Title of |
Measure 4.2. Programme management and capacity building |
Description |
The measure will support the Croatian public administration in the development of the systems, processes and skills for managing and implementing IPA Component IV at both national and regional/local level and to support potential final beneficiaries in the public, non-governmental and private sectors, as appropriate. Given the need to address staff turnover within the public administration allied to the demands of EU funds management which are typically higher than comparable civil service positions, co-financing of the salary costs of public officials within the management structure and project selection committees will be provided as appropriate under this measure. As part of this co-financing, staff development will focus in particular on advanced language and communication skills, as well as specific competences in EU programme management. |
Specific objectives |
To ensure efficient and effective OP management, and develop the institutional capacity for managing and absorbing IPA component IV assistance. |
Main types of operations |
• Support to the Croatian OP administration regarding any aspect of management, monitoring, evaluation and control, including grant scheme management and procurement; • The preparation and implementation of information and publicity activities; • Support to the elaboration of sector studies and master plans; • Support (including advice and training) to socio-economic partners, beneficiaries and civil society, to support the development and implementation of measures (including grant schemes) in specific sectors; • Provision of translation and interpretation services; • Co-financing of staff salary costs; |
Target groups |
Officials within the following agencies. MELE (Labour Directorate) The CES central office CES county offices Agency for Vocational Education and Training. Ministry of Science, Education and Sports Ministry of Health & Social Welfare Counties-Social Welfare Units ETTA and AAE The Audit Authority Members of the Monitoring Committee Project Selection Committees the Croatian Bureau of Statistics CODEF |
Head of Operating Structure |
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE). In fulfilling its responsibilities in relation to this measure, the MELE will work closely with other relevant line ministries, where appropriate, namely, the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES) and the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW), through operational agreements, which will be subject to the accreditation process. |
Specific bodies under Operating Structure (Art 31 of IPA IR) |
The Croatian Employment Service (CES) as Implementing Body. The Head of the Operating Structure will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation. This Committee will be co-chaired by the Head of the Operating Structure and a representative of the European Commission. Its members will include the National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative, the National Authorising Officer or his/her representative, a representative of the European Commission, the Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative, the Head of the National Fund or his/her representative, representatives of all specific bodies making up the Operating Structures as well as representatives from civil society and socio-economic partners; the Committee will also include regional and/or national organisations with a relevant interest in contributing to the effective implementation of the programme to be agreed at its 1st meeting. |
In order to ensure sufficient representation and membership, the composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure inn agreement with the European Commission. |
|
Final beneficiaries |
For this measure final beneficiaries are the national-level institutions employing those officials identified under target groups above. |
Selection modalities and specific related criteria |
Appraisal and selection of the service contact holder will be performed by a Tender Selection Committee to select the contractor for a service contract. The tender will follow EU procurement rules, and the committee will be chaired by the CES as Implementing Body. Individual Technical Assistance activities will be planned on a rolling annual basis for the duration of the HRDOP. |
5.2 Indicators
Specific |
Result indicator |
Main type of operations |
Output indicator |
Measurement unit |
Baseline value |
Final target (2012) |
Frequency of review |
Data sources |
Priority Axis 1: Enhancing Access to Employment and Sustainable Inclusion |
||||||||
Measure 1.1: Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market measures |
||||||||
To develop regional participatory institutional framework for promotion of employment |
Number of Human resources development plans (prepared by Local Employment Partnerships) accepted by the county assemblies9 |
|
|
No of decisions by county authorities |
4 |
21 |
Annually |
CES reports, reports by the county authorities |
Undertake local employment initiatives |
Number of employment partnerships established |
Number |
8 |
21 |
Annually |
CES data; documents on agreements between partners; Project monitoring reports |
||
Carry out labour market surveys Elaborate local HRD strategies |
Number of HRD strategies developed |
Number |
8 |
21 |
Annually |
CES,/LPE partners data; Project monitoring reports |
||
|
|
Develop project generation and articulation facilities in CES at the regional level |
Number of project portfolios developed10 |
Number |
0 |
21 |
Annually |
CES/LPE partners data; Project monitoring reports |
Implement grant schemes in line with the objectives of the HRD strategies |
Number of persons who received support through the grant schemes |
Number |
Values cannot be defined at present due to the lack of statistical data and the fact that target groups for specific grant schemes will be determined after the elaboration of HRD strategies & priorities. They will be established in the first year of operation and agreed at the Sectoral Monitoring Committee. |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports; Evaluative work reports |
Measure 1.2: Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s employment services |
||||||||
To improve the quality, effectiveness and efficiency of Croatian employment service |
Number of CES staff certified for provision of different types of services to clients by type of service as a result of capacity building operations and improved business processes provided through the measure |
|
Number |
5 |
25 |
Annually |
CES – Human resources database |
|
|
|
Development of the capacity to formulate a coherent legislative framework for lifelong career guidance provision Establishment of a National Forum for lifelong career guidance Establishment of a model for lifelong career guidance centre and its pilot-testing |
Number of steps undertaken to the establishment of the lifelong career guidance centre |
Number |
0 |
3 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports |
|
|
Strengthen the analytical capacity of CES and MELE through training |
Number of CES and MELE staff trained in analytical work |
Number |
2 |
At least 10 |
Annually |
CES – HR database; MELE reports; Project monitoring reports |
|
|
Establish a training facility within CES for key skills for counsellors (focusing on the unemployed), advisors (focusing on the employers), lifelong career guidance counsellors, specialized counsellors for disadvantaged groups and skills for other CES processes |
Number of trainers for key business processes in CES |
Number |
5 |
35 |
Annually |
CES– HR database |
|
|
Support design and implementation of improved business processes with the CES’s IT system and user-friendly IT solutions, including upgrading of the IT equipment & software |
Number of key business processes supported with ICT solutions |
Number |
3 |
5 |
Annually |
CES – business process related database |
|
|
Create a system of quality assurance, monitoring, evaluation and training-needs assessment for CES business processes |
Number of key business processes equipped with quality assurance indicators |
Number |
0 |
5 |
Annually |
CES |
Specific objective |
Result indicator |
Main type of operations |
Output indicator |
Measurement unit |
Baseline value |
Final target (2012) |
Frequency of review |
Data sources |
Priority Axis 2: Reinforcing social inclusion and integration of people at a disadvantage |
||||||||
Measure 2.1: Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
||||||||
To promote social inclusion of the disadvantaged groups through their integration to the labour market |
Share of disadvantaged groups who were beneficiaries of the measure and who remain in employment one year after placement |
|
|
% |
0 (baseline value for the type of activities foreseen by the measure) |
10% |
Annually |
CES – ALMP database; Project monitoring reports; Evaluative work reports |
Number of disadvantaged unemployed persons included in the new inter-institutional business processes11 that promote social inclusion into the labour market |
Number |
0 |
40 |
Annually |
CES reports; MHSW reports; Project monitoring reports: Evaluative work reports |
|||
|
|
Development of new inter-institutional and inter-sectoral business processes for the work with disadvantaged groups |
Number of new business processes targeted at the social inclusion of the disadvantaged |
Number |
0 |
3 |
Annually |
CES reports; MHSW reports; Project monitoring reports |
|
|
Training of staff (basic and advanced) in the employment and social welfare services (governmental, self-governmental, public, non-governmental) for work with disadvantaged groups |
Number of staff trained for the work with disadvantaged groups |
Number |
24 |
30 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; CES – HR database; MHSW reports; social welfare centres reports |
Training and retraining of disadvantaged groups |
Number of unemployed disadvantaged persons benefiting from grant schemes (broken down in specific target groups) |
Number |
Values cannot be defined at present due to the lack of statistical data. They will be established in the first year of operation and agreed at the Sectoral Monitoring Committee. |
Bi-annually |
CES reports; MHSW reports; Project monitoring reports; Evaluative work reports |
|||
Measure 2.2: Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
||||||||
To support access to education for employment by disadvantaged groups through, inter alia, promoting a more flexible policy framework and innovative provision of relevant services. |
Proportion (%) of disadvantaged persons (broken down by common aggregate groups) having a new/ second access to targeted educational services and/or modernised facilities. |
|
|
% |
0 |
50 |
Annually |
MSES, MHSW, AE & AVET reports; educational establishment reports; Evaluative work reports |
Supporting the design and implementation of educational programmes specifically targeted on disadvantaged groups (including upgrading facilities and equipment where appropriate). |
Number of educational establishments at the local/regional level involved in the development of educational programmes Number of pilot-testings of educational programmes specifically targeted on disadvantaged groups. |
Number Number |
0 0 |
At least 20 10 |
Annually Annually |
MHSW, MSES, AAE, AVET periodical reports and statistics; Project monitoring reports |
||
Number of persons assisted through the grant scheme |
Number |
Values cannot be defined at present due to the lack of statistical data. They will be established in the first year of operation and agreed at the Sectoral Monitoring Committee. |
Annually |
MHSW, MSES, AAE, AVET periodical reports; Project monitoring reports; Evaluative work reports |
||||
Building the capacity of education professionals in new services for the disadvantaged, primarily in the VET sector |
Number of educational professionals who were beneficiaries of training or tech. assist. measure |
Number |
0 |
50 |
Annually |
MSES, AVET reports; Project monitoring reports |
Specific objective |
Result indicator |
Main type of operations |
Output indicator |
Measurement unit |
Baseline value |
Final target (2012) |
Frequency of review |
Data sources |
Priority Axis 3: Enhancing human capital and employability |
||||||||
Measure 3.1: Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework |
||||||||
To strengthen investment in human capital in Croatia and promote greater employability by helping Croatia develop and implement a coherent HRD policy and national qualifications framework, and to increase the overall labour market relevance, efficiency and quality of the education and training systems |
Share (%) of VET / higher education students (by common levels of EQF) in pilot-institutions having followed any type of education / training based on the reviewed CROQF, modernised curricula and quality assurance mechanisms. |
|
% |
0 (baseline value for the type of activities foreseen by the measure) |
30 |
Bi-annually |
MSES, ASHE, AVET reports; CBS statistics; Evaluative work reports |
|
Establishment of a designated national EQF centre Support to the introduction of a systematic CROQF peer-review process Implementation of the pilot-testing of specific CROQF elements Further improvements of the CROQF consultation and mainstreaming process and related awareness-raising/capacity building campaigns |
Number of steps undertaken to ensure the CROQF implementation |
Number |
0 |
4 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports; MSES/CROQF Committee reports |
||
|
|
Targeted support to continuous development of the VET Sectoral Councils, the methodology for qualification & framework curricula development |
Number of occupational standards and qualifications/framework curricula developed to a specified standard |
Number |
20 (expected until 20 April 2008) |
70 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports; curriculum development working groups reports |
Support for the design and implementation of a «VET Innovation Fund» Pilot-testing of the VET Innovation fund |
Number of VET schools receiving grant support under the Pilot-VET Innovation Fund established on the basis of the VET Innovation Strategy |
Number |
0 |
At least 20 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports; VET school reports |
||
Support to institutional and policy development in the field of VET quality assurance. |
Number of VET schools carrying out the pilot testing of the self-evaluation at the micro level |
Number |
0 |
At least 20 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports; VET providers reports |
||
Further capacity building of relevant VET secondary school staff and other key practitioners in the field of QA |
Percentage of staff and practitioners included in capacity building activities out of the total number of staff |
% |
0 |
At least 20 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports, AVET reports, VET school reports |
||
Further improvements of the Vocational Education and Training Information System (VETIS) and systematic exchange of experience and information on the VET QA |
Number of new modules12 within VETIS developed |
Number |
4 |
At least 7 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports |
||
Measure 3.2: Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
||||||||
To improve skills and competences of adults and so enable them to participate more actively in the labour market. |
Number of unemployed adult persons and other target groups of adult population at the local level enrolled in new / modernised adult learning programmes. |
|
Number |
Values cannot be defined at present due to the lack of statistical data. They will be established in the first year of operation and agreed at the Sectoral Monitoring Committee. |
Bi-annually |
MSES & AAE reports, CBS statistics; Evaluative work reports |
||
Development of an institutional framework for institutions at the local level, for entrepreneurial and other basic skills |
Set of criteria for the selection of institutions at the local level identified |
Number |
0 |
1 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AAE reports; Evaluative work reports |
||
Basic capacity building of selected local institutions |
Number of train-the-trainers (ToT) modules designed and delivered. |
Number |
0 |
At least 4 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AAE reports |
||
Procurement of equipment for selected local institutions. |
Training equipment sets procured and installed. |
Number |
0 |
At least 15 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports; AAE reports |
||
Comprehensive development of the basic competences programmes in line with the EU Reference Framework for Key Competences. |
Number of new / modernised basic skills training programmes developed. |
Number |
0 |
At least 10 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; MSES; AAE reports; Evaluative work reports |
||
Measure 3.3: Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
||||||||
To support the development of the capacity of Croatia’s public institutions and relevant non-governmental partners in the vocational education and training field and in the field of adult education. |
Share (%) of the employees and external expert/ associates of the Croatian public institution and other institutions who successfully completed specialist capacity building activities and are certified to provide adequate support to ongoing VET / adult learning reform. |
|
% Number |
0 0 |
At least 20 At least 14 |
Annually Annually |
MSES, AAE, AVET reports Project monitoring reports; AVET and AAE reports |
|
Number of specific cohorts (with at least 10 staff members of the AVET/other key institutions per each activity) involved in tailor-made training & other TA support in specific VET / AL areas and overall AVET’s development |
||||||||
A review of current responsibilities of the AVET/AAE and specific recommendations, reflecting the evolving requirements of the Croatian VET system Support to AVET and AAE in organisational and management activities and in the design and preparation of manuals, operational procedures, guidelines, checklists and templates |
Number of steps undertaken to ensure that administrative capacity is further built in the relevant institutions |
Number |
Values cannot be defined at present. They will be determined in the course of OP implementation through evaluative work. |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports; Evaluative work reports |
|||
|
|
Elaboration of a mid-term plan for the AVET’s research and analysis function |
Mid-term plan for AVET research and analysis function prepared. |
Number |
0 |
1 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports |
Elaboration of an international partnership programme and Action Plan for: internal development planning, decision-making, overall VET management, project preparation and co-financing, etc |
International partnership programme and Action Plan prepared. |
Number |
0 |
1 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET reports |
||
Establishment of a training system for AVET/AAE staff and relevant staff members of other key institutions |
Training plan prepared Number of persons trained |
Number Number |
0 0 |
1 14 |
Annually |
Project monitoring reports; AVET and AAE reports |
Specific objective |
Result indicator |
Main type of operations |
Output indicator |
Measurement unit |
Baseline value |
Final target (2012) |
Frequency of review |
Data sources |
Priority Axis 4: Technical Assistance |
||||||||
Measure 4.1: Project preparation |
||||||||
To prepare a project pipeline for all operations and measures and ensure sufficient projects are fully mature and ready for submission to the Project Selection Committee throughout the programme duration. |
Number of mature projects ready for contracting |
|
Number |
0 |
At least 20 |
Bi-annual |
Project monitoring reports: Sectoral Monitoring Committee reports |
|
Support to final beneficiaries in the preparation of tender documentation for service and supply contracts |
Number of tender document sets prepared |
Number |
0 |
At least 8 |
Bi-annual |
Project monitoring reports |
||
Support to implementing bodies in the preparation of guidelines for potential applicants |
Number of guidelines prepared |
Number |
0 |
At least 5 |
Bi-annual |
Project monitoring reports |
||
Support to potential grant applicants in the preparation of their applications |
Number of potential applicants receiving support through TA |
Number |
0 |
At least 40 |
Bi-annual |
Project monitoring reports |
Measure 4.2: Programme management and capacity building |
||||||||
To ensure efficient and effective OP management, and develop the institutional capacity for managing and absorbing IPA component IV assistance |
Quality of OP management (of monitoring system, financial control system, project selection system and evaluation system) |
Criteria and units for measuring the performance and OP management will be defined by the Evaluation Steering Committee. |
Annually |
Evaluative work reports |
||||
|
|
Support to the Croatian OP administration, regarding any aspect of management, monitoring, evaluation and control, including grant scheme management and procurement. Support to the Croatian OP administration in elaboration of sector studies and master plans |
Number of staff from OP administration bodies involved in the capacity building operations |
Number |
0 |
At least 10 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports |
|
|
The preparation and implementation of information and publicity activities |
Number of information events organised |
Number |
0 |
At least 10 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports |
Support (including advice and training) to socio-economic partners, beneficiaries and civil society, to support the implementation of measures (including grant schemes) in specific sectors |
Number of persons involved in training or technical assistance operations |
Number |
0 |
At least 20 |
Bi-annually |
Project monitoring reports |
5.3 Horizontal issues
3.3.1 Gender equality and prevention of discrimination
In September 2006, the Croatian Government adopted the National Policy for the Promotion of Gender Equality, 2006-2010 (Official Gazette, no. 114/06). The legal basis for the adoption of the National Policy for Gender Equality was introduced into Croatian legislation with the coming into force of the Gender Equality Act (Official Gazette, no. 116/03), by which gender equality means that men and women are equally present in all fields of public and private life, that they have the same status, equal opportunities to realize all rights, and equal benefit of the results realized. The objectives of the policy, which are of particular relevance to Components III & IV of IPA, include the reduction of female unemployment and elimination of discrimination, promotion of women’s entrepreneurship and improved enforcement of relevant labour laws. It also strengthens and promotes measures that support the reconciliation of professional and family obligations.
The application of the principle of gender equality and prevention of discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnical origin, religion or beliefs, injuries, age or sexual orientation including taking account of accessibility for disabled persons in defining and selecting operations is a compulsory integral part of the EU’s policies and practices.
Equal opportunities and non-discrimination will be respected regarding gender, as well as minorities, at the programming, implementation and evaluation stage of the HRDOP. This will be reflected in the monitoring indicators and data collection, and implementation procedures and guidelines,.
The Member States and the Commission shall ensure that equality between men and women and the integration of the gender perspective is promoted throughout the various stages of implementation of the Funds.
The Member States and the Commission shall also ensure appropriate access to funding. In particular, accessibility for disabled persons shall be one of the criteria to be observed in defining operations co-financed by the Funds which should be taken into account during the various stages of implementation.
Since IPA will prepare Croatia for the Structural Funds (the ESF in particular), the HRDOP was designed and will be implemented in accordance with Article 16 of the SF regulation, which states that appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent any discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation during the various stages of implementation. In relation to gender equality in particular, a gender mainstreaming approach will be combined with specific action to increase the sustainable participation and progress of women in employment (under Priority Axes 2).
To ensure that these principles are taken into account at all levels of implementation, the following procedures will be adopted:
Participation of the representatives of the Government Office for Gender Equality and the Government Office for Human Rights will be ensured in the work of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, in order to monitor implementation of the principle of gender equality and anti-discrimination;
The requirement to ensure and demonstrate gender equality and non-discrimination in the operation of IPA projects will be included in both information and publicity campaigns, and materials provided during calls for proposals/tender processes;
Applicants for IPA assistance will be expected to demonstrate how their project promotes equal opportunities or otherwise takes account of potential gender bias (e.g. by providing gender segregated information on the local labour market, and the efforts of the project to overcome any barriers to equality);
Gender and anti-discrimination implications will be taken into account through the project appraisal process and selection criteria;
The requirement to observe equality of opportunity and avoid discrimination during project implementation will be built into agreements with beneficiaries, and will be checked, as part of the internal controls and independent audit process;
The outputs and results indicators for projects will be broken down by gender where appropriate for the purposes of project and programme monitoring, as set out in section 3.2[38];
Commentary will be prepared on operations linked to equal opportunities in the annual implementation reports of the Operational Programme;
The impact of the OP on gender equality will be considered as part of its evaluation, where relevant.
The Operating Structure will make sure that all operations co-financed by the IPA programme are in compliance with and contribute to the equal opportunities policy and legislation of the Community.
3.3.2 Sustainable development and environment protection
There are no specific environmental measures in this Operational Programme. However, to ensure that sustainability and environmental protection are taken into account throughout programme management and implementation, the following procedures will be adopted:
The requirement for IPA to promote environmental protection & sustainable development will be included in both information and publicity campaigns, and materials provided during calls for proposals / tender processes;
Applicants for IPA assistance will be expected to demonstrate that their project will not have a detrimental environmental impact, to certify that it is environmentally neutral, and/or to present how the project will make a positive contribution to sustainable development; these factors will be taken into account through the project appraisal process and selection criteria, if appropriate; where appropriate, projects should be compliant with EU Environmental Impact Assessment standards
Any consequences of the appraisal of environmental impact during the selection stage will be reflected in agreements with beneficiaries, and will be checked, as part of the internal controls and audit process;
Commentary will be prepared on operations linked to environmental protection & sustainable development in the annual implementation reports of the Operational Programme;
The impact of the OP on environmental protection & sustainable development will be considered as part of its evaluation.
All necessary environmental impact assessment procedures will be carried out by MEPPPC or competent local authority. To implement the environmental impact assessment procedure, existing institutional structures will be used, and TA assistance will be sought to enhance professional capacity.
The Republic of Croatia has been performing environmental impact assessment for single developments since 1984, when the procedure was defined by the Act on Physical Planning and Spatial Development. Since 1994, when the Environmental Protection Act was adopted (OG 94/1994, 128/1999), the environmental impact assessment procedure is governed by this Act and its implementing regulation. The effective implementing regulation is the Ordinance on Environmental Impact Assessment (OG 59/00, 136/2004, 85/2006). The Act and Ordinance partly include requirements from Council Directive 85/337/EEC of 27 June 1985 as amended by 97/11/EEC and 2003/35/EC on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment, relating to: establishment of responsible bodies, EIA in a trans-boundary context, description of the EIA procedure, and assessment of direct and indirect effects.
The transposition of the remaining provisions of the Directive into Croatian legislation will be ensured by adoption of the new Environmental Protection Act in the second half of 2007, and the implementation regulation on environmental impact assessment, in addition to it. In that sense the CARDS 2003 project «EIA Guidelines and Training», which started in July 2005 has been recently implemented. This project assisted in the transposition of Council Directive 85/337/EEC, as well as in the building of administrative capacities of civil servants working on EIA at the national and county level, as well as in promoting public participation in the EIA procedure. Further capacity-building actions are likely to be required.
By adopting the new Environmental Protection Act and its subordinate special regulations:
– the provisions of Directive 2001/42/EC of the European Parliament and Council of 27 June 2001 on the assessment of the effects of certain plans and programmes on the environment will be transposed,
– the provisions of Council Directive 96/61/EC of 24 September 1996 on Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) will be transposed.
Moreover, a transposition of Directive 2004/35/EC of the European Parliament and Council of 21 April 2004 on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage is envisaged. Recognised principles of environmental protection, including also the polluter pays principle, are already in force in Croatia.
3.4 Complementarities with other forms of assistance
3.4.1 Previous and planned EU assistance
The programming of assistance from IPA takes account of the experience of previous EU assistance in the fields of human resources development and social inclusion. Attention is also focused on the need to co-ordinate IPA assistance with interventions financed by international financing institutions and international donors.
As an integral part of the review of all previous and planned EU assistance, all measures and their constituent operations under this Operational Programme will be assessed insofar as is feasible to ensure no duplication with such assistance.
Overall, EU assistance to Croatia has evolved from post-war re-construction and humanitarian aid (in the late 1990s) through stabilisation and association support (CARDS programme) to the use of three pre-accession programmes (Phare, ISPA and SAPARD) for 2005 and 2006. However, it remains the case that much EU assistance to Croatia has been devoted to alleviate the after effects of the war and that only relatively recently has the focus shifted to developing the capacity of the public administration at either the national or local level.
EU assistance in this area has so far targeted three sets of issues: policy development, institutional reform and capacity building and preparation for delivery of ESF through experience with grant schemes.
In the field of employment, projects aim at enhancing the administrative capacity at both national and local level, as well as preparing the administration for the effective absorption of future assistance under the European Social Fund, but to a limited degree.
A CARDS 2001 project, «Labour Market Restructuring», started in the middle of 2003, and was completed at the end of 2005. This programme achieved the following:
A Labour Market Survey was conducted in four counties and subsequently based on the obtained results a Labour Market Study for these counties was undertaken.
A strategy for the Vocational Guidance Services was designed; 12 counsellors from the Vocational Guidance Department were trained to in turn train those in schools and the CES itself who provide students with information and counselling services about their opportunities on the labour market.
26 CES counsellors were trained to provide services to disabled and hard-to-place persons.
The CASCAiD Programme has been established in order to improve the system of vocational guidance.
Information equipment was purchased and installed in the CES Central and Regional Offices and 36 computers were also given to the Ministry of Science, Education and Sports for the needs of the CASCAiD Programme.
A donation contract for €1,500,000 was signed between the Fund for Development and Employment and the European Commission financing the work of Mobility Centres.
Seven Mobility Centres were established with the purpose of providing services for the workers in enterprises undergoing the process of restructuring. Counsellors for that work were also trained.
One of the lessons learned from the project related to the complexities of the preconditions that it was necessary to meet to establish mobility centres.
Under the CARDS 2002 and CARDS 2004 «Local Partnerships for Employment» projects, 8 counties benefited from technical assistance for establishing local partnerships for employment, developing county human resources strategies, setting up the accompanying institutional system and creating a project pipeline.
Four Regional Labour Market Councils (RLMC) and four thematic working groups on Human Resources Development have been established. It is planned that the counties in which they are based will benefit from a grant scheme aiming to promote access to employment (including self-employment) within the local labour markets.
The CARDS 2002 project was considered to be a success by all stakeholders except for the fact that no associated grant scheme was available immediately. The CARDS 2004 project was more successful in this regard but consideration still needs to be given to the sustainability of the partnerships established and to the fact that the county level may be too low a basis for formulating effective employment strategies; co-operation between counties to establish multi-county strategies (on the NUTS II level or below) also merits consideration. In any event, on the basis of the lessons learned from these two projects the local partnerships still need to be established in the other 13 counties of Croatia.
The CARDS 2003 project «The Decentralization and Reorganization of the Croatian Employment Service» is expected to strengthen the regional and local capacity of the Croatian Employment Service using the promotion of skills, technological knowledge and experience necessary for the decentralized activities of the CES, which will result in a more direct involvement in the local developmental needs and initiatives. The outputs and impact of this project should be evaluated on its completion to draw conclusions regarding the further de-centralisation of the CES. At the same time, appropriate account will be taken of the CES’s on-going modernisation as assisted under this Operational Programme.
The Phare 2005 project «Active Employment Measures for Groups Threatened by Social Exclusion» has recently started. The aim of the project is to facilitate access to the labour market by unemployed persons threatened by social exclusion using active labour market policies tailored to their needs. The following results are expected from this project and will be closely monitored in the context of appropriate complementarity and synergy with this Operational Programme:
• In-depth analysis of the existing employment incentive measures;
• Designing a new range of measures which will build, as appropriate, on previous measures and their follow-up evaluation
• In the context of the on-going modernisation process referred to above, higher professional capacity of the CES in designing and implementing active employment policies;
• Raised level of employability of the groups threatened by social exclusion.
The reform of the VET sector was one of the primary targets of the CARDS programme. In particular, the process of modernisation of the Croatian VET system has received continuous TA support. A VET strategy and a proposal for the content of VET legislation was elaborated with support of CARDS 2002 VET: Modernisation and Institution building programme.
A grant scheme, launched within the same programme and implemented under the CARDS 2003 VET Project aims to improve the quality and responsiveness of vocational education and training in Croatia through the development of partnership-based initiatives to raise the quality and responsiveness of VET and increase its relevance to the needs of the labour market and individuals. The Grant Scheme within the CARDS 2003 project was successful in terms of the number of applications received but the 'centres of excellence' approach was not pursued as originally intended. However, this concept, as well as wider VET reform, will be given further consideration in the context of future developments both under component IV and future ESF.
These CARDS projects are also supporting the development of Sector Councils and the creation of new qualifications and learning programmes. The CARDS programme will also assist in developing modern and flexible concept of adult education for Croatia in line with new labour market requirements, the lifelong learning approach and EU best-practice examples.
In the social inclusion sphere, interventions under the Phare programme will support full participation of the Roma and other minorities in the economic, educational, cultural and social life of Croatian society.
A CARDS 2002 project supporting Social service delivery by the non-profit sector ended in 2006. This marked the first substantial support to partnerships with the voluntary sector in the provision of social services. Key outputs included technical assistance to the National Foundation for Civil Society Development, line ministries and end-beneficiaries as well as implementation of the Grant Scheme. 105 project proposals were submitted, ten selected and nine completed.
A CARDS 2003 project supporting Social service delivery by the non-profit sector continues to support the innovative capacities of NGOs in this area and another such project is ongoing under CARDS 2004.
A CARDS programme in the higher education sector has been focusing on legal approximation and strengthening the administrative capacity of the relevant state administration bodies for the implementation of the aligned legislation. This primarily relates to the issues of accreditation and quality assurance of higher education institutions, with the aim of removing the obstacles for the mobility of students and creation of a flexible labour market.
Through the TEMPUS programme, the Croatian authorities and universities acquired experience in the management of grant schemes in the field of higher education. The National Tempus office is placed within the Agency for Science and Higher Education and it is responsible for coordinating the implementation of the TEMPUS program; in the experience in the management of grant schemes remains within various universities, which are the main beneficiaries of the TEMPUS programme.
Through the projects listed in the table below, administrative capacity has been improved to the point where it provides some basis for the management, implementation, audit and control of future ESF type measures. However, many areas (such health and safety at work, antidiscrimination, social dialog and gender equality policy) have not yet been addressed.
EU-financed Projects in Croatia (2001-2006) relevant to HRD OP.
Programme/Year |
Project Title |
Status |
CARDS 2001 |
Human Capital – Vocational Education and Training |
completed |
CARDS 2001 |
Labour Market Restructuring |
completed |
CARDS 2002 |
Vocational Education and Training: Modernisation and Institution Building |
completed |
CARDS 2002 |
Social service delivery by the non-profit sector |
completed |
CARDS 2002 |
Local Partnership for Employment |
completed |
CARDS 2002 |
Higher Education Mobility: Diploma Recognition Policy and Legislation |
completed |
CARDS 2003 |
Support to National Development Planning |
ongoing |
CARDS 2003 |
Upgrading of Vocational Education and Training Schools – Establishing Centres of Excellence |
ongoing |
CARDS 2003 |
Social Service Delivery by the Non-profit Sector |
ongoing |
CARDS 2003 |
Decentralisation and Reorganisation of the Croatian Employment Service |
ongoing |
CARDS 2003 |
Furtherance of the Agency for Science and Higher Education in its Quality Assurance Role and the Development of a Supporting Information System |
ongoing |
CARDS |
Social Institutions support project. |
ongoing |
CARDS 2004 |
Adult Learning |
planned |
CARDS 2004 |
Social Service Delivery by the Non-profit Sector |
ongoing |
CARDS 2004 |
Local Partnership for Employment – Phase II |
ongoing |
Phare 2005 |
Active Employment Measures for Groups Threatened by Social Exclusion |
ongoing |
Phare 2005 |
Roma Support Project |
planned |
Phare 2006 |
Roma Support Project |
planned |
Phare 2006 |
IB for all elements of IPA/SF structures – follow up to first CARDS 2003 project listed above |
planned |
Phare 2006 |
IPA project pipeline preparation |
planned |
3.4.2 Principles governing complementarity with IPA Component I
Component I may be used to re-enforce institutional capacity and to finance preparation for management and implementation of future ESF but only to the extent that this is not already covered by Component IV (under which this is explicitly mentioned in the IPA Implementing Regulation as an eligible activity).
Given the variety and scale of projected demands on Component I, it is not envisaged to make wide use of it in support of preparations for the management of ESF with the possible exception of «twinning» projects set at either the level of component IV itself or in conjunction with component III and the wider IPA arrangements. In any event, it is envisaged that Component I will make a significant contribution towards improving the effectiveness of the public administration generally that will complement the delivery of HRDOP and preparations for ESF management through assistance delivered under Component IV.
Accordingly, Component I may contribute to varying degrees in financing related activities such as:
• the modernization of mainstream education provision and the strengthening of administrative capacity in this area;
• upgrading legislative provision for health and safety at work and the enforcement of this and labour law in general;
• alignment with the acquis in relation to both labour law and anti-discrimination and gender equality matters.
3.4.3 Complementarity with the Regional Competitiveness OP
Under the RC OP, two operational priority axes are included as follows -
• Improving the development potential of lagging-behind regions
• Enhancing the competitiveness of the Croatian economy.
For its part, the HRD OP contains three operational priority axes, namely
• Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market
• Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage
• Enhancing human capital and employability.
It is clear that the implementation of the measures under the RCOP Priority Axes will strengthen the potential for achieving a more efficient labour market. At the same time, the measures implemented under this Operational Programme should contribute to the development of a more cohesive and competitive Croatian economy.
In the context of developing «complementarity» across both OPs, the combination of the proposals presented in the table hereunder should achieve a net effect of strengthening cohesion as well as competitiveness. While all such proposals will be assessed in terms of appropriate delivery mechanisms, their acceptance and implementation will be determined at the level of the individual activities undertaken including the application of appropriate selection criteria which reflect the objectives of both OPs.
Also in the context of achieving a wider complementarity, certain indirect effects will also contribute to this objective. In particular, the overall strengthening of cohesion and competitiveness should promote an increased and sustainable demand for an appropriately qualified workforce in line with Priority Axes 1 and 3 of this Operational Programme. At the same time, the results arising under Priority Axis 2 (?Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage’) should also contribute towards this objective though less immediate in terms of impact.
Priority Axis 1 (HRD OP) |
RC OP/HRD OP complementarity |
Priority axis 1 (HRD OP) Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
Measure 1 will focus on the establishment of Local Employment Partnerships (LEPs) in each Croatian county; moreover, since the first eight such LEPS are already established in the lagging-behind regions, «inter-county partnerships» will be promoted in these areas. A «pilot lifelong career guidance centre» will be established through Measure 2 in conjunction with a local «Centre for SMEs» included as a partner. At the same time, activities of a more horizontal nature will incorporate specific selection criteria which take account of regional disadvantage. |
Priority axis 2 (HRD OP) Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
For both Measures proposed under Priority Axis 2 (Supporting access to employment and to education by disadvantaged groups), new activities will also be developed which focus specifically on regional disadvantage and will be supported by more horizontally-based activities which will also build in this focus through specific selection criteria. |
Priority Axis 3 (HRD OP) Enhancing human capital and employability |
Under Measure 1 (Strengthening the development of Croatian Qualifications Framework), the development of initial curricula will include IT and Biotechnology-related13 disciplines and will involve representatives of the «ICT cluster» and «Biotechnology Incubator» projects under Priority Axis 2 of the RCOP in the work of the relevant VET Sectoral Councils charged with curricula development in these sectors; moreover, a significant proportion of the «model» schools to be supported under the VET innovation fund will be located in the lagging-behind regions. Under Measure 2 (Strengthening the provision of lifelong learning and professional higher education), steps will be taken to ensure that activities related to lifelong learning will also focus on disadvantages areas. |
Priority Axis 1 (RC OP) Improving the development potential of lagging-behind regions |
Because of their «geographical» focus, the activities supported under this measure will target certain groups of disadvantaged, in particular those located within the lagging-behind regions. In addition, further priority may also be given to projects which promote increased employment particularly for groups most affected by other forms of disadvantage including the long-term unemployed, women, the disabled and minority groups. |
Priority Axis 2 (RC OP) Enhancing the competitiveness of the Croatian economy. |
Training and capacity-building activities supported under this Priority Axis will be complementary to the wider role of the HRD OP. In particular, they will focus on targeted consultancy services for SMEs as well as support which contributes to the creation and growth of technological and knowledge-based «spin-offs» (mostly from universities and research establishments) as well as SMEs through enhanced infrastructure and access to technology and business development services especially for high value-added sectors. |
In practice, co-ordination and complementarity between these two OPs will be assured by cross-membership of their respective sectoral Monitoring Committees. See Chapter 5 for details.
3.4.4 Other OPs and IPA components
In relation to Component II, Cross-Border Cooperation – CBC, the position will be monitored closely with the relevant authorities particularly in view of the fact that CBC OPs together potentially cover Croatia’s whole national territory while the measures they support may be similar to those supported by HRDOP.[39]
Under Component V (Rural Development), it is envisaged that this will cover specific training of farmers with more general training being included under component IV. Here also, the position will be monitored closely by the Sectoral Monitoring Committee for the IPARD OP (in which the Commission, DG AGRI, will participate in an advisory capacity) including all support provided under national training schemes to meet the specific training needs of farmers.
Though likely to arise only in particular circumstances, complementarity with both the Transport and Environment Operational Programmes will also be carefully monitored with the relevant authorities.
As specified under chapter 5.1, a number of institutional arrangements have been established to promote complementarity and coherence between the various Components of IPA and the OPs that they support. To this end, CODEF will assume overall responsibility for coordinating programming and monitoring activities under the IPA programme in Croatia while its Department for EU Programmes in the Field of Capacity Building for EU Accession will be responsible for co-ordinating IPA Components I, II and V. For its part, the Department for EU Programmes in the Field of Economic and Social Cohesion will assume responsibility for the co-ordination of IPA Components III and IV.
In addition to the overall co-ordination function that will be assumed by the IPA Monitoring Committee, representatives of the Sectoral MCs for Component II (Cross-Border Cooperation) and Component V (Rural Development) will be invited, as deemed appropriate, to attend the RCOP/HROP Monitoring Committees. The committees will be chaired by the Deputy State Secretary of CODEF who has also coordinating responsibility for the elaboration of all four OPs.
3.4.5 IFIs and other international donors
The World Bank approved a US$ 85 million (€ 67.8 million) loan for an Education Sector Development Project (ESDP) in 2005. The overall objective of the ESDP is «to improve teaching and learning at all levels».
Key priorities of the ESDP include (i) the establishment of an externally administrated school-leaving examination (Matura) and the introduction of evaluation practices at system and institutional levels; (ii) the development of decision support systems, such as an Education Management Information System; (iii) efforts to improve management, including policy development, planning and financial management capacities at the central level; administration and coordination capacities at the regional level, and educational leadership at the school level, and (iv) school-level improvement and the creation of professional learning communities in schools by training school curriculum specialists, in-service training for teachers, new teaching and learning facilities, upgrading regional teacher training centres and new curriculum materials for teachers.
Implementation of the project started in 2006 and will be used also for financing physical infrastructure for VET schools, combined with national co-funding. The preparatory phase of the project has identified a number of «teething problems» with regard to institutional capacity of the MSES, including the need to develop a coherent vision for education development and a detailed implementation plan on the use of the funds over the forthcoming period.
Given the nature and scope of this project, steps will be taken to ensure that it is closely monitored with all policy, operational and capacity aspects of the education-related measures included in this Operational Programme.
A World Bank Social Welfare Development Project (of which the main beneficiary is the MHSW) is providing a 31 M EUR loan which the Government of the Republic of Croatia is co-financing with 14 M EUR, and for which the Swedish International Development Agency has approved the donation of 1.6 M EUR.
The SWDP includes the three components: to improve the quality of social services and to reduce the proportion of residential care; to improve the premises of social welfare institutions; and to develop the information – operating system.
Other major bilateral donors include:
GTZ, Germany (€1million VET project; focusing on the 3-year VET stream, fostering schools of excellence)
Kulturkontakt, Austria (projects in the tourism sector, on entrepreneurship training and the training of school managers) and
DfID, UK: The project «Strengthening Labour Market Strategies in Croatia and Service Delivery in the Croatian Employment Service» was financially supported by the British Department for International Development and under the professional leadership of experts from the British Department for International Development, Department for Work and Pensions and Department for Education and Skills. The main objective of the project was to strengthen the Social Policy Framework for the development of Croatia’s National Employment Action Plan and to support the development of the Croatian Employment Service. It consists of two components:
• The development of the first National Employment Action Plan in accordance with European Employment Strategy;
• Development and implementation of training and skills development programme for staff in the Croatian Employment Service.
The implementation of the project started in January 2003 and finished at the end of 2004. The National Action Plan for Employment was approved by the Government of the Republic of Croatia in December 2004. Also of particular relevance are the following –
Austrian Ministry of Economics and Labour, Austria: In 2006 the project «Evaluation of Active Labour Market Policy Measures in Croatia» started. It has been financially supported by Austrian Ministry of Economics and Labour and implemented by the L&R Social Research Institute from Vienna and the Croatian Employment Service. The project will be continued in 2007 and will be closely monitored in the context of the PHARE 2005 project on «Active Employment Measures for Groups threatened by Social Exclusion».
The Swedish National Labour Market Board, Sweden: 2-day seminar for the Croatian Employment Service staff «Swedish experiences on European Social Fund projects implementation» was delivered in May 2006.
Insofar as is feasible, and to ensure complementarity of the above-mentioned donor activities with this Operational Programme, the Head of the Operating Structure, together with the relevant authorities, shall ensure that the principles of Article 9 of the IPA Implementing Regulation (coherence of implementation of assistance) are respected.
3.5 Indicative list of major projects
No major projects are envisaged under the HRD OP in accordance with the provisions of Article 157.2 of the draft IPA Implementing Regulation (i.e. requiring an IPA contribution of more than ten million euros).
4 FINANCIAL TABLES
4.1 Calculation of Community contribution
4.1.1 MIPD indicative financial weightings (major areas of intervention)
Priority |
MIPD |
OP HRD |
1. Attracting and retaining more people in employment |
30-40 % |
39% |
2. Improving adaptability of enterprises and workers |
20-30 % |
0% |
3. Increasing human capital investment |
30-40 % |
32% |
4. Strengthening administrative capacity |
10-20 % |
19% |
Technical Assistance |
10% |
|
Total |
100-140% |
100% |
The above table shows an identifiable shift from the indicative allocations set out under the «major areas of intervention» in the first MIPD. This reflects a subsequent in-depth assessment of needs in Croatia indicating that, for the MIPD major areas of intervention on
– improving the adaptability of enterprises and workers, and
– increasing human capital investment
greater focus would be given in the initial phase of the programme towards further strengthening policy and operational capacity within the relevant institutions and partners as well as developing the analytical basis for the further «roll-out» of related activity.
4.1.2 Application of Article 153 of IPA Implementing Regulation
Eligible expenditure proposed for co-financing under IPA Component IV shall be based on the public expenditure in accordance with Article 153.1 of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Moreover, the Community contribution shall not exceed the ceiling of 85% of the eligible expenditure at the level of each priority axis.
No operation will benefit from a higher co-financing rate than the one relating to the priority axis concerned.
4.1.3 Programme duration
Within the framework of the programme duration, the Financial Tables set out hereunder will be reviewed on a rolling 3-year basis
4.2 Financial tables
YEARS 2007 – 2009 |
Public expenditure |
For information |
|||
Total Public expenditure |
Community Contrib. (IPA) |
National Public Contrib. |
IPA co-financing rate |
Other (IFI, etc) |
|
(1) =(2) + (3) (Eur) |
(2) (Eur) |
(3) (Eur) |
(4)=(2)/(1) (%) |
(Eur) |
|
Priority Axis 1 Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
11.176.472 |
9.500.000 |
1.676.472 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 1.1 Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy |
7.176.472 |
6.100.000 |
1.076.472 |
|
0 |
Measure 1.2 Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services |
4.000.000 |
3.400.000 |
600.000 |
|
0 |
Priority Axis 2 Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
10.588.237 |
9.000.000 |
1.588.237 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 2.1 Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
8.235.296 |
7.000.000 |
1.235.296 |
|
0 |
Measure 2.2 Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
2.352.941 |
2.000.000 |
352.941 |
|
0 |
Priority Axis 3 Enhancing human capital and employability |
18.764.706 |
15.950.000 |
2.814.706 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.1 Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework |
8.294.118 |
7.050.000 |
1.244.118 |
|
0 |
Measure 3.2 Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
6.000.000 |
5.100.000 |
900.000 |
|
0 |
Measure 3.3 Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
4.470.588 |
3.800.000 |
670.588 |
|
0 |
Priority Axis 4 Technical assistance |
4.502.354 |
3.827.000 |
675.354 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 4.1 Project preparation |
2.235.295 |
1.900.000 |
335.295 |
|
|
Measure 4.2 Programme management and capacity-building |
2.267.059 |
1.927.000 |
340.059 |
|
|
Total Years 2007 – 2009 |
45.031.769 |
38.277.000 |
6.754.769 |
85% |
0 |
YEAR 2007 |
Public expenditure |
For information |
|||
Total Public expenditure |
Community Contrib. (IPA) |
National Public Contrib. |
IPA co-financing rate |
Other (IFI, etc) |
|
(1) =(2) + (3) (Eur) |
(2) (Eur) |
(3) (Eur) |
(4)=(2)/(1) (%) |
(Eur) |
|
Priority Axis 1 Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
4.411.765 |
3.750.000 |
661.765 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 1.1 Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy |
2.647.059 |
2.250.000 |
397.059 |
85% |
|
Measure 1.2 Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 2 Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 2.1 Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Measure 2.2 Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
|
Priority Axis 3 Enhancing human capital and employability |
5.882.353 |
5.000.000 |
882.353 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 3.1 Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.2 Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.3 Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
2.352.941 |
2.000.000 |
352.941 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 4 Technical assistance |
1.325.883 |
1.127.000 |
198.883 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.1 Project preparation |
588.236 |
500.000 |
88.236 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.2 Programme management and capacity-building |
737.647 |
627.000 |
110.647 |
85% |
|
Total Year 2007 |
13.384.707 |
11.377.000 |
2.007.707 |
85% |
0 |
YEAR 2008 |
Public expenditure |
For information |
|||
Total Public expenditure |
Community Contrib. (IPA) |
National Public Contrib. |
IPA co-financing rate |
Other (IFI, etc) |
|
(1) =(2) + (3) (Eur) |
(2) (Eur) |
(3) (Eur) |
(4)=(2)/(1) (%) |
(Eur) |
|
Priority Axis 1 Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
3.411.765 |
2.900.000 |
511.765 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 1.1 Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Measure 1.2 Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services |
1.647.059 |
1.400.000 |
247.059 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 2 Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
4.117.648 |
3.500.000 |
617.648 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 2.1 Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
4.117.648 |
3.500.000 |
617.648 |
85% |
|
Measure 2.2 Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
|
Priority Axis 3 Enhancing human capital and employability |
5.882.353 |
5.000.000 |
882.353 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 3.1 Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework |
2.235.294 |
1.900.000 |
335.294 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.2 Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
1.882.353 |
1.600.000 |
282.353 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.3 Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
1.764.706 |
1.500.000 |
264.706 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 4 Technical assistance |
1.529.412 |
1.300.000 |
229.412 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.1 Project preparation |
705.882 |
600.000 |
105.882 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.2 Programme management and capacity-building |
823.529 |
700.000 |
123.529 |
85% |
|
Total Year 2008 |
14.941.178 |
12.700.000 |
2.241.178 |
85% |
0 |
YEAR 2009 |
Public expenditure |
For information |
|||
Total Public expenditure |
Community Contrib. (IPA) |
National Public Contrib. |
IPA co-financing rate |
Other (IFI, etc) |
|
(1) =(2) + (3) (Eur) |
(2) (Eur) |
(3) (Eur) |
(4)=(2)/(1) (%) |
(Eur) |
|
Priority Axis 1 Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market |
3.352.942 |
2.850.000 |
502.942 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 1.1 Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy |
2.764.707 |
2.350.000 |
414.707 |
85% |
|
Measure 1.2 Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services |
588.235 |
500.000 |
88.235 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 2 Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage |
4.705.883 |
4.000.000 |
705.883 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 2.1 Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
2.352.942 |
2.000.000 |
352.942 |
85% |
|
Measure 2.2 Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
2.352.941 |
2.000.000 |
352.941 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 3 Enhancing human capital and employability |
7.000.000 |
5.950.000 |
1.050.000 |
85% |
0 |
Measure 3.1 Further development of the Croatian Qualifications Framework |
4.294.118 |
3.650.000 |
644.118 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.2 Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
2.352.941 |
2.000.000 |
352.941 |
85% |
|
Measure 3.3 Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
352.941 |
300.000 |
52.941 |
85% |
|
Priority Axis 4 Technical assistance |
1.647.059 |
1.400.000 |
247.059 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.1 Project preparation |
941.176 |
800.000 |
141.176 |
85% |
|
Measure 4.2 Programme management and capacity-building |
705.882 |
600.000 |
105.882 |
85% |
|
Total Year 2009 |
16.705.884 |
14.200.000 |
2.505.884 |
85% |
0 |
8. IMPLEMENTATION PROVISIONS
1.1 Management and control structures
This chapter of the operational programme describes the systems and arrangements in place at the time of the formulation of the operational programme. However, a number of follow-up decisions regarding structures and responsibilities, as well as on management and information systems, will be taken in the context of the accreditation for conferral of decentralised management, which follows a different timing from the adoption of the operational programme. To this end, the Framework Agreement, as well as the Financing Agreement to be signed after conferral of decentralised management, will set out detailed provisions regarding management and control systems. The provisions in this chapter must therefore be understood as subject to later adaptations by the applicable provisions of these agreements, where required.
In the case of the Financing Agreement in particular, it will take precedence, where appropriate, over the provisions of this chapter in determining the basis under which the government of Croatia accepts the assistance provided under this operational programme.
5.1.1 Bodies and authorities
Based on the IPA Implementing Regulation, the Croatian Government has adopted its own legal act/s to designate specific bodies for IPA management and implementation[40].
Under the provisions of this Regulation, the following individuals/bodies have been or will be designated/ established:
• National IPA Coordinator
• Strategic Coordinator for the regional development and the human resources development components
• Competent Accrediting Officer
• National Authorising Officer
• National Fund
• Audit Authority
• Operating Structure
With the exception of the Operating Structure and the role of the Strategic Coordinator, these bodies essentially perform tasks which are generally applicable to all IPA components in accordance with their functions specified in the relevant articles of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Accordingly, in line with the provisions of Article 7.3 of the afore-mentioned Regulation and as specified in the «model» Framework Agreement adopted by the Commission on 6 July 2007 [ref C(2007) 3208 final – E/1368/2007], such functions will be incorporated under the Framework Agreement to be concluded between the Commission and the government of Croatia.
Operating Structure
This Operational Programme will be managed by the Head of the Operating Structure who will be responsible for the following functions in compliance with Article 28.2 of the IPA Implementing Regulation:
• drafting the annual or multi-annual programmes;
• programme monitoring and guiding the work of the sectoral monitoring committee as defined in Article 59, notably by providing the documents necessary for monitoring the quality of implementation of the programmes;
• drawing up the sectoral annual and final implementation reports defined in Article 61(1) and, after their examination by the sectoral monitoring committee, submitting them to the Commission, to the national IPA co-ordinator and to the National Authorising Officer;
• ensuring that operations are selected for funding and approved in accordance with the criteria and mechanisms applicable to the programmes, and that they comply with the relevant Community and national rules;
• setting up procedures to ensure the retention of all documents required to ensure an adequate audit trail, in accordance with Article 20;
• arranging for tendering procedures and the follow-up contracting; making payments to, and recovery from, the final beneficiary;
• in the case of grant award procedures, ensuring that they are respected through a coordinated distribution of tasks between the line ministries and the implementing bodies concerned
• ensuring that all bodies involved in the implementation of operations maintain a separate accounting system or a separate accounting codification;
• ensuring that the National Fund and the National Authorising Officer receive all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• setting up, maintaining and updating the reporting and information system;
• carrying out verifications to ensure that the expenditure declared has actually been incurred in accordance with applicable rules, the products or services have been delivered in accordance with the approval decision, and the payment requests by the final beneficiary are correct. These verifications shall cover administrative, financial, technical and physical aspects of operations, as appropriate;
• ensuring internal audit of its different constituting bodies;
• ensuring irregularity reporting;
• ensuring compliance with the information and publicity requirements.
The Operating Structure will be composed of the following specific bodies in accordance with Article 31 of the IPA Implementing Regulation:
• The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE),
• The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports (MSES),
• The Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW),
• The Croatian Employment Service (CES), and
• The Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET).
The position and level of responsibility, as well as the Heads of specific bodies within the Operating Structure, are shown in the table hereunder:
Level of Responsibility |
Titles of the bodies within the Operating Structure |
Specific bodies within the Operating Structure Heads of specific bodies within the Operating Structure |
||||
Operational Programme level |
Body Responsible for OP |
The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship Directorate for Labour and Labour Market Department for European Integration and Project Management Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10000 Zagreb State Secretary for Labour |
||||
Priority/Measure level |
Body Responsible for Priority/Measure |
Priority axis 1 The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship Directorate for Labour and Labour Market Department for European Integration and Project Management Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10000 Zagreb State Secretary for Labour |
Priority axis 2, Measure 2.1 The Ministry of Health and Social Welfare Directorate of Social Welfare Department for Humanitarian Aid and Cooperation with Civil Society Organizations Ksaver 200 A 10000 Zagreb State Secretary for Social Welfare |
Priority axis 2, Measure 2.2 The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports– Directorate for Secondary Education Trg hrvatskih velikana 6, 10 000 Zagreb State Secretary for Secondary Education |
Priority axis 3 The Ministry of Science, Education and Sports– Directorate for Secondary Education Trg hrvatskih velikana 6, 10 000 Zagreb State Secretary for Secondary Education |
Priority axis 4 The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship Directorate for Labour and Labour Market Department for European Integration and Project Management Ulica grada Vukovara 78, 10000 Zagreb State Secretary for Labour |
Project/operation level |
Implementing Body (Contracting Authority) |
The Croatian Employment Service Department for Contracting and Financing Radnička cesta 1, 10000 Zagreb Director |
The Agency for Vocational Education and Training Department for Financing and Contracting of IPA Ulica grada Chicaga 21, 10000 Zagreb Director |
The Croatian Employment Service Department for Contracting and Financing Radnička cesta 1, 10000 Zagreb Director |
The State Secretary for Labour will act as the Head of Operating Structure in the meaning of Article 167 (3) of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Any personnel changes in the Heads of the specific bodies referred to above will be notified to the Commission, as appropriate, including any changes which affect the accreditation of the Operating Structure and the Commission’s subsequent conferral of management powers.
Distribution of functions
The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (as a Body responsible for OP) bears overall responsibility for the management of the Operational programme and executes the following functions in relation to the Operational Programme as a whole:
• Coordination of the Operational Programme preparation and its adjustments;
• Coordination of programme monitoring in accordance with the provisions of Article 59 of the IPA Implementing Regulation;
• Coordination of the preparation of sectoral annual and final reports in accordance with the provisions of Article 169 of the IPA Implementing Regulation;
• Setting up procedures for retention of all documents to ensure a sufficiently detailed audit trail (Article 20 of IPA Implementing Regulation);
• Organisation of interim evaluation during the period of programme implementation, in cooperation with CODEF;
• Setting up, maintaining and updating the reporting and information system;
• Ensuring that all bodies involved in the implementation of operations maintain a separate accounting system or a separate accounting codification;
• Ensuring that the National Fund and the National Authorising Officer receive all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Ensuring internal audit of its different constituting bodies;
• Ensuring irregularity reporting;
• Ensuring risk management reporting;
• Ensuring compliance with the information and publicity requirements.
In relation to Priority Axis 1 – Enhancing Access to Employment and Sustainable Inclusion in the Labour Market and Priority Axis 4 – Technical Assistance, the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (as a Body responsible for Priority/Measure) will also specifically execute the following tasks:
• Preparation of the sections of the Operational Programme within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of monitoring data/reports within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of relevant sections of sectoral annual and final reports, within its area of responsibility;
• Ensuring that all the relevant information is available to ensure at all times a sufficiently detailed audit trail.
• Identification of the intended final beneficiaries, the expected selection modalities and possible related specific selection criteria (Article 155 of IPA Implementing Regulation);
• Ensuring that operations within their sectoral area of responsibility are selected for funding and approved in accordance with criteria applicable to the OP;
• In its capacity as a beneficiary, assistance in the technical preparation and management of the projects on the basis of formal agreements with the implementing body (preparation of tender documentation/guidelines to applicants, participation in evaluation, verification of delivered outputs, on-the-spot checks, technical monitoring);
• Submission to the National Fund of a request for payment and all supporting documents;
• Preparation and submitting all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Retention of all documents and ensuring that all the relevant information is available to provide for a sufficiently detailed audit trail;
• Internal audit;
• Irregularity reporting;
• Risk management reporting;
• Compliance with the information and publicity requirements.
In relation to Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing Social Inclusion of People at a Disadvantage (Measure 2.1: Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups) the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (as a Body responsible for Priority/Measure) will execute the following functions:
• Preparation of the sections of the Operational Programme within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of monitoring data/reports within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of relevant sections of sectoral annual and final reports, within its area of responsibility;
• Ensuring that all the relevant information is available to ensure at all times a sufficiently detailed audit trail.
• Identification of the intended final beneficiaries, the expected selection modalities and possible related specific selection criteria (Article 155 of IPA Implementing Regulation);
• Ensuring that operations within their sectoral area of responsibility are selected for funding and approved in accordance with criteria applicable to the OP;
• In its capacity as a beneficiary, assistance in the technical preparation and management of the projects on the basis of formal agreements with the implementing body (preparation of tender documentation/guidelines to applicants, participation in evaluation, verification of delivered outputs, on-the-spot checks, technical monitoring);
• Submission to the National Fund of a request for payment and all supporting documents;
• Preparation and submitting all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Retention of all documents and ensuring that all the relevant information is available to provide for a sufficiently detailed audit trail;
• Internal audit;
• Irregularity reporting;
• Risk management reporting;
• Compliance with the information and publicity requirements.
In relation to Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing Social Inclusion of the People at a Disadvantage (Measure 2.2: Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups) and Priority Axis 3 – Enhancing Human Capital and Employability, the Ministry of Science, Education and Sports (as a Body responsible for Priority/Measure) will execute the following functions:
• Preparation of the sections of the Operational Programme within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of monitoring data/reports within its sectoral area of responsibility;
• Preparation of relevant sections of sectoral annual and final reports, within its area of responsibility;
• Ensuring that all the relevant information is available to ensure at all times a sufficiently detailed audit trail.
• Identification of the intended final beneficiaries, the expected selection modalities and possible related specific selection criteria (Article 155 of IPA Implementing Regulation);
• Ensuring that operations within their sectoral area of responsibility are selected for funding and approved in accordance with criteria applicable to the OP;
• In its capacity as a beneficiary, assistance in the technical preparation and management of the projects on the basis of formal agreements with the implementing body (preparation of tender documentation/guidelines to applicants, participation in evaluation, verification of delivered outputs, on-the-spot checks, technical monitoring);
• Submission to the National Fund of a request for payment and all supporting documents;
• Preparation and submitting all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Retention of all documents and ensuring that all the relevant information is available to provide for a sufficiently detailed audit trail;
• Internal audit;
• Irregularity reporting;
• Risk management reporting;
• Compliance with the information and publicity requirements.
In relation to Priority Axis 1 – Enhancing Access to Employment and Sustainable Inclusion in the Labour Market, to Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing Social Inclusion of People at a Disadvantage (Measure 2.1: Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups) and Priority Axis 4 – Technical Assistance, the Croatian Employment Service (as the Implementing Body) will execute the following functions:
• Verification of tender documents/guidelines for calls for proposals received from beneficiary institutions and preparation of complete tender dossier/application package;
• Arranging for tendering procedures and contract award procedures;
• Acting as the Contracting Authority;
• Contract implementation;
• Preparation and submission of payment claims to the body responsible for measure/priority;
• Making payments to, and recovery from, the final beneficiary;
• Ensuring that the body/ies responsible for priority/measure receive(s) all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Carrying out verifications to ensure that the expenditure declared has actually been incurred in accordance with applicable rules, the products or services have been delivered in accordance with the approval decision, and the payment requests by the final beneficiary are correct. These verifications shall cover administrative, financial, technical and physical aspects of operations, as appropriate;
• Support in preparation of documents for the sectoral monitoring committee on progress made towards achieving targets of the measures;
• Support in the preparation of sectoral annual and final implementation reports;
• Maintaining a separate accounting system or a separate accounting codification;
• Internal audit;
• Retention of all documents and ensuring that all the relevant information is available to provide for a sufficiently detailed audit trail;
• Irregularity reporting.
In relation to Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing Social Inclusion of People at a Disadvantage (Measure 2.2.: Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups) and Priority Axis 3 – Enhancing Human Capital and Employability, the Agency for Vocational Education and Training (as the Implementing Body) will execute the following functions:
• Verification of tender documents/guidelines for calls for proposals received from beneficiary institutions and preparation of complete tender dossier/application package;
• Arranging for tendering procedures and contract award procedures;
• Acting as the Contracting Authority;
• Contract implementation;
• Preparation and submission of payment claims to the body responsible for measure/priority;
• Making payments to, and recovery from, the final beneficiary;
• Ensuring that the body/ies responsible for priority/measure receive(s) all necessary information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure;
• Carrying out verifications to ensure that the expenditure declared has actually been incurred in accordance with applicable rules, the products or services have been delivered in accordance with the approval decision, and the payment requests by the final beneficiary are correct. These verifications shall cover administrative, financial, technical and physical aspects of operations, as appropriate;
• Support in preparation of documents for the sectoral monitoring committee on progress made towards achieving targets of the measures;
• Support in the preparation of sectoral annual and final implementation reports;
• Maintaining a separate accounting system or a separate accounting codification;
• Internal audit;
• Retention of all documents and ensuring that all the relevant information is available to provide for a sufficiently detailed audit trail;
• Irregularity reporting.
All the bodies within the Operating Structure are ultimately accountable to the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship which bears overall responsibility for the Operational Programme management, for the execution of their specific tasks in relation to this Operational Programme.
A detailed organigramme of the Operational Programme management system is provided in Annex 6.
5.1.2 Separation of functions
In accordance with the Article 21.2 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the appropriate segregation of duties will be ensured between and within the designated bodies.
Separation of functions between the bodies
The separation of functions results from a division of tasks as described above and will incorporate the following principles:
• on the one hand, a clear separation between verifications, controls, and evaluations to be carried out by the Operating Structure and by the National Fund; and on the other
• a clear separation between the audits carried out by the Audit Authority and the implementation and payment procedures.
Separation of functions within the bodies
The organizational structure of the bodies and their internal management and control procedures will take into account all requirements to ensure a proper separation of functions. This includes the following principles:
• before an operation is authorized, the operational and financial aspects shall be verified by members of staff other than those responsible for initiation or implementation of the operation;
• certificates of statement of expenditure shall be drawn up by a person or department within the National Fund who is functionally independent from any services that approve claims;
• initiation, ex-ante, and ex-post controls are separate functions, to be carried out by different persons, functionally independent from each other.
5.2 Monitoring and evaluation
5.2.1 Monitoring arrangements
In order to ensure coherence and coordination in the implementation of the IPA components, programmes and operations as well as to follow the progress in the implementation of IPA assistance, the following monitoring committees will be established:
■ IPA Monitoring Committee;
■ Sectoral Monitoring Committee for the Human Resources Development Operational Programme.
IPA Monitoring Committee
Croatia will establish an IPA Monitoring Committee to ensure coherence and coordination in the implementation of all five Components of IPA.
Sectoral Monitoring Committee
The Head of the Operating Structure for Human Resources Development Programme will establish a Sectoral Monitoring Committee within 6 months after the entry into force of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee will be co-chaired by the State Secretary for Labour of the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, as Head of the Operating Structure for the Human Resources Development Operational Programme, and a representative of the Commission. Its members will include:
• The National IPA Coordinator or his/her representative;
• The National Authorising Officer or his/her representative;
• A representative of the Commission;
• The Strategic Coordinator for Components III and IV or his/her representative;
• Head of National Fund or his/her representative;
• Representatives of each body of the Operating Structure for the programme: The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, the Ministry of Science, Education and Sports, the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare, the Croatian Employment Service, the Agency for Vocational Education and Training;
• A representative of the Government Office for Gender Equality;
• Representatives from the civil society and socio-economic partners, regional or national organisations with an interest in and contribution to make to the effective implementation of the programme. These will include representatives of the Council for the Development of the Civil Society as well as representatives of trade unions and employers' organizations that will be selected through the Economic and Social Council.
The composition of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee can be reviewed and extended by the Head of the Operating Structure in agreement with the Commission in order to guarantee sufficient representation and membership.
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee will be assisted by a permanent secretariat provided by the Operating Structure for the preparation of papers for discussion by the committee or for clearance by written procedure. The Secretariat of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee will be placed within the relevant department of the Operating Structure established in the MELE.
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee will report to the IPA Monitoring Committee. Its tasks will include to:
• consider and approve the general criteria for selecting the operations and approve any revision of those criteria in accordance with programming needs;
• review at each meeting progress towards achieving the specific targets of the operational programme on the basis of documents submitted by the operating structure;
• examine at each meeting the results of implementation, particularly the achievement of the targets set for each priority axis and measures and interim evaluations, it shall carry out this monitoring by reference to the indicators agreed;
• examine the sectoral annual and final reports on implementation, including OP summary tables;
• inform itself of the annual audit activity report or of the part of the report referring to the operational programme;
• examine any proposal to amend the financing agreement of the programme and propose to the operating structure any revision or examination of the programme likely to make possible the attainment of the programme's objectives or to improve its management, including its financial management, as well as to oversee the cross cutting themes and publicity measures.
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee shall confirm or make proposals to the Head of the Operating Structure, to the Commission, the Strategic Co-ordinator and the National IPA Co-ordinator to revise the programme where relevant following an evaluation, including its results as well as output and financial indicators used to monitor the assistance.
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee will set up its rules of procedure in agreement with the Operating Structure and the IPA Monitoring Committee. It will meet at least twice a year and upon request by the Commission. Intermediate meetings may also be convened as required.
As a principle, the Sectoral Monitoring Committee will aim to take decisions by reaching consensus.
5.2.2 Management Information System
The Head of the Operating Structure is responsible for the efficiency and correctness of management and implementation and in particular for setting up, maintaining and updating regularly a reporting and information system to gather reliable financial and statistical information on implementation, for the monitoring indicators and for evaluation and for forwarding this data in accordance with arrangements agreed between the NIPAC and the Commission.
This system will be developed into one or several computerised system(s), in a form chosen by the Operating Structure and NIPAC, which will enable it to:
• monitor and manage the implementation of operations and projects, from the moment of tendering and call for proposal to the closure of the OP, in particular results whenever feasible and outputs;
• carry out and monitor financial transactions;
• ensure the reporting requirements on the implementation of the OP.
The Operating Structure and all other bodies involved in the implementation of the OP shall have access to this system(s).
The Management Information System will be developed under the Technical Assistance component of this Operational Programme. The establishment of the Management Information System will be done under the guidance and supervision of NIPAC and Strategic Coordinator, in order to ensure consistency and complementarity across all the Operational Programmes. Until the system becomes operational, reporting and collection of data will be done manually.
5.2.3 Monitoring System and Indicators
The quantitative and qualitative progress made in implementing the programme as well as its efficiency and effectiveness in relation to its objectives will be measured by the use of evaluation and monitoring indicators related to the results and outputs of the individual measures.
In identifying appropriate monitoring and evaluation indicators, account has been taken of the methodologies, guidelines and lists of examples of indicators issued by the Commission, in particular the «Indicative guidelines on evaluation methods: Monitoring and evaluation indicators» (August 2006, working document No. 2 for the programming period 2007-2013).
The Head of the Operating Structure is responsible for programme monitoring. In this context, the Operating Structure will collect performance data (outputs, results and expenditure) from operations and projects. It will establish, maintain and update the reporting and information system by taking this project-level data and aggregate it to measure, priority axis and whole OP levels. Data on individuals who are the ultimate beneficiaries must be collected for each project and used for aggregation at measure and priority level. On this basis, the Operating Structure will assess the progress of the OP at each level against objectives and targets, prepare reports to the Sectoral Monitoring Committee, draft the sectoral annual and final reports on implementation and to launch interim evaluations if required. These reports should include detailed summary table for the Operational Programme.
In the context of monitoring and for the purpose of using indicators, the role of the Operating Structure will also be to ensure that:
• monitoring requirements are built into the calls for tender and proposals documents (application forms and guidelines for applicants);
• project applications (when appraised and selected) include proposed outputs and results, as well as data on individuals, that are consistent with the OP indicators for the appropriate measure;
• provision of data is built into the contract with beneficiaries as an obligation, and that performance data is provided systematically and in a timely manner by beneficiaries alongside the project reimbursement claim.
An indicative breakdown by category of the programmed use of the Community contribution to this operational programme will be established for monitoring and information purposes while the sectoral annual and final reports on implementation will provide information on the use of expenditure in accordance with such categories.
5.2.4 Selection of operations
All service, supply, works and grant contracts shall be awarded and implemented in accordance with the rules for external aid contained in the relevant Articles of the Financial Regulation (as amended under Council Regulation 1995/2006 of 13 December 2006)) and in accordance with the «Practical Guide to contract procedures for EC external actions» («Practical Guide») as published on the EuropeAid website[41] at the date of the initiation of the procurement or grant award procedure. The standard templates and models provided for in the Practical Guide will be used in order to facilitate the application of the applicable rules.
All operations which are not major projects and which are implemented by final beneficiaries other than national public bodies shall be selected through calls for proposals.
The Operating Structure will set up a Selection Committee for each call for proposals launched for the selection of operations financed under a specific measure. The Selection Committee will appraise project applications in compliance with the selection criteria and methodologies agreed by the Sectoral Monitoring Committees and published in the call for proposal documents.
Applications will first be «screened» for their compliance with eligibility and administrative criteria in order to fulfil the relevant eligibility requirements set out in the relevant measures (completeness, accuracy, etc) and will thereafter be evaluated according to their overall quality. The Selection Committee will then make recommendations to the Operating Structure, in compliance with Article 158 of the IPA Implementing Regulation. Members of the Selection Committee will be the most appropriate officials and experts with the necessary technical competence to undertake a qualitative appraisal of project applications.
Procurement will follow the provisions of Part Two, Title IV of the Financial Regulation 1605/2002 (as amended by Council Regulation 1995/2006) as well as Part Two, Title III of Commission Regulation No 2342/2002 (as amended by Regulation 478/2007) laying down detailed rules for its implementation.
For the purposes of «3rd country» cooperation financed from the General Budget of the European Communities, procurement will also respect the rules and procedures for service, supply and works contracts as adopted by the Commission on 24 May 2007 [C(2007) 2034] as well as Article 23 (Rules on Procurement) of the «model» Framework Agreement which was also adopted by the Commission on 6 July 2007 [C(2007) 3208 final – E/1368/2007].
In the case of all Tender Selection Committees which are established for the evaluation of service, works and supply tenders, their decision-making process will adhere, as required, to the procurement and grant award procedures set out above.
All grant-award procedures will follow the provisions of Part One, Title VI of the afore-mentioned Financial Regulation (as amended).
All beneficiaries (whether public or private) will also comply with the principles established under the relevant rules of the «Practical Guide».
5.2.5 Sectoral annual and final reports on implementation
Sectoral annual and final reports on implementation will be prepared by the Operating Structure in accordance with Article 169 of the IPA Implementing Regulation. These reports will assess the implementation progress covering the attainment of set objectives, the problems encountered in managing the programme and the measures taken, the financial execution as well as monitoring and evaluation activities carried out. Programmes will include an up-to-date OP summary table and will be reviewed at least at the «second meeting» of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee each year.
5.2.6 Evaluation arrangements
Evaluations are a tool for assessing the relevance, efficiency and effectiveness of the financial assistance as well as the impact and sustainability of the expected results. As a minimum, an ex ante evaluation and an interim evaluation will be carried out under the responsibility of the Head of the Operating Structure in accordance with the principles laid down in the IPA Implementing Regulation and guidance provided by the Commission.
The evaluation arrangements and activities of each programme will fully respect the principle of proportionality.
Ex ante evaluation
Under the responsibility of the Operating Structure, an ex ante evaluation of the Human Resources Development Operational Programme has been carried out by the European Policy Research Centre at the University of Strathclyde in Glasgow and is annexed to the programme. A summary of the results of the ex-ante evaluation, and the way the evaluation was conducted, is set out in section 1.3.2.
Interim evaluation
During the implementation of the programme, interim evaluations complementing the monitoring of the Environment Protection Operational Programme will be carried out, in particular where this monitoring reveals a significant departure from the goals initially set or where proposals are made for the revision of the programme. At any rate, evaluations are planned to provide data on indicators agreed upon in the OP that cannot be obtained through the monitoring system In addition, strategic evaluations or thematic evaluations can be carried out under the responsibility of the Operating Structure and/or CODEF. The results will be sent to the ad-hoc committee on evaluations, to the Sectoral Monitoring Committee and to the Commission.
Evaluation function
The Head of the Operating Structure is responsible for ensuring that adequate evaluations of the Operational Programme are carried out. The evaluations will be carried out by external experts, functionally independent from the management and control system. The evaluations will be managed by a designated official within the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, who will be responsible for preparing the documents for tendering and contracting these experts under Priority Axis 4, reviewing the draft evaluation reports, acting as secretariat to the ad-hoc Evaluation Committee and liaising as appropriate between the selected experts and the said Committee.
Evaluation committee
The Sectoral Monitoring Committee will designate an ad-hoc Committee to assist the operating structure in its evaluation activities. The Committee will adhere to the «partnership principle» and will include members (and invitees where relevant) who are experts in evaluation. Moreover, the assistance of the Committee will be availed of at all stages of the process (including guidance, planning, implementation and communication of results) in order to ensure the overall quality of the evaluations undertaken. At the same time, all relevant stakeholders and institutions/organisations will be invited to contribute where appropriate.
The designation and establishment of this ad-hoc Committee will be made in accordance with the Sectoral Monitoring Committee’s rules of procedures adopted in accordance with Article 167.2 of the IPA Implementing Regulation.
Evaluation activities and timing
Given that this programme covers the period 2007-09 but involves operational activity up to 31 December 2012 under the «N+3 rule», only one interim evaluation will be carried out which will commence in October 2009. This would be effectively a process evaluation examining the efficiency and effectiveness of programme and project implementation, but within the context of the progress made with implementation, including the performance against indicators at the project level (physical and financial objects) and at the measure level (outputs). This will also include a review of performance on the horizontal themes of the OP.
The evaluation process will make use of the indicators defined for the purpose of monitoring the programme operations. As the management information system does not yet exist and is due to be established through the Technical Assistance priority axis of this operational programme, project monitoring reports and other sources of data [such as databases of different institutions responsible for the management of the OP (e.g. Croatian Employment Service) or reports provided by different stakeholders in the process] will be used for programme monitoring and evaluation in the first phase of its implementation. These reports and sources of data will be supported, where appropriate, by other evaluative work including placement follow-up. Moreover, particular use will be made of result indicators defined at the level priority axes as well as the corresponding sources of data identified in section 3.2. for result indicators (mediation/human resources/IT database of the Croatian Employment Service, databases of the Central Bureau of Statistics).
Specific surveys may be commissioned through the Technical Assistance component to inform the evaluation process.
5.3 Information and publicity
5.3.1 Introduction
Information and publicity are important aspects of pre-accession assistance and in particular to the successful design and delivery of this operational programme, given the partnership basis on which they are undertaken. Communicating for a successful management and implementation of the operational programme are broken down into a series of information and publicity activities.
To this end, Article 62 of the IPA Implementing Regulation sets out certain requirements regarding the information to be provided and publicity of programmes and operations financed by the Community, addressed to citizens and beneficiaries with the aim of highlighting the role of Community funding and ensuring transparency.
Accordingly, the information to be provided by the Operating Structure will include inter alia the publication of the list of final beneficiaries, the names of the operations and the amount of Community funding allocated to operations. For its part, the Commission will also ensure the publication of the relevant information on tenders and contracts in the official Journal of the European Union and other relevant media and websites.
Moreover, in accordance with Article 63 of the IPA Implementing Regulation provides that the Commission and the relevant authorities of the beneficiary country will agree on a coherent set of activities, to be funded from the Technical Assistance priority of this operational programme, in order to make available and publicise information about IPA assistance.
In accordance with the above-mentioned provisions, the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship’s Public Relations and Information Department (Section for Information and Publicity of IPA components III and IV within the Cabinet of the Minister) will be responsible for the information and publicity activities under the programme. The information will be addressed to the citizens of Croatia and to the European citizens in general, and to the (potential) beneficiaries. It will aim to highlight the role of the Community and ensure that IPA component IV assistance is transparent.
5.3.2 Requirements
In compliance with Article 63 of the IPA Implementing Regulation, the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship’s Public Relations and Information Department – Section for Information and Publicity IPA components III and IV – will formulate a coherent set of strategic activities (communication action plan) to publicize information about IPA including assistance under component IV. The CAP shall be consistent with the information and publicity strategy issued by NIPAC. The CAP shall cover the period 2008-2012. The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship’s Public Relations and Information Department – Section for Information and Publicity IPA components III and IV – will submit a draft of the plan to the Commission within four months of the date of signature of the Financing Agreement covering this operational programme. As a minimum, the plan shall include its:
• aims and intended target groups;
• strategy and content;
• indicative budget;
• administrative support structure and
• criteria used for evaluation of project proposals.
5.3.3 Activities
The Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship’s Public Relations and Information Department – Section for Information and Publicity IPA components III and IV – will ensure that the information and publicity measures are implemented in accordance with the communication action plan aiming at the broadest possible media coverage using all suitable forms and methods of communication at the appropriate territorial level. The Information and Publicity Section will also be responsible for organizing at least the following information and publicity measures:
• a major information activity publicizing the launch of the Operational Programme, even in the absence of the final version of the communication action plan;
• at least one major information activity a year, as set out in the communication action plan, presenting the achievements under the Operational Programme (including major projects where appropriate);
• the publication (electronically or otherwise) of the list of beneficiaries, the names of the operations and the amount of Community and national funding allocated to the operations
The Section will further provide potential beneficiaries with clear and detailed information on at least the following:
• the possibility of financing opportunities offered jointly by the Community and the beneficiary country through the OP;
• the conditions of eligibility to be met in order to qualify for financing under the Operational Programme;
• a description of the procedures for examining applications for funding and of the time periods involved;
• the criteria for selecting the operations to be financed, and
• the contacts at national, regional or local level that can provide information on the Operational Programme.
5.3.4 Indicative budget
The indicative budget for the communication action plan under this Operational Programme for the period 2007-2009 will be set at an appropriate level in order to provide adequate cover for the costs of the publicity and information measures. The budget allocation per year, as well as the indicative amounts necessary for the period 2010-2013, will also be presented in the communication action plan.
5.3.5 Management and implementation
Within the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship, information and communications will be assigned to the Section referred to under sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 above. The information and publicity team will be composed of 2 officials whose tasks will involve supporting the Head of the Operating Structure in the performance of the following functions and responsibilities:
• discuss the communication action plan with the Commission and NIPAC;
• coordinating the information and publicity activities under other IPA-funded programmes;
• communications with the media;
• elaboration, implementation and assessment of the programme's communication action plan;
• represent the programme in the relevant national and Commission information networks;
• handling enquiries from beneficiaries;
• monitoring and control on the fulfilment of the P and I requirements from the beneficiaries;
• development, production and distribution of information materials; preparation and implementation of public events;
• development and maintenance of the contents of programme website;
• liaison with IT regarding technical maintenance;
• management of out-sourced services;
• elaboration and monitoring annual communication action plans and coordination of internal events and training.
Given that some of the information and publicity measures will require out-sourcing for professional services (such as design and pre-print, web page, printing, advertising, photography and opinion pools), it will be the responsibility of the information and publicity team to manage such services and ensure they are contracted in accordance with public procurement rules.
5.3.6 Monitoring, evaluation and reporting
Monitoring, evaluation and reporting are compulsory requirement for the implementation of the publicity measures included into the communication action plan of the programme.
The progress made in the implementation of the plan will be reported during the meetings of the Sectoral Monitoring Committee. Moreover, the Head of the Operating Structure will inform the Sectoral Monitoring Committee of the information and communication measures carried out and the means of communication used. The Head of the Operating Structure will also provide the Sectoral Monitoring Committee with examples of communication measures carried out.
The annual and final reports on implementation of the Operational Programme will include the following information:
• examples of information and communication measures for the Operational Programme undertaken in implementation of the communication action plan;
• the arrangements for the information and publicity measures concerning the publication electronically or otherwise of the list of beneficiaries, the names of the operations and the amount of public funding allocated to the operations;
• the content of major amendments to the communication action plan.
• the set of indicators for evaluation of the publicity measures which have been included in the communication action plan to assess the efficiency and effectiveness of the implemented publicity activities.
• the yearly results of the qualitative and quantitative analysis which have been used for the elaboration of the annual communication action plans including any modifications thereof.
5.3.7 Partnership and networking
Bodies that can act as relays for the programme and disseminate the information concerning the general public will include the following:
• professional and trade associations and organizations;
• economic and social partners;
• non-governmental organisations;
• educational institutions;
• organisations representing business;
• operators;
• information centres on Europe and Commission representations in particular the EC Delegation;
• other main stakeholders under each priority axis.
The Operating Structure will work in close cooperation with the above-mentioned bodies for the dissemination of information regarding the programme and in particular the IPA pre-accession assistance strategy for component IV.
5.3.8 Internet
The website of the programme will be linked to the CODEF, MF, ECD, DG ELARG, DG EMPL and DG REGIO websites and with the websites of the other programmes. It will be created according to the following principles:
• Accessibility to as many users as possible – ensuring the site has a simple address; registering it on main search engines so it can be found easily; designing it to be viewable with low specification screens and software; ensuring it is quick to download;
• Prioritizing fast access to rich information – the site should be clearly organized so users can find what they are looking for quickly and easily; the information should be available as downloadable PDF documents, where possible;
• Visual appeal – strong visual identity through logos, use of colours etc. without limiting the clarity, speed and simplicity;
• Developing as an ongoing resource;
• Interactive content, exploiting the unique strengths of websites.
ANNEX 1
Membership of Inter-Ministerial Working Group[42]
Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds (CODEF):
Ms Nataša Mikuš, Deputy State Secretary
Ms Suzana Kovačević, Expert Assistant
Ms. Ana Šimunić, Expert Assistant
Ms. Ivana Zdelarec, Trainee
Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE)*:
Ms Vera Babić, State Secretary for Labour
Ms Inga Žic, Head of Department
Ms. Katarina Ivanković-Knežević, Head of Division
Ms. Snježana Tomašević, Adviser
Croatian Employment Service (CES):
Ms. Nada Kerovec, Head of Section
Ms. Sanja Mesarov, Adviser
Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES):
Ms Mihaela Dubravac Šigir, Expert Advisor
Ms Antonija Gladović, Head of Project Implementation Unit
Agency for Vocational Education (AVET):
Ms. Jelena Letica, Head of Office
Education and Teacher Training Agency (ETTA):
Ms. Nevenka Lončarić-Jelačić, Expert Advisor
Agency for Adult Education (AAE):
Ms. Anita Leko, Expert Assistant
Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW):
Ms Mirjana Radovan, Expert Advisor
Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS):
Ms. Jadranka Brkić, Head of Section
Ms. Tihana Cukina, Expert Advisor
Ministry of Foreign Affairs and European Integration (MFAEI):
Ms Diana Štrkalj, Expert Assistant
Ms Franka Maček, Expert Assistant
CARDS 2003: Support to National Development Planning:
Mr Conor Kearney
ANNEX 2
Attendance at the partner consultation under the OP for IPA Component IV
Partner consultation – Development of the Human Resources, 23 March 2007 in Zagreb
Vera Babić, MELE,
Želimir Janjić, MSES;
Dorica Nikolić, Mirjana Radovan, MHSW;
Ivan Šutalo, AVET
Zorislav Bobuš, Association of Organisation of Disabled Persons in Croatia
Sanja Crnković Pozaić, CEPOR;
Marina Dimić Vugec, CERANEO;
Dubravka Matić, Office for the Social Partnership;
Branka Kranjac, Fund for Professional Rehabilitation and Employment of the Disabled People;
Jasenka Matković, Croatian Association for Education of Adults;
Boris Feis, SSSH;
Nikola Vrdoljak , Marija Vukelić , APIU;
Jozo Ćavar, Anita Leko, AAE;
Antonija Gladović, MHSW;
Jelena Letica, AVET;
Ivica Lovrić, Association of High school Directors;
Diana Štrkalj, MFAEI;
Dragan Knežević, CODEF;
Vedrana Ligutić, DEC;
Tamara Šterk, Office for Gender Equality;
Sanja Cesar, CESI;
Mirela Lekić, Croatian Chamber of Crafts;
Vesna Štefica, Croatian Chamber of Economy;
Sanja Špoljarić, CODEF;
Goran Bakula,, Ana Kranjac, Independent Trade unions;
Maja Vehovec, Institute of Economy;
Ivan Vrdoljak, Council of Croatian Trade Unions;
Thomas Farnell, Ninoslav Šćukanec, Institute for education development;
Ivana Zdelarec, Ana Šimunić, Suzana Kovačević, CODEF;
Inga Žic, Snježana Tomašević, Katarina Ivanković Knežević, MELE.
Written comments were received from:
Institute for the Development of Education
Croatian Chamber of Crafts and Trade
Croatian Chamber of Economy
Association of Organisation of Disabled Persons in Croatia
Trade and Investment Promotion Agency
SMEs and Entrepreneurship Policy Centre
ANNEX 3
ANALYTICAL TABLES AND DATA
Table 1: BASIC MACROECONOMIC INDICATORS FOR CROATIA
|
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
Population, mln |
4,381 |
4,437 |
4,443 |
4,442 |
4,439 |
4,442 |
4,441 |
Gross domestic product, % annual change (real) |
2.9 |
4.4 |
5.6 |
5.3 |
4.3 |
4.3 |
4.8 |
Gross domestic product, market prices (current), mln kunas |
152,519 |
165,639 |
181,231 |
198,422 |
214,983 |
231,349 |
250,590 |
Gross domestic product, market prices (current)*, mln euros |
19,976 |
22,170 |
24,467 |
26,230 |
28,677 |
31,260 |
34,220 |
Gross domestic product per capita in euros |
4,560 |
4,997 |
5,507 |
5,905 |
6,460 |
7,037 |
7,704 |
Consumer price index, annual change, % |
4.6 |
3.8 |
1.7 |
1.8 |
2.1 |
3.3 |
3.2 |
Average net monthly salary (in kunas) |
3,326 |
3,541 |
3,720 |
3,940 |
4,173 |
4,376 |
4,603 |
ILO Unemployment rate, annual average, % |
16.1 |
15.8 |
14.8 |
14.3 |
13.8 |
12.7 |
11.2 |
General government debt % GDP (ep) |
N.A. |
N.A. |
40 |
40.9 |
43.2 |
43.7 |
40.8 |
Average exchange rate EUR/HRK |
7.63 |
7.47 |
7.41 |
7.56 |
7.5 |
7.4 |
7.32 |
Current account deficit (% of GDP)e |
-2.4 |
-3.6 |
-8.5 |
-7.1 |
-5.1 |
-6.4 |
-7.8 |
External debt (% of GDP) (ep) |
61.4 |
61.4 |
61.9 |
75.8 |
80.0 |
82.4 |
85.3 |
Tourist nights, annual change, % |
47 |
11 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
7.6 |
3.1 |
Growth rate of construction works |
9.1 |
3.6 |
12.8 |
22.8 |
2 |
-0.8 |
9.3 |
Industrial production, annual change, % |
1.7 |
6 |
5.4 |
4.1 |
3.7 |
5.1 |
4.5 |
Retail trade, annual change (real), % |
14.4 |
10 |
12.5 |
3.7 |
2.6 |
2.8 |
2.1 |
ep – end period
Sources: Central Bureau of Statistics, Ministry of Finance, Croatian National Bank
* Calculated by applying the average annual exchange rate (HRK/1 EUR) to the GDP in kuna terms.
Table 2: POPULATION DATA FOR CROATIA, 2000-05
Year |
Live births |
Deaths |
Natural increase |
Immigration |
Emigration |
Net immigration |
Population estimation |
2000 |
43,746 |
50,246 |
-6,500 |
29,389 |
5,953 |
23,432 |
4,381,000 |
2001 |
40,993 |
49,552 |
-8,559 |
24,415 |
7,488 |
16,927 |
4,437,000 |
2002 |
40,094 |
50,569 |
-10,475 |
20,365 |
11,767 |
8,598 |
4,443,000 |
2003 |
39,668 |
52,575 |
-12,907 |
18,455 |
6,534 |
11,921 |
4,442,000 |
2004 |
40,307 |
49,756 |
-9,449 |
18,383 |
6,812 |
11,571 |
4,439,000 |
2005 |
42,492 |
51,790 |
-9,298 |
14,230 |
6,012 |
8,218 |
4,442,000 |
Source: Croatian Bureau of Statistics (CBS) |
Table 3: BASIC DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS, 2006
|
Crude birth rate |
Crude death rate |
Crude rate of natural increase |
Crude rate of net migration |
Croatia |
9.566 |
11.659 |
-2.093 |
1.85 |
Bulgaria |
9.609 |
14.734 |
-5.125 |
: |
Czech Republic |
10.306 |
10.17 |
0.135 |
3.381 |
Denmark |
11.952 |
10.203 |
1.748 |
1.833 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
8.194 |
10.015 |
-1.821 |
0.279 |
Greece |
9.958 |
9.44 |
0.518 |
3.588 |
Spain |
10.766 |
8.386 |
2.381 |
14.243 |
France |
13.148 |
8.404 |
4.744 |
1.481 |
Hungary |
9.915 |
13.058 |
-3.143 |
1.894 |
Netherlands |
11.321 |
8.282 |
3.04 |
-1.916 |
Austria |
9.407 |
8.97 |
0.437 |
2.883 |
Poland |
9.812 |
9.693 |
0.12 |
-0.947 |
Portugal |
9.953 |
9.632 |
0.322 |
2.466 |
Romania |
10.167 |
11.956 |
-1.789 |
-0.3 |
Slovenia |
9.437 |
9.021 |
0.416 |
3.081 |
Slovakia |
9.998 |
9.886 |
0.112 |
0.715 |
Finland |
11.173 |
9.127 |
2.046 |
1.964 |
Sweden |
11.664 |
10.041 |
1.623 |
5.599 |
Cyprus |
11.332 |
6.611 |
4.721 |
10.973 |
Malta |
9.588 |
7.937 |
1.651 |
2.48 |
Estonia |
11.073 |
12.888 |
-1.815 |
: |
Lithuania |
9.212 |
13.203 |
-3.992 |
-1.431 |
Latvia |
9.731 |
14.466 |
-4.735 |
-1.071 |
Source: Eurostat and CBS |
Table 4: AGE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULATION BY GENDER, 2006
|
Total |
|
|
|
Women |
|
|
|
|
Men |
|
|
|
|
|
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
65+ |
Up to 15 |
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
65+ |
Up to 15 |
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
65+ |
Croatia |
13.17 |
35.33 |
18.74 |
16.85 |
14.97 |
12.45 |
34.00 |
13.29 |
19.91 |
16.94 |
13.95 |
36.76 |
18.80 |
13.55 |
EU – 27 |
13.23 |
36.58 |
18.24 |
16.52 |
15.85 |
12.55 |
35.20 |
12.94 |
18.82 |
17.65 |
13.83 |
37.70 |
18.26 |
13.92 |
Belgium |
12.08 |
35.67 |
17.90 |
17.22 |
16.40 |
11.66 |
34.60 |
12.83 |
19.72 |
17.90 |
12.51 |
36.79 |
18.20 |
14.61 |
Bulgaria |
13.63 |
35.47 |
20.03 |
17.18 |
12.94 |
12.90 |
34.15 |
14.48 |
19.53 |
14.50 |
14.40 |
36.87 |
19.53 |
14.69 |
Czech Republic |
13.28 |
36.90 |
20.91 |
14.12 |
14.04 |
12.66 |
35.40 |
15.10 |
16.81 |
15.58 |
13.93 |
38.48 |
20.72 |
11.30 |
Denmark |
11.10 |
35.24 |
19.81 |
15.09 |
18.11 |
10.76 |
34.48 |
13.52 |
17.06 |
19.43 |
11.44 |
36.01 |
20.04 |
13.07 |
Germany |
11.74 |
36.58 |
18.44 |
18.94 |
13.63 |
11.27 |
35.08 |
12.22 |
21.85 |
14.99 |
12.24 |
38.16 |
18.72 |
15.90 |
Ireland |
15.35 |
37.51 |
15.42 |
11.13 |
20.00 |
15.09 |
37.19 |
11.09 |
12.43 |
21.18 |
15.60 |
37.83 |
15.56 |
9.82 |
Greece |
12.19 |
37.54 |
17.58 |
18.31 |
13.82 |
11.56 |
36.58 |
12.65 |
20.14 |
14.93 |
12.82 |
38.53 |
17.27 |
16.45 |
Spain |
12.07 |
40.20 |
16.49 |
16.75 |
13.88 |
11.59 |
38.88 |
11.64 |
19.05 |
15.13 |
12.56 |
41.56 |
16.37 |
14.38 |
France |
13.00 |
34.46 |
17.69 |
16.22 |
17.69 |
12.46 |
33.77 |
13.11 |
18.59 |
19.62 |
13.57 |
35.19 |
17.89 |
13.72 |
Italy |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
|
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
0.00 |
Hungary |
13.01 |
35.87 |
19.88 |
15.70 |
14.41 |
12.14 |
34.06 |
14.38 |
18.97 |
16.77 |
13.98 |
37.88 |
19.29 |
12.09 |
Netherlands |
11.96 |
36.66 |
18.86 |
14.15 |
17.74 |
11.64 |
35.95 |
13.49 |
16.16 |
18.99 |
12.29 |
37.39 |
19.23 |
12.10 |
Austria |
12.34 |
37.73 |
17.70 |
16.23 |
15.16 |
11.79 |
36.44 |
11.84 |
19.00 |
16.88 |
12.91 |
39.10 |
17.81 |
13.30 |
Poland |
16.34 |
36.06 |
17.92 |
13.22 |
15.55 |
15.51 |
34.72 |
14.12 |
15.93 |
17.44 |
17.22 |
37.48 |
17.52 |
10.34 |
Portugal |
12.42 |
37.28 |
17.63 |
17.07 |
14.73 |
11.81 |
36.32 |
12.49 |
19.24 |
16.54 |
13.07 |
38.31 |
17.33 |
14.75 |
Romania |
15.39 |
36.95 |
17.22 |
14.73 |
14.93 |
14.69 |
35.73 |
12.89 |
16.94 |
16.52 |
16.12 |
38.23 |
16.73 |
12.40 |
Slovenia |
13.24 |
38.00 |
19.03 |
15.48 |
13.56 |
12.64 |
36.39 |
13.36 |
18.79 |
14.96 |
13.87 |
39.68 |
19.47 |
12.03 |
Slovakia |
16.01 |
37.91 |
17.57 |
11.68 |
15.95 |
15.22 |
36.55 |
13.30 |
14.22 |
17.76 |
16.83 |
39.36 |
17.06 |
8.99 |
Finland |
12.45 |
33.37 |
20.88 |
15.94 |
16.64 |
11.92 |
32.11 |
15.12 |
18.75 |
18.11 |
13.01 |
34.69 |
21.19 |
13.00 |
Sweden |
12.31 |
33.36 |
19.64 |
17.27 |
16.82 |
11.91 |
32.48 |
13.28 |
19.44 |
18.02 |
12.72 |
34.26 |
19.94 |
15.07 |
United Kingdom |
13.14 |
35.17 |
17.74 |
16.00 |
17.13 |
12.60 |
34.71 |
12.46 |
17.90 |
18.79 |
13.71 |
35.65 |
17.83 |
14.03 |
Source: Eurostat |
Table 5: ACTIVITY RATES BY GENDER, AGE GROUP AND NATIONALITY (%), 2006
|
Total |
|
|
|
Men |
|
|
|
Women |
|
|
|
|
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
Croatia |
63.5 |
38.0 |
83.7* |
48.5** |
68.9 |
41.1 |
87.2* |
58.2** |
58.2 |
34.5 |
80.2* |
39.9** |
EU 27 |
70.2 |
44.0 |
84.1 |
46.3 |
77.5 |
47.4 |
91.9 |
56.1 |
62.9 |
40.5 |
76.4 |
37.1 |
Belgium |
66.5 |
34.7 |
84.5 |
33.6 |
73.4 |
37.4 |
91.9 |
42.7 |
59.5 |
31.9 |
77.0 |
24.6 |
Bulgaria |
64.5 |
28.9 |
82.3 |
43.0 |
68.8 |
31.3 |
85.1 |
53.6 |
60.2 |
26.4 |
79.4 |
33.9 |
Czech Republic |
70.3 |
33.5 |
88.2 |
47.7 |
78.3 |
37.7 |
94.8 |
62.7 |
62.3 |
29.2 |
81.3 |
34.0 |
Denmark |
80.6 |
69.9 |
88.9 |
63.2 |
84.1 |
70.5 |
92.3 |
69.6 |
77.0 |
69.3 |
85.4 |
56.7 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
75.3 |
50.3 |
87.6 |
55.2 |
81.3 |
52.9 |
93.8 |
64.0 |
69.2 |
47.6 |
81.4 |
46.6 |
Ireland |
71.8 |
54.7 |
81.5 |
54.4 |
81.5 |
59.0 |
92.1 |
68.7 |
61.9 |
50.2 |
70.7 |
40.0 |
Greece |
67.0 |
32.4 |
82.0 |
43.9 |
79.1 |
36.1 |
94.7 |
61.0 |
55.0 |
28.7 |
69.1 |
28.0 |
Spain |
70.8 |
48.2 |
82.0 |
46.8 |
81.3 |
52.2 |
92.5 |
63.5 |
60.2 |
43.9 |
71.2 |
31.0 |
France |
69.4 |
37.9 |
87.0 |
39.9 |
74.8 |
42.2 |
93.5 |
42.7 |
64.1 |
33.4 |
80.7 |
37.3 |
Italy |
62.7 |
32.5 |
77.8 |
33.4 |
74.6 |
37.8 |
91.3 |
45.0 |
50.8 |
26.9 |
64.3 |
22.5 |
Hungary |
62.0 |
26.8 |
79.6 |
34.9 |
68.7 |
30.1 |
86.5 |
43.1 |
55.5 |
23.4 |
72.9 |
28.2 |
Netherlands |
77.4 |
70.8 |
87.1 |
49.6 |
83.9 |
71.5 |
94.1 |
60.4 |
70.7 |
70.1 |
80.1 |
38.6 |
Austria |
73.7 |
59.4 |
87.1 |
36.8 |
80.5 |
63.9 |
93.2 |
47.3 |
67.0 |
55.1 |
80.9 |
26.9 |
Poland |
63.4 |
34.2 |
81.7 |
30.7 |
70.1 |
37.5 |
88.2 |
42.6 |
56.8 |
30.7 |
75.4 |
20.3 |
Portugal |
73.9 |
42.7 |
87.7 |
53.5 |
79.5 |
46.6 |
92.9 |
62.7 |
68.4 |
38.7 |
82.7 |
45.1 |
Romania |
63.6 |
30.6 |
79.9 |
42.8 |
70.7 |
35.1 |
87.1 |
52.0 |
56.6 |
25.9 |
72.6 |
34.8 |
Slovenia |
70.9 |
40.6 |
89.0 |
33.4 |
74.9 |
44.4 |
91.0 |
45.8 |
66.7 |
36.4 |
87.0 |
21.4 |
Slovakia |
68.6 |
35.3 |
87.6 |
36.7 |
76.4 |
39.7 |
94.0 |
55.2 |
60.9 |
30.9 |
81.2 |
20.9 |
Finland |
75.2 |
51.8 |
87.8 |
58.5 |
77.1 |
52.6 |
90.3 |
58.9 |
73.3 |
51.0 |
85.3 |
58.2 |
Sweden |
78.8 |
51.3 |
89.4 |
72.8 |
81.2 |
50.8 |
92.5 |
76.0 |
76.3 |
51.9 |
86.3 |
69.6 |
United Kingdom |
75.5 |
61.9 |
84.5 |
59.1 |
82.1 |
64.3 |
91.6 |
68.4 |
69.2 |
59.4 |
77.6 |
50.2 |
*LFS data for Croatia refer to the following age category (25-49) |
||||||||||||
** LFS data for Croatia refer to the following age category (50-64) |
||||||||||||
Source: Eurostat (for EU countries), LFS 2006/2 (for Croatia) |
Table 6: EMPLOYMENT RATES BY GENDER, AGE GROUP AND NATIONALITY (%), 2006
|
Total |
|
|
|
Men |
|
|
|
Women |
|
|
|
|
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
15-64 |
15-24 |
25-54 |
55-64 |
Croatia |
56.6 |
27 |
76.1* |
45.0** |
62.3 |
29.5 |
80.7* |
54.7** |
51 |
24.2 |
71.6* |
36.3** |
EU 27 |
64.4 |
36.6 |
78.1 |
43.5 |
71.6 |
39.3 |
85.9 |
52.6 |
57.2 |
33.3 |
70.2 |
34.8 |
Belgium |
61 |
27.6 |
78.4 |
32 |
67.9 |
30.4 |
85.9 |
40.9 |
54 |
24.7 |
70.7 |
23.2 |
Bulgaria |
58.6 |
23.2 |
75.7 |
39.6 |
62.8 |
25.4 |
78.6 |
49.5 |
54.6 |
21 |
72.8 |
31.1 |
Czech Republic |
65.3 |
27.7 |
82.5 |
45.2 |
73.7 |
31.5 |
90.4 |
59.5 |
56.8 |
23.7 |
74.5 |
32.1 |
Denmark |
77.4 |
64.6 |
86.1 |
60.7 |
81.2 |
65 |
90.1 |
67.1 |
73.4 |
64.1 |
82 |
54.3 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
67.5 |
43.4 |
79.3 |
48.4 |
72.8 |
45.1 |
84.9 |
56.4 |
62.2 |
41.6 |
73.7 |
40.6 |
Ireland |
68.6 |
50 |
78.4 |
53.1 |
77.7 |
53.6 |
88.4 |
67 |
59.3 |
46.2 |
68.3 |
39.1 |
Greece |
61 |
24.2 |
75.3 |
42.3 |
74.6 |
29.7 |
90 |
59.2 |
47.4 |
18.7 |
60.5 |
26.6 |
Spain |
64.8 |
39.5 |
75.8 |
44.1 |
76.1 |
44.4 |
87.6 |
60.4 |
53.2 |
34.4 |
63.7 |
28.7 |
France |
63 |
29.3 |
80.2 |
37.6 |
68.5 |
33.3 |
87 |
40.1 |
57.7 |
25.2 |
73.6 |
35.2 |
Italy |
58.4 |
25.5 |
73.3 |
32.5 |
70.5 |
30.6 |
87.2 |
43.7 |
46.3 |
20.1 |
59.3 |
21.9 |
Hungary |
57.3 |
21.7 |
74.2 |
33.6 |
63.8 |
24.5 |
81 |
41.1 |
51.5 |
18.8 |
67.6 |
27.1 |
Netherlands |
74.3 |
66.2 |
84.2 |
47.7 |
80.9 |
67.2 |
91.4 |
58 |
67.7 |
65.1 |
77 |
37.2 |
Austria |
70.2 |
54 |
83.5 |
35.5 |
76.9 |
58.2 |
89.9 |
45.3 |
63.5 |
49.9 |
77 |
26.3 |
Poland |
54.5 |
24 |
71.8 |
28.1 |
60.9 |
26.9 |
78.3 |
38.4 |
48.2 |
21 |
65.3 |
19 |
Portugal |
67.9 |
35.8 |
81.3 |
50.1 |
73.9 |
39.8 |
87.4 |
58.2 |
62 |
31.6 |
75.3 |
42.8 |
Romania |
58.8 |
24 |
74.7 |
41.7 |
64.6 |
27.3 |
80.8 |
50 |
53 |
20.6 |
68.6 |
34.5 |
Slovenia |
66.6 |
35 |
84.2 |
32.6 |
71.1 |
39.2 |
87.1 |
44.5 |
61.8 |
30.3 |
81.2 |
21 |
Slovakia |
59.4 |
25.9 |
77.2 |
33.1 |
67 |
29.2 |
84.1 |
49.8 |
51.9 |
22.5 |
70.2 |
18.9 |
Finland |
69.3 |
42.1 |
82.4 |
54.5 |
71.4 |
42.6 |
85.2 |
54.8 |
67.3 |
41.6 |
79.6 |
54.3 |
Sweden |
73.1 |
40.3 |
84.7 |
69.6 |
75.5 |
40.2 |
87.8 |
72.3 |
70.7 |
40.4 |
81.5 |
66.9 |
United Kingdom |
71.5 |
53.2 |
81.1 |
57.4 |
77.3 |
54.1 |
87.9 |
66 |
65.8 |
52.2 |
74.6 |
49.1 |
*LFS data for Croatia refer to the following age category (25-49) |
||||||||||||
** LFS data for Croatia refer to the following age category (50-64) |
||||||||||||
Source: Eurostat (for EU countries), LFS 2006/2 (for Croatia) |
Table 7: EMPLOYMENT BY GENDER AND ECONOMIC ACTIVITY IN 2006 (%) (ACCORDING TO NACE CLASSIFICATION*) 15 YEARS AND OVER
|
a, b Agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing |
c-f Industry |
g-k Services (excluding public administration) |
l Public administration and defence, compulsory social security |
m to q Other services |
Croatia |
13.80 |
28.50 |
35.00 |
6.30 |
16.40 |
EU-27 |
5.89 |
27.64 |
36.91 |
7.12 |
22.45 |
Belgium |
1.95 |
24.70 |
37.05 |
9.90 |
26.39 |
Bulgaria |
8.11 |
34.47 |
33.98 |
7.22 |
16.22 |
Czech Republic |
3.76 |
39.97 |
32.63 |
6.75 |
16.89 |
Denmark |
3.09 |
23.33 |
37.06 |
5.95 |
30.58 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
2.26 |
29.59 |
37.02 |
7.70 |
23.44 |
Ireland |
5.74 |
27.47 |
39.18 |
5.14 |
22.48 |
Greece |
11.98 |
22.09 |
39.82 |
8.55 |
17.57 |
Spain |
4.78 |
29.55 |
39.87 |
6.19 |
19.61 |
France |
3.95 |
24.22 |
36.59 |
9.37 |
25.86 |
Italy |
4.27 |
30.13 |
39.02 |
6.28 |
20.30 |
Hungary |
4.77 |
32.36 |
35.92 |
7.27 |
19.67 |
Netherlands |
3.28 |
20.19 |
41.89 |
7.14 |
27.50 |
Austria |
5.52 |
28.16 |
40.20 |
6.44 |
19.68 |
Poland |
15.79 |
29.98 |
30.42 |
6.29 |
17.52 |
Portugal |
11.70 |
30.57 |
32.09 |
6.87 |
18.78 |
Romania |
30.60 |
30.71 |
22.15 |
5.23 |
11.32 |
Slovenia |
9.58 |
35.49 |
31.13 |
5.96 |
17.84 |
Slovakia |
4.39 |
38.82 |
31.82 |
7.04 |
17.93 |
Finland |
4.67 |
25.69 |
36.81 |
4.70 |
28.13 |
Sweden |
2.23 |
21.91 |
37.52 |
5.71 |
32.63 |
United Kingdom |
1.35 |
21.98 |
41.70 |
7.09 |
27.88 |
Source: Eurostat (for EU countries), LFS 2006/2 (for Croatia) |
* NACE classification:
A-B |
agriculture, hunting, forestry, fishing |
||||
A |
agriculture, hunting and forestry |
||||
B |
fishing |
||||
C-F |
industry (mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supplies, construction) |
||||
C |
mining and quarrying |
||||
D |
manufacturing |
||||
E |
electricity, gas and water supplies |
||||
F |
construction |
||||
G-K |
services (excluding public administration) |
||||
G |
wholesale and retail trade, repair of motorcycles and personal and household goods |
||||
H |
hotels and restaurants |
||||
I |
transport, storage, communication |
||||
J |
financial intermediation |
||||
K |
real estate, renting and business activities |
||||
L |
public administration and defence, compulsory social security |
||||
M-Q |
other services |
||||
M |
education |
||||
N |
health and social work |
||||
O |
other community, social, personal service activities |
||||
P |
activities of households |
||||
Q |
extra-territorial organization and bodies |
Table 8a: Share of part-time employment in total employment, 2006 |
Table 8b: Share of temporary workers among employees, 15-64, 2006 |
|||||||
|
Total |
Males |
Females |
|
Total |
Men |
Women |
|
Croatia |
10.1 |
6.8 |
13.4 |
Croatia |
12.5 |
: |
: |
|
EU – 27 |
18.1 |
7.7 |
31.2 |
EU-27 |
14.3 |
13.8 |
14.9 |
|
Belgium |
22.2 |
7.4 |
41.1 |
Belgium |
8.7 |
6.9 |
10.8 |
|
Bulgaria |
2 |
1.5 |
2.5 |
Bulgaria |
6.1 |
6.2 |
6.1 |
|
Czech Republic |
5 |
2.2 |
8.7 |
Czech Republic |
8 |
6.8 |
9.4 |
|
Denmark |
23.6 |
13.3 |
35.4 |
Denmark |
8.9 |
7.9 |
9.9 |
|
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
25.8 |
9.3 |
45.6 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
14.5 |
14.8 |
14.2 |
|
Ireland |
: |
: |
: |
Ireland |
3.3 |
2.9 |
3.8 |
|
Greece |
5.7 |
2.9 |
10.2 |
Greece |
10.7 |
9.1 |
13 |
|
Spain |
12 |
4.3 |
23.2 |
Spain |
34.1 |
32.1 |
36.8 |
|
France |
17.2 |
5.7 |
30.6 |
France |
13.5 |
13 |
14 |
|
Italy |
13.3 |
4.7 |
26.5 |
Italy |
13.1 |
11.2 |
15.8 |
|
Hungary |
4 |
2.6 |
5.6 |
Hungary |
6.7 |
7.3 |
6 |
|
Netherlands |
46.2 |
23 |
74.7 |
Netherlands |
16.4 |
15.2 |
17.9 |
|
Austria |
21.8 |
6.5 |
40.2 |
Austria |
9 |
9.1 |
8.9 |
|
Poland |
9.8 |
7.1 |
13 |
Poland |
27.3 |
28.4 |
25.9 |
|
Portugal |
11.3 |
7.4 |
15.8 |
Portugal |
20.6 |
19.5 |
21.8 |
|
Romania |
9.7 |
9.5 |
9.8 |
Romania |
1.8 |
2 |
1.6 |
|
Slovenia |
9.2 |
7.2 |
11.6 |
Slovenia |
17.1 |
15.2 |
19.1 |
|
Slovakia |
2.8 |
1.3 |
4.7 |
Slovakia |
5 |
4.9 |
5 |
|
Finland |
14 |
9.3 |
19.2 |
Finland |
16.3 |
12.6 |
20 |
|
Sweden |
25.1 |
11.8 |
40.2 |
Sweden |
17 |
15 |
18.9 |
|
United Kingdom |
25.5 |
10.6 |
42.6 |
United Kingdom |
5.6 |
5 |
6.3 |
|
Source: Eurostat, Labour Force Survey 2006/1. |
Table 9a: UNEMPLOYMENT RATES BY GENDER, AGE GROUPS AND NATIONALITY (%), 2006
|
Total unemployment |
|
|
Men |
|
|
Women |
|
|
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
15-24 |
25-49 |
50-64 |
|
Croatia |
29 |
9 |
7,3 |
28.2 |
7.5 |
6.1 |
30 |
10.7 |
8.9 |
EU – 27 |
17.4 |
7.4 |
6.3 |
17.1 |
6.6 |
6.1 |
17.8 |
8.3 |
6.6 |
Belgium |
20.5 |
7.4 |
5.6 |
18.8 |
6.7 |
4.9 |
22.6 |
8.2 |
6.7 |
Bulgaria |
19.5 |
8 |
8.1 |
18.9 |
7.6 |
7.9 |
20.3 |
8.3 |
8.3 |
Czech Republic |
17.5 |
6.3 |
6 |
16.6 |
4.6 |
5.2 |
18.7 |
8.4 |
6.9 |
Denmark |
7.7 |
3.2 |
3.5 |
7.9 |
2.4 |
3.2 |
7.5 |
4.1 |
4 |
Germany (including ex-GDR from 1991) |
13.7 |
9.3 |
11.4 |
14.8 |
9.4 |
11.2 |
12.5 |
9.2 |
11.7 |
Ireland |
8.6 |
3.9 |
2.8 |
9.1 |
4.1 |
3 |
8 |
3.5 |
2.4 |
Greece |
25.2 |
8.6 |
4.1 |
17.7 |
5.3 |
3.2 |
34.7 |
13.2 |
5.9 |
Spain |
17.9 |
7.7 |
5.9 |
15 |
5.5 |
4.4 |
21.6 |
10.6 |
8.5 |
France |
22.6 |
8.1 |
6 |
21.2 |
7.2 |
5.8 |
24.5 |
9.1 |
6.3 |
Italy |
21.6 |
6.3 |
3 |
19.1 |
4.8 |
2.7 |
25.3 |
8.4 |
3.5 |
Hungary |
19.1 |
7.1 |
4.8 |
18.6 |
6.6 |
4.8 |
19.8 |
7.7 |
4.8 |
Netherlands |
6.6 |
3.3 |
3.7 |
6.1 |
2.9 |
3.6 |
7.1 |
3.8 |
3.8 |
Austria |
9.1 |
4.2 |
3.5 |
8.9 |
3.6 |
3.8 |
9.3 |
5 |
3.2 |
Poland |
29.8 |
12.4 |
10.2 |
28.3 |
11.2 |
10.7 |
31.6 |
13.8 |
9.7 |
Portugal |
16.3 |
7.4 |
6.5 |
14.5 |
5.8 |
6.7 |
18.4 |
9.2 |
6.2 |
Romania |
21.4 |
6.7 |
3.9 |
22.3 |
7.6 |
4.5 |
20.2 |
5.6 |
3 |
Slovenia |
13.9 |
5.5 |
3.9 |
11.6 |
4.4 |
3.5 |
16.8 |
6.8 |
4.3 |
Slovakia |
26.6 |
11.9 |
11.2 |
26.4 |
10.5 |
10.3 |
27 |
13.5 |
12.4 |
Finland |
18.7 |
6.1 |
6.5 |
19 |
5.5 |
6.6 |
18.4 |
6.8 |
6.4 |
Sweden |
21.5 |
5.5 |
4.3 |
21 |
5.3 |
4.7 |
22 |
5.8 |
3.8 |
United Kingdom |
14.1 |
4.1 |
3.1 |
15.9 |
4.2 |
3.5 |
12.1 |
4 |
2.6 |
Source: Eurostat (for EU-27), Labour Force Survey 2006/2 (for Croatia) |
Table 9b: UNEMPLOYMENT DATA OF SPECIAL GROUPS, 2006
Unemployment |
Long-term |
Share of the long-term |
The unemployed |
|||||||
rate (%) |
unemployment rate (%) |
unemployed (%) |
among youth (%) |
|||||||
Total |
Men |
Women |
Total |
Men |
Women |
Total |
Men |
Women |
Total |
|
Croatia |
10.9 |
9.6 |
12.4 |
6.7 |
5.8 |
7.7 |
58.9 |
55.7 |
62.2 |
12.3 |
EU-27 |
7.9 |
7.1 |
8.8 |
3.6 |
3.3 |
4.0 |
45.3 |
44.8 |
45.8 |
8.4 |
Source: Eurostat, CBS |
Table 10: EMPLOYED, UNEMPLOYED AND INACTIVE POPULATION BY LEVEL OF EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT, 2006
Employment |
Unemployed |
Inactive |
|||||||
isced0_2 |
isced3_4 |
isced5_6 |
isced0_2 |
isced3_4 |
isced5_6 |
isced0_2 |
isced3_4 |
isced5_6 |
|
Croatia |
18.2 |
61.5 |
19.7 |
20.6 |
68.2 |
11.2 |
55.5 |
37.4 |
7.1 |
EU-27 |
24.8 |
49.5 |
25.5 |
11.8 |
8.3 |
4.6 |
51.0 |
37.7 |
8.5 |
Belgium |
23.5 |
38.9 |
37.6 |
14 |
8.2 |
4.5 |
56.9 |
31.7 |
11.4 |
Bulgaria |
15.1 |
59.5 |
25.4 |
20.5 |
7.7 |
4 |
54.8 |
37.8 |
7.4 |
Czech Republic |
5.8 |
79.5 |
14.7 |
24.8 |
6.4 |
2.5 |
38.3 |
56.3 |
5.4 |
Denmark |
20.0 |
46.9 |
32.9 |
6.7 |
3.2 |
3.3 |
45.0 |
39.9 |
14.9 |
Germany |
16.1 |
58.7 |
25.2 |
18.7 |
9.9 |
4.8 |
45.2 |
45.6 |
8.9 |
Ireland |
25.1 |
38.9 |
33.0 |
7.1 |
4.1 |
2.5 |
57.4 |
29.1 |
11.4 |
Greece |
35.5 |
39.3 |
25.2 |
8.3 |
10.7 |
7.3 |
54.9 |
38.6 |
6.5 |
Spain |
44.2 |
23.5 |
32.3 |
10.5 |
8.1 |
6.1 |
62.9 |
20.3 |
11.8 |
France |
26.5 |
44.7 |
28.8 |
13.6 |
8.2 |
6 |
52.6 |
34.2 |
13.3 |
Italy |
39.3 |
45.4 |
15.2 |
8.2 |
6.2 |
5.3 |
65.7 |
28.9 |
5.3 |
Hungary |
13.1 |
65.6 |
21.3 |
16.7 |
6.9 |
2.8 |
47.8 |
45.7 |
6.5 |
Netherlands |
25.5 |
43.5 |
30.0 |
6.1 |
3.6 |
2.3 |
51.9 |
33.5 |
13.5 |
Austria |
17.5 |
64.4 |
18.1 |
9.4 |
4.1 |
2.6 |
42.7 |
50.5 |
6.9 |
Poland |
9.0 |
68.7 |
22.3 |
23.7 |
15 |
6 |
39.7 |
55.0 |
5.3 |
Romania |
21.6 |
64.4 |
14.0 |
9 |
7.9 |
3.8 |
49.8 |
47.4 |
2.8 |
Slovenia |
14.4 |
62.2 |
23.4 |
8.4 |
6.6 |
3.3 |
42.6 |
51.8 |
5.6 |
Slovakia |
4.6 |
78.6 |
16.8 |
48.6 |
11.8 |
3.3 |
43.1 |
51.9 |
5.0 |
Finland |
17.4 |
47.0 |
35.5 |
14.2 |
8.2 |
3.7 |
49.0 |
37.2 |
13.8 |
Sweden |
14.7 |
54.6 |
30.0 |
13.9 |
6.3 |
4.4 |
36.2 |
36.7 |
11.8 |
United Kingdom |
22.1 |
45.5 |
31.7 |
9.1 |
5.3 |
2.8 |
35.8 |
32.8 |
10.9 |
Source: Eurostat, Labour Force Survey, CBS |
Table 11: ACTIVITY, EMPLOYMENT AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATES BY EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT, 2006
|
Activity rate |
Employment rate |
Unemployment rate |
||||||
isced 0-2 |
isced 3-4 |
isced 5-6 |
isced 0-2 |
isced 3-4 |
isced 5-6 |
isced 0-2 |
isced 3-4 |
isced 5-6 |
|
EU – 27 |
75.3 |
86.7 |
92.3 |
66.8 |
80.4 |
88.3 |
11.3 |
7.4 |
4.3 |
Men |
88.8 |
93.2 |
96.1 |
80.2 |
87.1 |
92.5 |
9.6 |
6.5 |
3.7 |
Women |
61.6 |
79.8 |
88.9 |
53.2 |
73.2 |
84.6 |
13.7 |
8.3 |
4.8 |
Source: Eurostat |
Table 12: ECONOMIC INDICATORS ON THE COUNTY LEVEL
County |
Population density per km2, 2006 |
GDP per capita in current prices, 2004 (RoC=100) |
Administrative unemployment rate (%), (end March 2006) |
Persons in employment (end March 2006) |
Average number of unemployed persons, 2006 |
County of Zagreb |
101.2 |
74.8 |
14.2 |
81,517 |
13,045 |
County of Krapina-Zagorje |
115.9 |
68.5 |
14 |
37,456 |
5,692 |
County of Sisak-Moslavina |
41.5 |
74.5 |
28.9 |
45,991 |
17,718 |
County of Karlovac |
39.1 |
73.9 |
26.1 |
38,749 |
12,968 |
County of Varaždin |
146.4 |
85.7 |
13.6 |
62,598 |
9,218 |
County of Koprivnica-Križevci |
71.2 |
90.6 |
17 |
38,426 |
7,534 |
County of Bjelovar-Bilogora |
50.4 |
74 |
25.9 |
35,396 |
11,834 |
County of Primorje-Gorski Kotar |
85.1 |
113.7 |
13.4 |
113,908 |
16,220 |
County of Lika-Senj |
10 |
126.9 |
22.1 |
13,515 |
3,637 |
County of Virovitica-Podravina |
46.1 |
72.8 |
30.3 |
23,361 |
9,484 |
County of Požega-Slavonia |
47.1 |
71.1 |
21.7 |
20,829 |
5,332 |
County of Brod-Posavina |
87.1 |
58.2 |
29.6 |
38,486 |
15,339 |
County of Zadar |
44.4 |
78.7 |
20.9 |
44,312 |
10,716 |
County of Osijek-Baranja |
79.5 |
76.9 |
26.1 |
91,738 |
30,176 |
County of Šibenik-Knin |
37.8 |
71.8 |
25 |
29,717 |
8,806 |
County of Vukovar-Srijem |
83.4 |
56.8 |
31.3 |
43,358 |
18,477 |
County of Split-Dalmatia |
102.1 |
79.3 |
22.2 |
138,692 |
37,475 |
County of Istria |
73.4 |
136.9 |
8.4 |
83,867 |
6,317 |
County of Dubrovnik-Neretva |
69 |
94.5 |
18.3 |
38,366 |
7,473 |
County of Međimurje |
162.4 |
77.7 |
15.8 |
37,540 |
6,786 |
City of Zagreb |
1,215.5 |
180.5 |
9.2 |
388,581 |
37,369 |
TOTAL |
78.4 |
100 |
17.7 |
1,446,403 |
291,616 |
Source: Central Bureau of Statistics, Croatian Employment Service |
ANNEX 4
DETAILED SUMMARY TABLE FOR THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME
[See also section 3.2 (Indicators) and section 5.2.6 (Evaluation activities and timing) of the OP]
Priority Axis 1 – Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market Measure 1.1 – Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To develop regional participatory institutional framework for promotion of employment |
Number of Human resources development plans (prepared by Local Employment Partnerships) accepted by the county assemblies |
Undertake local employment initiatives |
Number of employment partnerships established |
|
Carry out labour market surveys Elaborate local HRD strategies |
Number of HRD strategies developed |
|||
Develop project generation and articulation facilities in CES at the regional level |
Number of project portfolios developed |
|||
Implement grant schemes in line with the objectives of the HRD strategies |
Number of persons who received support through the grant schemes |
|||
Measure 1.2 – Supporting the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To improve the quality, effectiveness and efficiency of Croatian employment service |
Number of CES staff certified for provision of different types of services to clients by type of service as a result of capacity building operations and improved business processes provided through the measure |
Development of the capacity to formulate a coherent legislative framework for lifelong career guidance provision Establishment of a National Forum for lifelong career guidance Establishment of a model for lifelong career guidance centre and its pilot-testing |
Number of steps undertaken to the establishment of the lifelong career guidance centre |
|
Strengthen the analytical capacity of CES and MELE through training |
Number of CES and MELE staff trained in analytical work |
|||
Establish a training facility within CES for key skills for counsellors (focusing on the unemployed), advisors (focusing on the employers), lifelong career guidance counsellors, specialized counsellors for disadvantaged groups and skills for other CES processes |
Number of trainers for key business processes in CES |
|||
Support design and implementation of improved business processes with the CES’s IT system and user-friendly IT solutions, including upgrading of the IT equipment & software |
Number of key business processes supported with ICT solutions |
|||
Create a system of quality assurance, monitoring, evaluation and training-needs assessment for CES business processes |
Number of key business processes equipped with quality assurance indicators |
Priority Axis 2 – Reinforcing social inclusion of people at a disadvantage Measure 2.1 – Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To promote social inclusion of the disadvantaged groups through their integration to the labour market |
Share of disadvantaged groups who were beneficiaries of the measure and who remain in employment one year after placement Number of disadvantaged unemployed persons included in the new inter-institutional business processes that promote social inclusion into the labour market |
Development of new inter-institutional and inter-sectoral business processes for the work with disadvantaged groups |
Number of new business processes targeted at the social inclusion of the disadvantaged |
|
Training of staff (basic and advanced) in the employment and social welfare services (governmental, self-governmental, public, non-governmental) for work with disadvantaged groups |
Number of staff trained for the work with disadvantaged groups |
|||
Training and retraining of disadvantaged groups |
Number of unemployed disadvantaged persons benefiting from grant schemes (broken down in specific target groups) |
|||
Measure 2.2 – Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To support access to education for employment by disadvantaged groups through, inter alia, promoting a more flexible policy framework and innovative provision of relevant services. |
Proportion (%) of disadvantaged persons (broken down by common aggregate groups) having a new/ second access to targeted educational services and/or modernised facilities. |
Supporting the design and implementation of educational programmes specifically targeted on disadvantaged groups (including upgrading facilities and equipment where appropriate). |
Number of educational establishments at the local/regional level involved in the development of educational programmes Number of pilot-testings of educational programmes specifically targeted on disadvantaged groups. Number of persons assisted through the grant scheme |
|
Building the capacity of education professionals in new services for the disadvantaged, primarily in the VET sector |
Number of educational professionals who were beneficiaries of training or technical assistance measure |
Priority Axis 3 – Enhancing human capital and employability Measure 3.1 – Further development of a National Qualifications Framework |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To strengthen investment in human capital in Croatia and promote greater employability by helping Croatia develop and implement a coherent HRD policy and national qualifications framework, and to increase the overall labour market relevance, efficiency and quality of the education and training systems |
Share (%) of VET / higher education students (by common levels of EQF) in pilot-institutions having followed any type of education / training based on the reviewed CROQF, modernised curricula and quality assurance mechanisms. |
Establishment of a designated national EQF centre Support to the introduction of a systematic CROQF peer-review process Implementation of the pilot-testing of specific CROQF elements Further improvements of the CROQF consultation and mainstreaming process and related awareness-raising/capacity building campaigns |
Number of steps undertaken to ensure the CROQF implementation |
|
Targeted support to continuous development of the VET Sectoral Councils, the methodology for qualification & framework curricula development |
Number of occupational standards and qualifications/framework curricula developed to a specified standard |
Support for the design and implementation of a «VET Innovation Fund» Pilot-testing of the VET Innovation fund |
Number of VET schools receiving grant support under the Pilot-VET Innovation Fund established on the basis of the VET Innovation Strategy |
|||
Support to institutional and policy development in the field of VET quality assurance. |
Number of VET schools carrying out the pilot testing of the self-evaluation at the micro level |
|||
Further capacity building of relevant VET secondary school staff and other key practitioners in the field of QA |
Percentage of staff and practitioners included in capacity building activities out of the total number of staff |
|||
Further improvements of the Vocational Education and Training Information System (VETIS) and systematic exchange of experience and information on the VET QA |
Number of new modules within VETIS developed |
|||
Measure 3.2 – Strengthening the provision of Adult Learning |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To improve skills and competences of adults and so enable them to participate more actively in the labour market. |
Number of unemployed adult persons and other target groups of adult population at the local level enrolled in new / modernised adult learning programmes. |
Development of an institutional framework for institutions at the local level, for entrepreneurial and other basic skills |
Set of criteria for the selection of institutions at the local level identified |
|
Basic capacity building of selected local institutions. |
Number of train-the-trainers (ToT) modules designed and delivered. |
Procurement of equipment for selected local institutions. |
Training equipment sets procured and installed. |
|||
Comprehensive development of the basic competences programmes in line with the EU Reference Framework for Key Competences. |
Number of new / modernised basic skills training programmes developed. |
|||
Measure 3.3 – Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To support the development of the capacity of Croatia’s public institutions and relevant non-governmental partners in the vocational education and training field and in the field of adult education. |
Share (%) of the employees and external expert/ associates of the Croatian public institution and other institutions who successfully completed specialist capacity building activities and are certified to provide adequate support to ongoing VET / adult learning reform. Number of specific cohorts (with at least 10 staff members of the AVET/other key institutions per each activity) involved in tailor-made training & other TA support in specific VET / AL areas and overall AVET’s development |
A review of current responsibilities of the AVET/AAE and specific recommendations, reflecting the evolving requirements of the Croatian VET system Support to AVET and AAE in organisational and management activities and in the design and preparation of manuals, operational procedures, guidelines, checklists and templates |
Number of steps undertaken to ensure that administrative capacity is further built in the relevant institutions |
|
Elaboration of a mid-term plan for the AVET’s research and analysis function |
Mid-term plan for AVET research and analysis function prepared. |
|||
Elaboration of an international partnership programme and Action Plan for: internal development planning, decision-making, overall VET management, project preparation and co-financing, etc |
International partnership programme and Action Plan prepared. |
|||
Establishment of a training system for AVET/AAE staff and relevant staff members of other key institutions |
Training plan prepared Number of persons trained |
Priority Axis 4 – Technical assistance Measure 4.1 – Project preparation |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To prepare a project pipeline for all operations and measures and ensure sufficient projects are fully mature and ready for submission to the Project Selection Committee throughout the programme duration. |
Number of mature projects ready for contracting |
Support to final beneficiaries in the preparation of tender documentation for service and supply contracts Support to implementing bodies in the preparation of guidelines for potential applicants |
Number of tender document sets prepared Number of guidelines prepared |
|
Support to potential grant applicants in the preparation of their applications |
Number of potential applicants receiving support through TA |
|||
Support to final beneficiaries in the preparation of tender documentation for service and supply contracts |
Number of tender document sets prepared |
Measure 4.2 – Programme management and capacity building |
||||
Specific objective 1 |
Result indicators |
Main types of operations |
Output indicators |
|
To ensure efficient and effective OP management, and develop the institutional capacity for managing and absorbing IPA component IV assistance |
Quality of OP management (of monitoring system, financial control system, project selection system and evaluation system) |
Support to the Croatian OP administration, regarding any aspect of management, monitoring, evaluation and control, including grant scheme management and procurement. Support to the Croatian OP administration in elaboration of sector studies and master plans |
Number of staff from OP administration bodies involved in the capacity building operations |
|
The preparation and implementation of information and publicity activities |
Number of information events organised |
|||
Support (including advice and training) to socio-economic partners, beneficiaries and civil society, to support the implementation of measures (including grant schemes) in specific sectors |
Number of persons involved in training or technical assistance operations |
ANNEX 5
HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME – ORGANIGRAM
ANNEX 6
EX-ANTE EVALUATION REPORT
THE EX ANTE EVALUATION OF IPA OPERATIONAL PROGRAMMES FOR CROATIA
Human Resource Development Operational Programme
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report comprises the findings of the ex ante evaluation of the IPA Operational Programme (OP) for Human Resource Development for Croatia (2007-09) undertaken by the European Policies Research Centre (EPRC).
The OP provides coherent and accessible coverage of the key issues under Human Resource Development, according to the Commission template for IPA OPs. The OP broadly integrates EU and Croatian priorities in the field. Although there are some gaps in the analysis, it provides a sound basis for the strategic approach taken by the programme. The structure of objectives and priorities flows logically from the analysis, though there could be room for further consideration of the structure of some priorities and measures. Systems for monitoring and evaluation and management and implementation have evolved between OP drafts but some further detail and clarification is required in certain areas.
Taking each of the three main policy headings in turn (employment, education and training and social inclusion), there are some areas where additional information could be added to the analysis, or the text restructured, to strengthen the justification for strategic objectives. Closer attention could be paid to the link between the SWOT and the analysis as there are some gaps and inconsistencies where specific aspects of the SWOT do not relate clearly to issues in the background analysis. There is a need for some further consideration of the structure of the priorities and measures. For instance, a general concern is that there is quite a large variety of activity streams included under some priorities and that these activities vary considerably in their nature and scope. More detail on how decisions on the allocation of resources and the sequencing of financial flows to different measures over the first three years would be valuable. It would be helpful to provide more detail on the Programme’s coherence with the Lisbon strategy and other IPA OPs. Work on indicators is still in progress and there are still significant gaps. Similarly, the consultation process was still in progress during the ex ante evaluation. Currently, the description of the consultation arrangements provides only a broad outline and more detail of the process and its outcome will be added in the next draft. Additionally, on the issues of programme management and implementation, some clarification concerning the identity, functions and timetable for the introduction of Implementing Bodies, and their relationship to other management bodies is required. Within the OP, environment is not well integrated. To address this issue, a broader interpretation of environment could be adopted.
PREFACE
The aim of the ex ante evaluation of the IPA Operational Programmes for Croatia is to provide an external perspective on the preparation of the new Programmes with a view to improving and strengthening the final quality of the Programmes and optimising the allocation of resources.
The evaluation was undertaken by a research team from the European Policies Research Centre (EPRC) at the University of Strathclyde in Glasgow. Within EPRC, the ex ante evaluation of the evaluation was managed and undertaken by the following team:
1 |
Dr Irene McMaster (Research Fellow) |
– |
Programme overview |
2 |
Professor John Bachtler (Director) |
– |
Environment OP |
3 |
Professor Douglas Yuill (Director) |
– |
Environment OP |
4 |
Dr Sara Davis (Senior Research Fellow) |
– |
Transport OP |
5 |
Laura Polverari (Senior Research Fellow) |
– |
Regional Competitiveness OP |
6 |
Dr Martin Ferry (Research Fellow) |
– |
Human Resources OP |
7 |
Dr Keith Clement (Senior Research Associate), responsible for Environmental Assessment |
The EPRC team would also like to thank the following local experts for their valuable insights: Sanja Crnković-Pozaić, Maja Vehovec, Dubravka Jurlina Alibegovic and Mak Kisevic.
European Policies Research Centre
Glasgow
April 2007
THE EX ANTE EVALUATION OF IPA OPERATIONAL PROGRAMMES FOR CROATIA
1. INTRODUCTION
This report comprises the findings of the ex ante evaluation of the IPA Operational Programmes (OP) for Human Resource Development for Croatia (2007-09) undertaken by the European Policies Research Centre (EPRC). The report is part of a wider set of IPA ex ante evaluations. The context for the evaluation and a detailed explanation of the methodology is contained in the accompanying «Overview Report». The structure of this report is as follows:
• general overview of the OP;
• appraisal of the socio-economic analysis and the relevance of the programme strategy to the needs identified;
• evaluation of the rationale of the strategy and its consistency;
• appraisal of the internal and external coherence of the strategy;
• an assessment of expected results and impact;
• an appraisal of the proposed implementation system;
• an appraisal of environmental integration; and
• summary conclusions.
2. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME: CONTEXT
1.1 IPA support for human resource development measures
The HRD element of the IPA will contribute to strengthening economic and social cohesion as well as contribute to the priorities of the European Employment Strategy in the field of employment, education and training and social inclusion.[43]
Employment can be targeted by a wide range of policy interventions, e.g. indirectly through policies aimed at social and economic development and/or directly through specific labour market policies. Active labour market policies, built around the principles of «prevention» and «activation», include job search assistance (public employment services), provision of training (training programmes such as classroom training, on the job training, work experiences), subsidization of job creation in the private sector (such as subsides to employers or financial incentives targeted to the unemployed for business start-ups), and temporary job creation in the public sector.[44] Related, the actors and institutions involved in these types of intervention are numerous.
In the European Union, the long-standing aims of combating unemployment and promoting employment have been given operational content through the European Employment Strategy (EES) and Employment Guidelines. Now, the EES has been integrated into the Lisbon Strategy for sustainable economic growth and full employment, resulting in a new structure based around the objectives of full employment, quality at work and cohesion and delivered under ten priorities: activation and prevention, job creation and entrepreneurship, adaptability and mobility, human capital and lifelong learning, labour supply and active ageing, gender equality, integration of people at a disadvantage, making work pay, undeclared work, and regional disparities.[45]
The importance of education and training in producing economic, social and other outcomes means that it is also a key development priority. For many years, the EU has been committed to increasing the proportion of young people leaving education with a qualification, and enhancing work-related training. Current developments are also driven by the requirements of a knowledge-based economy, including a focus on updating skills and promoting new competencies, and, most recently, broadening access to education and training and developing e-learning and ICT skills. Related, education and training covers a wide range of interventions, actors and institutions, and these have become more numerous and more complex in recent years. This reflects important developments in the demand for and supply of education and training, often driven by wider social and economic needs (including technological and lifestyle changes), and a greater customer focus on delivering and funding provision resulting in the need for flexible education and training in terms of curriculum, accreditation and delivery.
Human resource development interventions also take into account issues related to social exclusion. A key challenge for OPs is to foster social inclusion by ensuring a positive and dynamic interaction between economic, employment and social policy.[46] This is a particular priority, as investing in people is seen as crucial to not only building social inclusiveness, but it is also essential to improving economic performance. Within the wider context of human resource development, initiatives to promote social inclusion could have a range target groups (e.g. unemployed, disabled, specific ethnic groups) and cover a range of policy fields (education, employment health and housing). Policies can either be developed to target these groups or particular efforts are made to ensure that do not disadvantage such groups.
In terms of the delivery of all of these interventions, increasingly, a decentralisation process has been taking place in many European countries. Especially in the field of employment services and training, the local level has been considered the best intervention level, due to its closeness to local labour markets, which may be very different in terms of needs and potentialities. In addition, in most countries, the relevant role of the social partners has been recognized in facilitating and promoting employment policies at the local level. It is also worth noting that the synergies and incentives created by the interaction of different policy interventions and the cumulative impact of policy regimes have a key role to play in meeting programme objectives. Therefore, the wider institutional framework in which these policies operate, consisting of policy regimes, organisational regimes and incentive regimes.
Key evaluation questions relate to:
• the likely use and accessibility of the programme (i.e: What is the likely level of awareness among the eligible and potentially eligible population? How to ensure that those eligible to participate in the programme get involved? Who does and who doesn't? Is the target population poorly defined, or the programme delivery poorly controlled?)
• the delivery of the programme (i.e. Is the programme delivery consistent with the aims? Which actors are involved in the programme delivery? What are the times and quality of delivery)
• the identification of variations in the programme delivery (Were programme resources and delivery consistent across all geographical locations? Is it possible to identify best practices among different delivery locations? Are there targeting mechanisms, i.e. delivery focussed on those groups that are «easier» to help instead of the most challenging groups?)
• the organisation of the programme (What are the main models of programme organisation and delivery?, How well do different staff/actors involved in delivery work together?)
• the programme resources (Is programme staffing and funding sufficient to ensure appropriate standards? Are programme resources likely to be used efficiently and effectively? Are costs per outcome reasonable and offset by the benefits?)
• participant experience of the programme (How were participants going to be involved in the programme? Have partners been involved in the development of the programme?)
2.2. Development of the HRD OP
The OP has been prepared by an Inter-Ministerial Working Group (IWG) chaired by the Central Office for Development Strategy and Coordination of EU Funds (CODEF) and including representatives of the Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE); the Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES); the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW); the Croatian Employment Service (CES); the Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET); the Agency for Adult Education (AAE); Education and Teacher Training Agency (ETTA); Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS); Ministry of Foreign Affairs and European Integration (MFAEI); and, CARDS 2003.
The first draft of the OP was produced by the IWG in November 2006. This was structured according the Commission template for IPA OPs and provided a comprehensive review of all the main issues required under the template headings, although there was scope for restructuring and supplementing the text, clarifying and strengthening links between the needs analysis and the strategic priorities and addressing some gaps relating to the analysis section, financial tables, monitoring targets and consultation process. Comments on the first draft were received from the European Commission Delegation, DG Employ. The main comments concerned the need to streamline the OP structure, strengthen links towards future ESF activities, provide a clearer picture of the relationship between PHARE and CARDS programmes and the OP and increase the focus on absorption capacity. A second draft of the OP was produced in March 2007, incorporating responses to the specific Commission comments as well as a restructuring of some sections (notably relating to context and complementarities with other EU assistance programmes), additional text and updated data for the socio-economic analysis (including a stronger regional dimension), and further information on the financial tables and monitoring indicators. Commission comments on the second draft focussed on the OP’s coherence with other programmes (notably the draft Joint Assessment of Employment Priorities – JAP) the reorganisation of some measures, the development of more streamlined measure templates and a clearer indication of the balance between the role of central agency activities and small projects in the OP.
2.3 Evaluation of the HRD OP
The EPRC evaluation of the HRD OP was initially undertaken on the basis of the first draft, based on the EPRC checklist and summarised in the preliminary assessment sent to CODEF in March 2007.
During a fieldwork visit to Croatia on 26-29 March 2007, further assessment was undertaken on the basis of the second draft of the OP and meetings were held by EPRC with the following:
• EU Delegation to Croatia
• Ministry of Economy, Labour and Entrepreneurship (MELE);
• Ministry of Science, Education and Sport (MSES);
• Ministry of Health and Social Welfare (MHSW);
• Croatian Employment Service (CES);
• Agency for Vocational Education and Training (AVET);
• Agency for Adult Education (AAE);
Subsequent analysis of the OP was undertaken by a local expert[47], commissioned by CODEF on the basis of guidance provided by EPRC. The remainder of this report describes the outcome of the above research, structured under the main headings required by the EU regulations and Commission guidance. The local expert also undertook discussions during April 2007 with:
• The Education and Teacher Training Agency;
• The University of Zagreb;
• The Croatian Employer's Association; and
• The Association of Independent Unions.
3. GENERAL COMMENTS ON THE OP
The OP provides coherent and accessible coverage of the key issues under Human Resource Development, according to the Commission template for IPA OPs (see Box 1 below). The OP broadly integrates EU and Croatian priorities in the field. Although there are some gaps in the analysis, it provides a sound basis for the strategic approach taken by the programme. The structure of objectives and priorities flows logically from the analysis, though there could be room for further consideration of the structure of some priorities and measures. Systems for monitoring and evaluation and management and implementation have evolved between OP drafts but some further detail and clarification is required in certain areas.
Box 1: Structure of the Human Resource Development OP
1. Context, consultation and coordination
1.1.1. The national socio-economic and political context
1.1.2. The EU policy context
1.1.3. The process of elaborating the Operational Programme
2. Assessment of medium term needs, objectives and strategic priorities
2.0.1. Socio-economic analysis
2.0.2. SWOT
2.0.3. Strategic priorities
3. Programme strategy
3.0.1. Concentration of assistance, priority axes and measures
3.0.2. Priority axes
3.0.3. Measures
3.0.4. Horizontal issues
3.0.5. Complementarities with other forms of assistance
3.0.6. Indicative list of major projects
4. Financial tables
4.0.1. Calculation of Community contribution
4.0.2. Financial table
5. Implementation provisions
5.0.1. Management and control
5.0.2. Monitoring and evaluation
5.0.3. Information and publicity
Annexes:
I Membership of the Inter-Ministerial Working Group
II Outline Communications Strategy for IPA
III Analytical tables and figures
Background analysis is divided between two sections: Section 1.1 outlines Croatia’s macro-level socio-economic and policy context with a particular focus on HRD-related themes and Section 2.1 contains the main socio-economic analysis. The second draft of the OP has restructured the context, assessment of needs and SWOT sections of the OP and this has addressed some problems with duplication in the first draft OP. In establishing the policy context, the OP introduces a useful overview of the main accession documents and Croatian national strategies. Nevertheless, some partial duplication remains (e.g. concerning the description of education provision in Section 1.1.2 (p.6) and again in Section 2.1.3 (p.22)). One recommendation could be to limit Section 1.1 to the policy context where the hierarchy of policies, strategies and interventions at EU and domestic levels is useful. The socio-economic content could be integrated with Section 2.1.
4. APPRAISAL OF THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND THE RELEVANCE OF THE PROGRAMMES» STRATEGIES TO THE NEEDS IDENTIFIED
4.1 Overview of human resource development issues
Section 1.1 outlines the national socio-economic and policy context, consisting of general macro-economic information and more specific HRD-related data. It also sets out the key domestic policies relating to the three main HRD headings of employment, skills, education and training, and social cohesion and inclusion. The main socio-economic analysis is in Section 2.1. In general, this provides an overview of the relevant issues under five main headings: demography and public health; employment and unemployment (including by sector, and with reference to flexible employment); education, training and skills; social protection, social income and social inclusion; and regional disparities (the last category has been added as a distinct section in the second draft OP).
The use of statistical information to support statements is generally sound, drawing on domestic and Eurostat sources to make some EU comparisons. Under each heading, the most important trends are drawn out, illustrated by statistics drawn from Eurostat and domestic sources and sometimes setting the Croatian experience in comparative context with different Member States and the EU as a whole (tables have been moved to an annex in Draft 2).[48] The main Croatian statistical data source for poverty and social exclusion is the Croatian Bureau of Statistics (CBS) which conducts a Household Budget Survey (HBS). Coverage in this is improving and it has been harmonised with Eurostat. There are also Labour Force Surveys.
Section 1.2 outlines the EU policy context. The framework provided by Commission strategies and guidelines informs the analysis and the strategic sections of the HRD OP in quite a prescriptive way. The OP is rooted in the Strategic Coherence Framework (SCF) which sets out how IPA funding is to be used in Croatia and IPA Components III and IV. HRD-related objectives of the SCF have been informed by European Employment Strategy and European Employment Guidelines. Priorities indicated in the OP must also be in line with and result from the Joint Memorandum for Social Inclusion (JIM) and the Joint Assessment of Employment Priorities (JAP), which all accession countries must prepare. Drafting of the OP has taken place in close co-ordination with the elaboration of the JIM and JAP documents. The overall priority is «Creating more and better jobs. More immediately, attracting and retaining more people in employment by increasing human capital investment, reinforcing social inclusion and promoting adaptability of enterprises and workers». This covers the main strategic headings of Employment, Education and Training, and Social Inclusion. Administrative capacity is treated as a cross-cutting theme under each of these headings.
The overall conclusion is that, in the relatively short time since the end of the war, and particularly since engaging in the process of accession to the EU, Croatia has made ambitious commitments to modernisation and reform in relation to policies concerning the development of human resources. Given the scale of the commitments, the limits to available resources and the unfamiliar nature of many of the challenges confronted, there is significant pressure on public administration as a consequence. This presents a strong justification for the proposed concentration of assistance delivered through the HRD OP on developing the capacity of the key relevant public institutions at both the national and local levels. Nevertheless, taking each of the three main policy headings in turn, there are some areas where additional information could be added, or the text restructured, to strengthen the justification for strategic objectives.
4.1.1 Employment
Under the employment heading, the Croatian labour market is characterised by an ageing labour force, a relatively low employment rate and a relatively high unemployment rate. Both the share of the long-term unemployed, particularly among unemployed women and the rate of unemployment among the youth, are high. There are large differences in relative unemployment among the regions, reflecting different labour demand and insufficient wage flexibility. Croatia is experiencing population ageing and decline. Up until recently, net immigration had offset this but this now this trend is declining. A declining, ageing population has clear implications for work-force size and a significant increase in employment rate is required to contribute to increased spending on health and social assistance. A key policy in this field is the National Action Plan for Employment (NAPE) and its annual Employment Promotion Plans, informed by the European Employment Strategy. These aim to promote employment, social inclusion, Vocational Education and Training (VET), entrepreneurship and improvement of the business environment. The main instruments for active labour market measures are CES employment subsidy programmes for new starts. Subsidies have aimed to target specific groups (youth, elderly, disabled etc). CES also provides low level finance to municipalities» labour market interventions and some specific measures to national minorities (Roma). However, the programmes have also included general «introduction to job» provisions that apply to everyone and this has limited the impact on these specific target groups. Key challenges identified include: reaching target groups without making conditions too restrictive and thus limiting participation; placing more emphasis on training and upgrading skills; developing provisions for the monitoring and evaluation of the impact of active labour market interventions on target groups. The main focus of OP activities under this heading is to strengthen the capacity of CES and this seems justified, given the challenging agenda. Specific comments under this heading are:
• Some gaps in public sector administrative capacity or institutional constraints are noted as one of the key weaknesses to be addressed in the OP. These gaps are noted in different parts of the analysis (e.g. in terns of efficiency, data-gathering capacity, coordination between central, regional and local structures). However, a more explicit summation in relation to employment services could strengthen the argument for the OP’s focus on capacity-building.
• There is very little detail on internal migration processes and labour force mobility, though low regional mobility of the labour force is listed as a strategic weakness. Even if there is limited information on this, some text should be included in the regional disparities section of the socio-economic context (Section 2.1.5). Related, there could also be some discussion of the potential tension between increasing regional labour force mobility as a result of VET and increased employability and the threat of depopulation in some regions, mentioned in the same section. For instance, extensive urbanisation and out migration in the past has left some areas with labour shortages and an ageing population. Related, changing age structures and a decreasing working age population is likely to have negative impacts on labour supplies, particularly for key sectors such as, ICT, bio-technology and construction. These challenges could suggest the need for targeted support for these regions, at some point. Is increased labour mobility seen as a potential strength or as a threat in the Croatian context?
• Additional points that could be mentioned in the analysis include:
– the development of a more sophisticated and inclusive definition of «employment», taking into account flexible working, self-employment, informal employment and other forms of work contract; and
– noting that a considerable proportion of employment in agriculture in Croatia involves the elderly working in subsistence agriculture.
4.1.2 Skills, training and education
The Croatian population has relatively high rates of secondary education but low rates of higher education and the workforce has relatively low skill levels. There appears to be a significant mismatch between the contents of education and the requirements of the labour market and there is very low provision of adult education and training. A system of polytechnics at post-secondary level has been introduced but the provision of VET is weak and there are high levels of unemployment for graduates from these. An important policy response is the Education Sector Development Plan 2005-10 which aims to improve the quality of training, support teacher training and encourage more strategic approaches in the field. In addition, new organisations have been established recently, notably: the National Council for Higher Education; the Commission for Adult Education; the Agency for Vocational and Educational Training (AVET) and the Agency for Adult Education (AAE). These are in the process of introducing a range of initiatives, including the development of a National Qualifications Framework, a survey of labour market needs (with the aim of rationalising the VET sector), the development of sectoral councils to match skills to labour market needs, the upgrading of the school curricula and the development of local partnerships for employment with municipalities, local CES and employers. Again, the general capacity-building focus of the OP under this heading seems justified given the agenda of the relevant agencies. Specific comments are as follows:
• The assessment of labour market skills needs and gaps could be improved through the use of employer skills surveys. The «mismatch» between the skills base of the working-age population and the demands of employers is highlighted as a significant strategic challenge but additional information could be added, making clear what the skills needs of employers actually are. Section 2.1.3 notes that no definitive analyses of the responsiveness of the education system to labour market needs has been completed, but a clear commitment to developing mechanisms to collate and maintain information on skills needs would perhaps make sense at this stage. In the mean time, some analysis could be based on the limited data available (for instance from JAP and the Sector Councils).
• Given the importance attached to the service sector in the OP and the role of ICT in some of the industries under this heading, more detail could be provided on the characteristics and trends of the development of the Information Society. The identification of the impact of these trends on the qualifications of youth and adults, as well as an indication of the barriers faced by certain social groups in access to information technology or potential synergy with activities related to boosting ICT systems would be useful. Synergies between the HRD OP in providing ICT training and the activities of the Regional Competitiveness OP in developing ICT infrastructure could be developed more fully in the text.
4.1.3 Social Inclusion
Croatia faces the challenge of modernising its health and social welfare systems and to strengthen social inclusion and cohesion. Besides ethnic minorities, the most visible marginalised group appears to be the disabled. As is the case with education and employment, significant locational variations persist in relation to the provision of social and health services. Social care services have traditionally been heavily centralised in the 1990s with little involvement of private or voluntary sectors. After 2001, some decentralisation of services, particularly for the elderly and infirm, took place and more opportunity was created for private or voluntary participation. There has also been a process of gradual deinstitutionalisation and a growing number of clubs, centres, fostering services etc. Partnership working with social partners has gradually improved (e.g. through the Government Office for NGOs and the National Foundation for Civil Society Development). There is also growing awareness of gender issue (e.g. through the Gender Equality Act 2003, Gender Ombudsman, Promotion of Gender Equality strategy). However, the social service sector is still underdeveloped and there is a need to move from the introduction of legislation and the development of an institutional framework to the implementation of measures and this justifies the OP focus on strengthening the capacity of implementing agencies. Nevertheless, there are some aspects of the analysis that could be improved under this heading:
■ There could be scope to highlight the fact that some people and groups can be the subject of multiple disadvantages and that this will be taken into account in the OP. This emphasises the need to include flexibility in the OP to allow it to access people across different target groups, sectors and regions. This would also call for more complete, standardised data about social welfare provision to be developed.
■ Given the importance of the regional dimension (c.f. data in the 2007 World Bank Study «Croatia: Living Standards Assessment, Promoting Social Inclusion and Regional Equity’), the new sub-heading on regional disparities is welcome. However, a short summary of regional-specific variations in skills needs (in so far as information is available) could be included. Interventions relating to expanding or improving skills should be responsive to local and regional labour market needs which will require some reference to different regional labour market dynamics. This is particularly the case given the rural/urban divide mentioned in the OP e.g. related to agriculture, heavy industry etc.
■ There could also be scope to emphasise further the role that the social inclusion heading can have in driving economic development (e.g. by strengthening the case for the role of care and support structures in supporting the labour market and the development of the secondary labour market (social economy) mentioned briefly in Section 2.3.4. This would strengthen the harmonisation of social welfare issues with economic development perspectives in the programme.
4.2 The SWOT analysis
A SWOT analysis is included in Section 2.2. It gives a good general reflection of the main issues highlighted in the baseline assessment which precedes it. It is broken down into three headings that correspond to the main themes covered in the background analysis (Employment, Education and Training, Social Inclusion). However, closer attention could be paid to the link between the SWOT and the background analysis as there are some gaps and inconsistencies where specific aspects of the SWOT do not relate clearly to issues in the background analysis. For example:
• Low regional mobility of the labour force is noted as a weakness in the SWOT but «brain drain» is also mentioned as a threat. As noted above, the OP’s perception of the potential tension between increasing regional labour force mobility as a result of VET and increased employability and the threat of depopulation in some regions should be clarified.
• Resistance to reform and unwillingness to change and adopt new practices in education and training is listed as a threat but not dealt with clearly in the context section.
• Increasing research programmes and fellowships for young researchers is noted as a strength but there is little detail on this in the analysis.
• No mention of regional disparities in education as a weakness, though this is highlighted in the socio-economic analysis (p.26).
• It may be worth considering the following issues in the SWOT: rising levels of entrepreneurial activities in the country; the opportunities to encourage activities, e.g. self-employment, which are currently not captured by accounts of economic activity; high wage differentials in the country may help to attract well educated workers into the country; the low priority given to employee training could be a potential threat; the need for educational reforms to take into account labour market needs is another important issue; the particular challenges to social inclusion faced in lagging regions should be recognised; weak cooperation between key institutions and agencies is a problem; and high levels of university drop-outs is a particular challenge.
5. EVALUATION OF THE RATIONALE OF THE STRATEGY AND ITS CONSISTENCY
5.1 Strategy
Strategic priorities are outlined in Section 2.3. This section makes clear that the strategy is rooted in the Strategic Coherence Framework (SCF), informed by European Employment Strategy guidelines and EES priorities, which sets out how IPA funding is to be used in Croatia, IPA Components III and IV and the Croatian Strategic Development Framework and the JIM and JAP documents. The SCF states that assistance made available to Croatia under IPA Component IV will concentrate in the first instance on:
• capacity building with the aim of preparing Croatian institutions and beneficiaries for delivery and absorption of support from the European Social Fund on accession, and
• the most significant of the areas of concern that are identified by the relevant strategic EU and national documents as being crucial to human resource development.
This covers the main strategic headings of Employment, Education and Training and Social Inclusion. Administrative capacity is treated as a special focus for IPA Ops, giving four priorities (not including Technical Assistance):
• Attract and retain more people in employment and modernise social protection systems
• Improve adaptability of workers and enterprises as well as flexibility of labour markets, and
• Increase investment in human capital through better education and skills.
• Building administrative capacity.
The table below presents the Priority axes and their related measures, indicating in a general way how the relevant EES guidelines are incorporated.
Table 1: OP PRIORITIES, MEASURES AND EES GUIDELINES
Priority axes |
Measures |
EES guidelines |
Priority axis 1: Enhancing Access to Employment and Labour Market Re-integration. |
Measure 1. Supporting the design and implementation of active and preventative labour market policy. (In particular through the development of partnerships between public employment services, other public bodies, and representatives of business and labour.) |
Guideline 17: Implement employment policies aiming at achieving full employment, improving quality and productivity at work, and strengthening social and territorial cohesion Guideline 18: Promote a lifecycle approach to Work. Guideline 21: Promote flexibility combined with employment security and reduce labour market segmentation having due regard to the role of the social partners |
Priority axis 2: Reinforcing Social Inclusion of the Disadvantaged. |
Measure 2a. Supporting access to employment by disadvantaged groups. |
Guideline 19: Ensure inclusive labour markets, enhance work attractiveness, and make work pay for job-seekers including disadvantaged people, and the inactive |
Measure 2b. Supporting access to education by disadvantaged groups. |
||
Priority axis 3: Enhancing Human Capital and Employability. |
Measure 3a. Improving the content, and delivery of vocational education & training for all age groups. |
Guideline 20: Improve matching of labour market needs |
Measure 3b. Developing skills and facilities for lifelong learning. |
Guideline No 23: Expand and improve investment in human capital |
|
Priority axis 4: Strengthening Institutional Efficiency of Public Administration in the Employment and Social Field. |
Measure 4a. Supporting the improvement of the effectiveness and quality of Croatia’s public employment services. |
|
Measure 4b. Supporting the development of institutions and their partners responsible for the provision of vocational education and training, and adult education, in Croatia. |
Guideline No 24: Adapt education and training systems in response to new competence requirements. |
|
Priority axis 5: Supporting the Development and Provision of Administrative Capacity Related to the Delivery of this Operational Programme. |
Measure 5a. – Project preparation. |
|
Measure 5.b – Programme management and capacity-building |
The OP strategy is clearly rooted in the analysis. In fact, the framework provided by Commission strategies and guidelines (including the SCF, MIPD, European Employment Strategy and the JIM and JAP documents) informs the analysis and the strategic sections of the HRD OP in quite a prescriptive way and this ensures overall consistency. Descriptions of the Priority axis have been expanded between OP drafts. In the second draft OP, each axis has a rationale, specific objective, and description, including relationship with existing, related programmes and strategies. However, there is a need for further consideration of the structure of the Priorities and Measures:
• A general concern is that there is quite a large variety of activity streams included under some Priorities and that these activities vary considerably in their nature and scope. For instance, Priority 1 includes establishing national and regional partnerships for employment, the provision of advice and counselling, employment subsidies, retraining exercises and the development of a Graduate Enterprise Programme. Given funding constraints, it is important to avoid producing a lengthy list of potential activities and to introduce some prioritisation. A broader agenda or a basic listing of potential activities may dilute the strategic focus and have management and implementation capacity implications in a context of limited funding (see point in section on management and implementation arrangements).
• The main focus should be to boost the capacity of Ministries and agencies to develop and launch services that will subsequently, and with the benefit of future funding, become fundamental parts of their mainstream portfolios (such as employment partnerships). A clearer distinction between initial, capacity-building support for service providers and subsequent support for their target individuals and groups in society could be used to develop a more focused list of activities for the first phase of the OP.
• Related, more emphasis could be given in the Priorities to building local capacity to design and implement projects successfully. As noted in the draft OP, regional differences in this field are significant in Croatia so the role of local stakeholders in generating and developing projects relevant to their contexts will be important. Thus, measures to support the generation and development of project ideas at local level would boost sub-national absorption capacity. This could also support the human resource dimension of the Regional Operative Programs more directly.
• Priority 1 could be restructured to include more than one measure. Such a subdivision could sharpen the focus of the Priority and help prioritise activities. Although identified target groups differ, there is also some potential overlap between Priority 1 and Priority 4a as both focus on the development of more active labour market policies in the Croatian employment services (e.g. through the development of partnerships and networks).
• The general structure of measures should be reconsidered with the aim of streamlining and harmonising their structure.
• There is some overlap between activities under Priority 1 and Priority 2a as both could target the long-term unemployed with active labour market interventions.
• Where limited funding will be focused on a limited range of projects, largely concentrated on specific agencies, more detail on selection criteria would also be useful. How have they been developed, what purpose do they serve, is there a hierarchy of criteria?
5.2 Financial tables
Financial tables are provided showing the allocation of funding at priority and measure level for each year in the period 2007-09. The figures are disaggregated by EU and national public funding. The tables show that funding for different activities will be introduced gradually over time, with some measures (such as 2b) not receiving funding until 2009. With respect to financial allocations, the OP uses the indicative financial weightings set out in the MIPD as a rough guide. There has been some rebalancing among priorities between drafts, with Priority 3 (dealing with VET and lifelong learning) being allocated more and Priority 1 (access to employment) being allocated slightly less. More detail on how decisions on the allocation of resources and the sequencing of financial flows to different measures over the first three years would be valuable, as would a combined table covering the first three years of the OP.
Table 2: OP FINANCIAL TABLES
Priority Axis |
MIPD |
Proposed |
1 Enhancing access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market. |
30-40 % |
25% |
(Improving adaptability of enterprises and workers*) |
20-30 % |
|
2. Reinforcing social inclusion and integration of people at a disadvantage.** |
15% |
|
3. Expanding and enhancing investment in human capital. |
30-40 % |
30% |
4. Strengthening the institutional capacity of public administration in the employment and training fields. |
10-20 % |
20% |
5. Technical assistance to support OP management and develop a project pipeline. |
10% |
10% |
Total |
100-140% |
100% |
5.3 Horizontal themes
A separate section is provided on the horizontal themes (Section 3.4), covering gender equality and sustainable development. Given the types of interventions covered by the OP, there is a strong focus on equal opportunities. There are specific measures related to equal opportunities (particularly concerning the integration of women into the labour market) and this is reflected in some of the indicators and project selection criteria. More generally, it could be useful to include provision for the collation of data sub-sets on the characteristics of beneficiaries (women, old, disabled etc) under particular measures and then to assess the contribution of particular Priorities to the promotion of equal opportunities. This is related to the general need for a stronger use of baseline and target figures in the hierarchy of indicators (see below). There are no specific environmental measures in the OP and the draft only restates broad IPA commitments to comply with EU Environmental Impact Assessment standards. However, particular HRD OP priorities and measures can contribute to environmental themes. For instance, incorporating an environmental perspective into education and training, both on the level of preparing educators and trainers and participants, would make a contribution to the environmental aspects of the sustainable development agenda. Thus the relationship between OP priorities and some horizontal themes could be more closely specified.
6. APPRAISAL OF THE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL COHERENCE OF THE STRATEGY
As noted above, links between the programme and specific Commission guidelines have been made more explicit in second draft OP, particularly concerning SCF, MIPD, European Employment Guidelines and the JIM and JAP documents. Section 3.5 details complementarities with other forms of EU assistance, (notably the CARDS programme), under employment, VET and social inclusion. Coherence with Croatian policies and strategies is generally well covered and Commission strategic frameworks are sufficiently flexible to facilitate integration with Croatian priorities in the programme. However, there may be some issues for further consideration:
• It would be helpful to provide more detail on the programme’s coherence with the Lisbon strategy, which is mentioned as a basic influence on strategic priorities in Section 2.3.1.
• In comparison to other aspects of the OP (employment, VET) there is less of a framework of Croatian documents to draw on for social strategy. The decentralisation of social services is a key domestic process and this has been stressed more in the latest draft of the OP, including its impact as a source of employment. However, more detail could be included, perhaps drawing on the JIM document.
• More detail should be developed in the OP on links with the Regional Competitiveness OP. This refers to possible synergies between the upgrading of VET or ICT infrastructure in regions and the expansion of services in the HRD OP. As noted above, more detailed information on disadvantaged groups at sub-national levels would support the importance attached to the regional dimension of HRD in the OP. In this respect, reference could also be made as to how the programme’s social inclusion activities will relate to the priorities identified in OP Regional Competitiveness plans. Also, more description could be provided concerning the sort of capacity building initiatives that will be needed at local and regional levels. What support will counties, municipalities and local partnerships receive to further develop their capacity to implement employment, VET and social welfare services?
• It may be important to demonstrate more clearly how activities listed under OP Priorities build on (rather than duplicate) initiatives launched under the CARDS programme i.e. clarify further the lessons learned.
• Stakeholder interviews revealed that experiences of EU and international support programmes, such as MANTRA, INTERREG TEMPUS and CARDS, were generally viewed as beneficial and offered some valuable lessons for the current programming period. Some of the issues identified include:
– the role played in developing coordination structures, partnerships and working groups. This applies to the relevant Ministries and agencies at national level but also to the strengthening of links between national and sub-national administrative tiers at and connections with social and economic interests (e.g. through CARDS 2004 Local Partnership initiative); and
– in practical terms, CARDS has also boosted the knowledge and experience in implementing EU funds, notably in terms of developing project proposals. This is providing a vital foundation for the development and implementation of the HRD OP.
– However, a number of partners were critical of the role played by external consultants. In a number of cases, it was felt that their lack of familiarity with conditions on the ground and the cost of hiring consultants was problematic.
7. ASSESSMENT OF EXPECTED RESULTS AND IMPACT
In the current draft, proposed monitoring indicators are split into «output» indicators (e.g. number of employment partnerships established) and «result» indicators (e.g. number of unemployed – by specific target group – participating in a given measure who subsequently find employment). In general, work on indicators is still in progress and there are still significant gaps (e.g. no results indicators yet under Measure 4a) and further review is necessary to move towards the «input-output-result-impact» model for SF programmes.
• There is some uncertainty over the categorisation of indicators. For instance, some «results» indicators could arguably be reclassified as impact indicators if these cannot be directly attributable to OP activities (e.g. under Measure 2a, where an increase in the flexible arrangements for women re-entering the labour market by 2010 could be defined as an impact rather than a result).
• A more structured hierarchy of indicators should be developed, matching indicators to specific measures and activities and making provision for these to be aggregated at Priority and Programme levels. Context and Programme level indicators should also be developed where possible.
• Measuring results could obviously be an issue in the OP due to the inherently long-term, softer impacts involved in some activities but also as labour laws are undergoing reform and this could change the context (e.g. the challenge of capturing the impact of new domestic provisions for «work at home», flexible working etc.). Nevertheless, the OP could incorporate some impact indicators and base lines or targets set for relevant measures in its indicator system (in terms of numbers or percentages). According to interviews, some targets seem to be incorporated at project level and these should inform OP indicators.
• In the HRD OP, it is also important that short common definitions are drawn up for all indicators so as to ensure that final beneficiaries and those involved in collecting monitoring data are clear with regard to the way in which project outcomes should be measured. This will help avoid problems with regard to the quality and comparability of monitoring data. For instance, there can sometimes be confusion concerning whether number of people trained refers to the number of people enrolled on a training programme or to the number of people completing a training course (without necessarily obtaining a qualification). According to the OP, projects will be required to gather basic data on their activities but also, where relevant, to break beneficiaries down into target groups (by gender, ethnic group, disability etc). Thus a common, basic sheet of agreed indicators and definitions could be developed for projects so that they can develop comparable, collectable data for aggregation that breaks information down into target groups in the relevant measures.
• More information on data availability should be provided, in particular whether monitoring can rely on an existing data set, whether new data will need to be generated, or whether only estimates will be available.
8. APPRAISAL OF THE PROPOSED IMPLEMENTATION SYSTEM
8.1 Consultation
The consultation process was still in progress during the ex ante evaluation. The description of the consultation arrangements in Section 1.3.1 provides only a broad outline and more detail of the process and its outcome will be added in the next draft. According to interviews, there are still some concerns amongst stakeholders that consultation exercises could have been more inclusive and more open. However, the view was also expressed that increased consultation and partnership has been one of the major impacts of the OP drafting process thus far. The process has contributed to a broader opening of the Croatian system to new partnership arrangements. This applies particularly to links between Ministries, which have been strengthened by the drafting process in the Inter-Ministerial Working Group. The latest partner consultation has also demonstrated the development of links with other agencies and sectors. Vertical structures were used by Ministries to ensure stakeholder participation in this consultation process. At the event, agencies involved in the implementation of the OP (CES, AVET) took the opportunity to describe project proposals to stakeholders. However, there were also some broader, strategic interventions. For instance, there was discussion of the need to emphasise the regional dimension of HRD issues. Given time constraints, ensuring the extent and quality of consultation at regional level at this stage of the OP elaboration process is challenging. However, it is worth noting that CARDS projects has provided a basis for national/regional consultation on HRD issues and projects, as well as a framework for tripartite groups.
2.2 Implementation
Management and implementation provisions are described in Section 5, although there is still some uncertainty concerning the allocation of responsibilities. CODEF will undertake the roles of National IPA Coordinator and Strategic Coordinator (for IPA Components III and IV). MELE will be the Managing Authority for the OP, but operational agreements will be made with MSES and MHSW for their involvement in managing some interventions, subject to the accreditation process. Monitoring Committees – these will operate at two levels: an IPA Monitoring Committee and a Sectoral Monitoring Committee. Appraisal and selection of all project applications will be carried out by a Project Selection Committee (chaired by MELE) and Tender Selection Committees (chaired by CFCU as Implementing Body) to select contractors for contracts put out to tender. Membership of these committees will be based on technical expertise.
In the first draft OP it was envisaged that MELE, as Managing Authority, would eventually delegate Implementing Body functions to CES, AVET and other central agencies where appropriate. However, due to the need for accreditation, it was planned to give CFCU in the Ministry of Finance Implementing Body responsibility in the initial phase of the Programme. In the second draft of the OP, reference to CES and AVET has been removed and CFCU alone is noted as the Implementing Body. Some clarification concerning the identity, functions and timetable for the introduction of Implementing Bodies, and their relationship to other management bodies, is required. Other comments are:
• More detail would be helpful on how MSES and MHSW will input into the management and implementation process under the overall management of MELE.
• Capacity issues are important. It is important to ensure that the capacity exists for the range of activities listed under measures to be implemented and the funds absorbed. Beyond this, MELE will be taking on MA responsibilities at a time when a new government decree has restructured the Ministry, including a new unit dedicated to EU funds. Also, the CES unit for European Funds, AVET and AAE have all been established relatively recently and this could be taken into account in the OP text.
• Effective coordination between institutions and agencies involved in the development and delivery of the programme is essential. With this in mind, details of any coordination mechanisms could be included in the text.
• While potential central implementing bodies can be identified for employment (CES) and VET (AVET), organisational support for MHSW under social inclusion is less clear.
• The membership and functions of the Monitoring Committee and Sectoral Committee should be specified, as should the relationship between them.
• There should be more detail on financial control mechanisms, claims and payment systems.
• The OP will gather data on both the progress of projects and details of recipients of assistance (broken down according to gender, ethnic group, disability etc.). Thus, the strength of monitoring and evaluation arrangements will depend on addressing further the issue of the adequacy and quality of data sources and collection mechanisms: the degree to which sources provide the necessary information for evaluation and how easily information can be collected from them.
9. APPRAISAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL INTEGRATION
This section considers the characteristics and effectiveness of environmental integration within the Human Resource Development Operational Programme (HRD OP). Insofar as possible, the appraisal is conducted in accordance with the principles of strategic environmental assessment, in particular the information requirements as conveyed in Annex I of EU Directive 2001/42/EC on the assessment of the effects of certain plans and programmes on the environment. In this instance, integration is measured in terms of the perception of environment, coherence with environmental policy and legislation, inclusion and application of environmental data, and programme environmental impact. Reference is also made to the consultation process.
9.1 Perception of environment
Within the HRD OP, very little mention is made of environment, as the theme is not perceived as central to human resource development. However, provision is made for the effective inclusion of environmental impact assessment, as described below.
There may be scope for extending the perception of environment to include aspects such as employment or training related to the environmental sector, or alternatively when considering social cohesion and social justice, by including environmental quality as a determining feature in quality of life. In this context, for example, unemployment statistics may usefully be compared with data on areas of environmental degradation and linked to information in the Environment Operational Programme in Component III.
Although it would be inappropriate to include environmental themes in a number of aspects of the HRD OP, elements such as environmental targets could assist formation of interlinkages between OPs. This could be reviewed during implementation or on-going evaluation of the OPs. For example, regional cohesion is addressed through activities delivered by the HRD OP but also closely co-ordinated with the activities delivered by the RCOP, promoting possible complementarities and synergies.
9.2 Coherence with environmental policy and legislation
The HRD OP includes references to EU Cohesion Policies and Community Strategic Guidelines for 2007-2013, which focus on the Union’s strategic priorities as expressed in the Lisbon and Gothenburg agendas for a competitive and sustainable knowledge-based economy.
Reference is also made to the Joint Memorandum on Social Inclusion, in which the Government of the Republic of Croatia and the European Commission identified challenges in the fight against poverty and social exclusion. One of these categories concerned the revitalisation and sustainable development of deprived areas.
The HRD OP also describes environmental legislation in Croatia as well as transposition from relevant EU Directives through the forthcoming Environmental Protection Act.
9.3 Inclusion and application of environmental data
Sectoral employment data is provided within the HRD OP, drawing international comparison and with some reference to gender distinctions. However, no specific material is provided on the environmental sector, and no references to environment are found in the SWOT analysis. This could be utilised as an opportunity to integrate with measures in the RCOP.
For instance, in Priority 1, which seeks to enhance access to employment and sustainable inclusion in the labour market, survey data could be provided that clarify the potential for training in environmental skills to improve employability and the competitiveness of the workforce, leading to targeted training programmes.
The other priorities – reinforcing social inclusion and integration of people at a disadvantage, expanding and enhancing investment in human capital, and strengthening institutional capacity in the employment and training fields – encompass systemic improvements that could include a number of factors, as well as environment. In their present form, neither the examples of activities to be supported nor the project selection criteria directly address environment.
9.4 Programme environmental impact
With regard to horizontal themes, the HRD OP contains a section stating that, to ensure that sustainability and environmental protection are taken into account throughout programme management and implementation, a number of procedures will be adopted, as follows:
• Promotion of environmental protection and sustainable development will be included in information and publicity campaigns, and materials will provided during calls for proposals / tender processes.
• Applicants for assistance will be expected to demonstrate that their projects will not have a detrimental environmental impact and/or to present how the project will make a positive contribution to sustainable development. These factors will be taken into account in project appraisal and selection criteria. Where appropriate, projects should be compliant with EU environmental impact assessment standards.
• Outcomes of the appraisal of environmental impact during the selection stage will be reflected in agreements with beneficiaries, and will be checked, as part of the internal controls and audit process.
• The annual implementation reports of the HRD OP will include commentary on operations linked to environmental protection and sustainable development.
• The impact of the HRD OP on environmental protection and sustainable development will be considered as part of its evaluation.
Environmental impact assessment procedures will be carried out by the Ministry of Environmental Protection, Physical Planning and Construction (MEPPPC) or competent local authority, using existing institutional structures and TA funding will be used to enhance professional capacity.
The HRD OP includes text common to all OPs in Components III and IV with regard to legislation governing environmental impact assessment. The reference in Section 3.4.2 to Directive 2003/35/EC should refer to public participation in respect of the drawing up of certain plans and programmes relating to the environment, rather than the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment, which relates to Directive 2001/42/EC, as described in the subsequent paragraphs.
The programme includes references to fulfilling the demands of sustainable development, but environmental impact is oriented principally towards preventing negative impacts. However, scope exists for the HRD OP to generate targeted (positive) environmental impacts, especially within programme measures that could stimulate the environmental sector or support environmental or eco-tourism developments.
On-going evaluations are expected to make an important contribution to the management of the OP, and, in some cases may be conducted on a thematic or cross-sectoral basis with other OPs. This will provide opportunities for appraisal of positive environmental impacts.
9.5 Consultations
The Inter-Ministerial Working Group that prepared the HRD OP does not appear to have included any representation from the MEPPPC.
Prior to the next stage of consultations, it would be useful to provide environmental institutions, agencies and NGOs with an OP summary (including the SWOT analysis, priorities and measures), an explanatory note on IPA and the OP, including the eligible areas of investment and the EC view of priorities to be pursued in the OP. The HRD OP already indicates that the socio-economic partners consultation will be paralleled with a consultation with the wider public and NGO sector, and that the next draft of the OP will describe both the process and the outcome.
9.6 Overview
Within the HRD OP, environment is not well integrated. The main issue lies in the HRD OP perception of environment, which places it outside the central concerns of human resource development. Although procedures for environmental impact assessment are to be conducted by competent authorities, opportunities for innovative environmental improvement have been missed. To address this issue, a broader interpretation of environment should be adopted, data related to environmental employment and training could be added to the sectoral analysis, and examples of environmental opportunities could be added to the SWOT analysis. Measures could specify environmental training amongst activities to be supported, and information could be drawn from the Environment OP regarding the location of environmentally degraded areas, further assisting integration between Ops.
10 SUMMARY CONCLUSIONS
The OP provides coherent and accessible coverage of the key issues under Human Resource Development, according to the Commission template for IPA OPs. The OP broadly integrates EU and Croatian priorities in the field. Although there are some gaps in the analysis, it provides a sound basis for the strategic approach taken by the programme. The structure of objectives and priorities flows logically from the analysis, though there could be room for further consideration of the structure of some priorities and measures. Systems for monitoring and evaluation and management and implementation have evolved between OP drafts but some further detail and clarification is required in certain areas.
Taking each of the three main policy headings in turn (employment, education and training and social inclusion), there are some areas where additional information could be added to the analysis, or the text restructured, to strengthen the justification for strategic objectives. Closer attention could be paid to the link between the SWOT and the analysis as there are some gaps and inconsistencies where specific aspects of the SWOT do not relate clearly to issues in the background analysis. There is a need for some further consideration of the structure of the priorities and measures. For instance, a general concern is that there is quite a large variety of activity streams included under some priorities and that these activities vary considerably in their nature and scope. More detail on how decisions on the allocation of resources and the sequencing of financial flows to different measures over the first three years would be valuable. It would be helpful to provide more detail on the Programme’s coherence with the Lisbon strategy and other IPA OPs. Work on indicators is still in progress and there are still significant gaps. Similarly, the consultation process was still in progress during the ex ante evaluation. Currently, the description of the consultation arrangements provides only a broad outline and more detail of the process and its outcome will be added in the next draft. Additionally, on the issues of programme management and implementation, some clarification concerning the identity, functions and timetable for the introduction of Implementing Bodies, and their relationship to other management bodies is required. Within the OP, environment is not well integrated. To address this issue, a broader interpretation of environment could be adopted.
Članak 3.
Sredstva za financijske obveze koje nastaju za Republiku Hrvatsku na temelju Sporazuma iz članka 1. ovoga Zakona planiraju se i podmiruju u okviru proračunskih sredstava na poziciji tijela državne uprave nadležnih za poslove zapošljavanja, obrazovanja i socijalnih pitanja.
Članak 4.
Za provedbu ovoga Zakona nadležna su središnja tijela državne uprave nadležna za poslove zapošljavanja, obrazovanja i socijalnih pitanja.
Članak 5.
Na dan stupanja na snagu ovoga Zakona Sporazum iz članka 1. ovoga Zakona nije na snazi te će se podaci o njegovom stupanju na snagu objaviti naknadno, u skladu s odredbom članka 30. stavka 3. Zakona o sklapanju i izvršavanju međunarodnih ugovora.
Članak 6.
Ovaj Zakon stupa na snagu osmoga dana od dana objave u «Narodnim novinama».
Klasa: 000-01/08-01/01
Zagreb, 20. veljače 2009.
HRVATSKI SABOR
Predsjednik
Hrvatskoga sabora
Luka Bebić, v. r.
[1]OJ L210, 31.7.2006, p.82
[2]OJ L 170, 29.6.2007, p.1
[3]OJ L 248, 16.9.2002, p.1
[4]OJ L 210, 31.7.2006, p.82
[5]OJ L 357, 31.12.2002, p.1
[6]OJ L 170, 29.6.2007, p 1
[7]OJ L 371, 27.12.2006, p. 4
[8]http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/work/procedures/implementation/per_diems/index_en.htm
[9]http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/work/visibility/index_en.htm .
[10](1) Starting date for eligibility of expenditure (Article 34 of the Financing Agreement)
(2) Total amount of eligible expenditure paid by final beneficiaries
[11]1 This co-financing rate and the method for its calculation are found in the financial table of the operational programme for the priority axis concerned.
[12]1 Only provisional forecasts of likely payment applications in respect of the Community contribution, and not total expenditure forecast, should be stated in the table. In the provisional forecasts of likely payment applications, the Community contribution should be stated for the year in question, and should not be cumulated from the beginning of the programming period.
[13](1) Starting date for eligibility of expenditure (date of signature of the Financing Agreement)
(2) total amount of eligible expenditure paid by final beneficiaries.
[14]1 Implementing Article 18 of Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006 and Article 19 of Commission Regulation (EC) No 718/2007
[15]2 As defined in Article 2(7) of Council Regulation (EC) 1083/2006 (see also point 5.1 of the Guidelines).
[16]3 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, OJ L371, 27.12.2006, p. 27-32.
[17]4 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, Art. 28 (2), OJ L371, 27.12.2006, p. 28-29.
[18]5 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, Art. 28 (4), OJ L371, 27.12.2006, p. 29.
[19]6 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, Art. 36 (1), OJ L371, 27.12.2006, p. 32.
[20]7 Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006, Art. 2 (7), OJ L 210, 31. 7. 2006, p.26.
[21]8 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, Art. 27 (c), OJ L 371, 27. 12. 2006, p.27.
[22]9 Definition from Art 27 Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006 OJ L 371, 27.12.2006, p.27.
[23]10 See Art. 81(3) of the Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006, OJ L 210, 31.07.2006, p.61.
[24]11 See Art 36(2) of the Commission Regulation (EC) No 1828/2006, OJ L 317, 27.12.2007, p.32.
[25]Statistical data used in the document are those available in August 2007
[26]However, Croatian and EU statistics are not fully comparable since Croatia does not adjust GDP figures for the effects of grey economy
[27]Dubrovnik polytechnic (since become a university) was founded in 1996. Since then, ten other polytechnics have been established: most recently (in 2006) in three areas of special state concern – Gospić, Šibenik and Slavonski Brod.
[28]Commission Regulation (EC) No 718/2007 of 12 June 2007 implementing Council Regulation (EC) No 1085/2006 establishing and Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (IPA)
[29]The Areas of Special State Concern are defined by the Law on the Areas of Special State concern (Official Gazette 44/96 and 26/03). These areas include the local self-government units (municipalities and towns) which have been occupied during the Homeland War and those considered underdeveloped based on the economic, demographic and structural difficulties criteria as well as special criteria (border and areas contaminated with land-mines).
[30]Analytical tables and figures relevant to this section are provided at ANNEX 3.
[31]See Monthly Statistics Bulletin, Croatian Employment service, Table 3, various months 2006, 2007.
[32]The unemployed are allowed to work on such contracts and retain unemployment status if these earnings do not exceed the current level of unemployment benefit.
[33]Croatian Employment Service. This data is based on annual average, not on the data recorded on 31st of December of given years.
[34]Croatian Bureau of Statistics. LFS 2006/2 Release.
[35]ETF calculations based on published census 2001 data, www.dzs.hr
[36]It is likely that the very low rate of participation of the Croatia population in LLL activities is due to a misunderstanding of the question in the labour force survey since educational activities are usually associated with formal educational establishments.
[37]The situation should improve over time, as the process of fiscal decentralization continues and comes to mirror the scope of policy decentralization and as inter-county and inter-municipality cooperation on development projects and service supply is encouraged).
[38]Please note, the indicators under priority axes will be broken down by gender where applicable
[39]From early drafts that we have seen of the CBC OPs that Croatia is elaborating with Hungary and Slovenia, it appears that there is relatively little danger of overlap with HRDOP but there should still be scope to promote complementarity.
[40]Regulation on the Scope and Contents of Responsibilities and the Authority of Bodies Responsible for Managing the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (OG 18/2007); Amendments to the Regulation on the Scope and Contents of Responsibilities and the Authority of Bodies Responsible for Managing the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (OG 82/2007)
Decision on the Appointment of Individuals Responsible for Managing the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (IPA) (OG 18/2007); Amendment to the Decision on the Appointment of Individuals Responsible for Managing the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (IPA) (OG 82/2007)
[42]*indicates designated lead ministry for managing the OP.
[43]European Commission, «Explanatory Memorandum: IPA regulations», European Commission: Brussels.
[44]DG REGIO, Evaluation of Socio-Economic Development; The Guide, Themes and Policy Areas: Employment and Human Resources: Active Labour Market Policies, Brussels: DG: Regio < http://www.evalsed.info/page.aspx?id=thm82>
[45]DG REGIO, Evaluation of Socio-Economic Development; The Guide, Themes and Policy Areas: Employment and Human Resources: Active Labour Market Policies, , Brussels: DG: Regio < http://www.evalsed.info/page.aspx?id=thm82>
[46]DG REGIO, Evaluation of Socio-Economic Development; The Guide, Themes and Policy Areas: Promoting Social Inclusion, Brussels: DG: Regio < http://www.evalsed.info/page.aspx?id=thm37>
[47]Local expert input relating to the analysis and follow-up interviews was undertaken by Sanja Crnković-Pozaić.
[48]While internationally comparable data is useful, it is worth taking into account that the registered unemployment rate in Croatia is higher than teh internationally comparable LFS rate, which is something that policies should be sensitive to.